ennore port limited (epl) · 2014-10-15 · ennore port limited (epl) environmental impact...

ENNORE PORT LIMITED (EPL)

Environmental Impact Assessment for Proposed Additional Coal Berths CB 3 (9 MTPA) and CB 4 (9 MTPA), Ennore Port, Tamil Nadu

Final EIA Report

JUNE 2014

Asian Consulting Engineers Private Limited, New Delhi

EIA for Proposed Additional Coal Berths CB3 (9 MTPA) and CB4 (9 MTPA), Ennore Port, Tamil Nadu

Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. i

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY CHAPTER-1: INTRODUCTION 1.1 INTRODUCTION………………………………………………………………………………... 1-1 1.2 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT……………………………………………………… 1-3 1.3 PROJECT PROPONENT…………………..……………………………………………………… 1-3 1.4 EIA CONSULTANT……………………………………………………….……………………… 1-5 1.5 PURPOSE OF THE EIA STUDY…………………………………………………………………. 1-5 1.6 POLICY AND LEGAL FRAMEWORK………………………………………………………….. 1-5 1.7 SCOPE OF EIA STUDY…………………………………………………………………………… 1-6 1.8 APPROCHES AND METHODOLOGY OF EIA STUDY………………………………………... 1-6

1.8.1 Approach of EIA study…………………………………………………………………… 1-6 1.8.2 Establishment of Base Line Environmental Status………………………………………. 1-6 1.8.3 Field Study/ Monitoring for Generation of Primary Data………………………………... 1-6

1.9 STRUCTURE OF THE EIA REPORT…………………………………………………………….. 1-8 CHAPTER-2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION 2.1 PROJECT OVERVIEW…………………………………………………………………………… 2-1 2.2 SURROUNDING FEATURES OF PROJECT SITE………………………………………............ 2-4 2.3 COST OF THE PROJECT …………………………………………………………….................... 2-4 2.4 PHASE WISE DEVELOPMENT OF THE PROJECT…………………………………………….. 2-5

2.4.1 Development of CB 3 and CB 4…………….…………….…………….………………... 2-6 2.4.1.1 Site Clearance………………………………………………………………… 2-6 2.4.1.2 Rock Bund Removal………………………………………………………….. 2-6 2.4.1.3 Layout of CB 3and CB 4….………………………………………………….. 2-7 2.4.1.4 Berth Components and Facilities…………………………………………… 2-9 2.4.1.5 Mooring Layout………………………………………………………………. 2-9 2.4.1.6 Structural Arrangement………………………………………………………. 2-10 2.4.1.7 Fenders Spacing………………………………………………………………. 2-13 2.4.1.8 Bollard Spacing………………………………………………………………. 2-13 2.4.1.9 Berthing Arrangement……………………………………………………… 2-13

2.5 DREDGING AND DREDGED MATERIAL DISPOSAL………………………………………… 2-14 2.6 COAL HANDLING OPERATIONS……………………………………………………………….. 2-16

2.6.1 Ship Unloader……………………………………………………………………………. 2-16 2.6.2 Conveyor System………………………………………………………………………… 2-16

2.7 COAL STACK YARD……………………………………………………………………………... 2-17 2.8 WATER REQUIREMENT…………………………………………………………………………. 2-18

2.8.1 Construction Phase………………………………………………………………………. 2-18 2.8.2 Operation Phase…………………………………………………………………………. 2-18

2.9 POWER REQUIREMENT…………………………………………………………………………. 2-18 2.10 STORM WATER DRAINAGE SYSTEM……………………………………………….. 2-18 2.11 FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM………………………………………………………………………... 2-18 2.12 NEVIGATIONAL AIDS……………………………………………………………….................... 2-19 2.13 POLLUTION CONTROL MEASURES…………………………………………………………… 2-19

2.13.1 Air Pollution Management……………………………………………………………….. 2-19 2.13.2 Wastewater Management………………………………………………………………… 2-22 2.13.3 Solid Waste Management………………………………………………………………… 2-22 2.13.4 Hazardous Waste Management…………………………………………………………... 2-22

2.14 INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES………………………………………………………………... 2-22 2.14.1 Rail and Road Connectivity……………………………………………………………… 2-22 2.14.2 Telecommunication Facility....................................................................................... 2-22 2.14.3 Residential Colony/ Labour Camp……………………………………………………….. 2-22

2.15 MANPOWER REQUIREMENT…………………………………………………………………... 2-23 2.16 Implementation Schedule…………………………………………………………………………... 2-23


Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. ii

CHAPTER-3: DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT 3.1 INTRODUCTION…………………………………………..……………………………………... 3-1 3.2 LAND ENVIRONMENT ………………………………………………………………………….. 3-2

3.2.1 Topography………………………………………………………………………………. 3-2 3.2.2 Land Use Land Cover……………………………………………………………………. 3-3 3.2.3 Coastal Regulation Zone (CRZ)………………………………………………………… 3-6 3.2.4 Geology…………………………………………………………………………………... 3-7 3.2.5 Seismicity………………………………………………………………………………… 3-8 3.2.6 Soil……………………………………………………………………………………….. 3-10 3.2.6.1 Soil Quality Monitoring by ACE……………………………………………... 3-10 3.2.6.2 Soil Quality Monitoring by NEERI…………………………………………... 3-17

3.3 WATER ENVIRONMENT………………………………………………………………………… 3-19 3.3.1 Ground Water…………………………………………………………………………….. 3-19 3.3.1.1 Hydrology…………………………………………………………………….. 3-19 3.3.1.2 Ground Water Quality Monitoring by ACE………………………………….. 3-22 3.3.1.3 Ground Water Quality Monitoring by NEERI……………………………….. 3-26 3.3.2 Surface Water…………………………………………………………………………….. 3-29 3.3.2.1 Surface Water Quality Monitoring by ACE………………………………….. 3-31 3.3.2.2 Surface Water Quality Monitoring by NEERI……………………………….. 3-37

3.4 MARINE ENVIRONMENT……………………………………………………………………….. 3-37 3.4.1 Hydrography……………………………………………………………………………… 3-37 3.4.2 Sea Water Quality………………………………………………………………………... 3-38 3.4.2.1 Sea Water Quality Monitoring by ACE………………………………………. 3-38 3.4.2.2 Sea Water Quality Monitoring by NEERI……………………………………. 3-43 3.4.3 Sediment Quality…………………………………………………………………………. 3-44 3.4.3.1 Sediment Quality Monitoring by ACE……………………………………….. 3-44 3.4.3.2 Sediment Quality Monitoring by NEERI…………………………………….. 3-47 3.4.4 Dredged Material Characteristics………………………………………………………… 3-47 3.4.4.1 Borehole Locations…………………………………………………………… 3-47 3.4.4.2 Heavy Metal Analyses in Dredged Material…………………………………. 3-54

3.5 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT………………………………………………………………….. 3-56 3.5.1 Terrestrial Ecology……………………………………………………………………….. 3-56 3.5.2 Marine Ecology…………………………………………………………………………... 3-59

3.6 AIR ENVIRONMENT……………………………………………………………………………... 3-68 3.6.1 Meteorology……………………………………………………………………………… 3-68 3.6.2 Cyclone…………………………………………………………………………………… 3-70 3.6.3 Ambient Air Quality……………………………………………………………………… 3-71 3.6.3.1 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring by ACE……………………………………. 3-71 3.6.3.2 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring by NEERI…………………………………. 3-76

3.7 NOISE………………………………………………………………………………………………. 3-78 3.7.1 Ambient Noise Monitoring by ACE……………………………………………………... 3-78 3.7.2 Ambient Noise Monitoring by NEERI…………………………………………………… 3-83 3.8 SOCIO- ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT………………………………………………………….. 3-84 3.8.1 Demography……………………………………………………………………………… 3-86 3.8.2 Occupation……………………………………………………………………………….. 3-89 3.8.3 Educational Facilities…………………………………………………………………….. 3-89 3.8.4 Medical Facilities………………………………………………………………………… 3-90 3.8.5 Postal and Communication Services……………………………………………………... 3-91 3.9 Fishing Villages…………………………………………………………………………………….. 3-92 3.9.1 Socio Economic Profile of Fishing Villages…………………………………………….. 3-95 3.9.1.1 Demography………………………………………………………………...... 3-95 3.9.1.2 Education………………………………………………………………........... 3-95 3.9.1.3 Occupation………………………………………………………………........ 3-95 3.10 Public Consultation………………………………………………………………………………... 3-96 CHAPTER-4: ANTICIPATED IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES 4.1 IDENTIFICATION AND ASSESSMENT OF IMPACTS……….…….………….……………… 4-1 4.2 INTERACTION OF PROJECT ACTIVITIES WITH THE ENVIRONMENT…………………… 4-2


Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. iii

4.3 COMPREHENSIVE IMPACT ASSESSMENT. 4-5 4.3.1 Air Environment ………………………………………………………………………… 4-5 4.3.2 Water Environment ……………………………………………………………………… 4-6 4.3.2.1 Ground Water………………………………………………………………… 4-6 4.3.2.2 Surface Water ………………………………………………………………... 4-6 4.3.2.3 Marine Water ………………………………………………………………… 4-6 4.3.3 Shore line Change………………………………………………………………………… 4-6 4.3.4 Land Environment……….……………….……................................................................. 4-9 4.3.4.1 Potential Impact During Construction ….………….………….…………….. 4-9 4.3.4.2 Potential Impact During Operations….………….……….………….…....... 4-10 4.3.5 Water Environment……….……………….……............................................................... 4-10

4.3.5.1 Potential Impact During Construction ….………….………….……………... 4-10 4.3.5.2 Potential Impact During Operations….………….……….………….…....... 4-10 4.3.6 Marine Environment (Coastal Hydrology/ Bottom Contamination, Sea/ Harbor Water

Quality)……………………………………………………................................................ 4-11

4.3.6.1 Potential Impact During Construction ….………….………….……………... 4-11 4.3.6.2 Potential Impact During Operations….………….……….………….…......... 4-11 4.3.7 Biological Environment (Coastal And Marine Ecology)………………………………… 4-12 4.3.7.1 Potential Impact During Construction ….………….………….……………... 4-12 4.3.7.2 Potential Impact During Operations….………….……….………….…......... 4-12 4.3.8 Air Environment ………………………………………………………………………… 4-12 4.3.8.1 Potential Impact During Construction ….………….………….……………... 4-12 4.3.8.2 Potential Impact During Operations….………….……….………….…......... 4-13 4.3.9 Noise…………………………………………………………………………………….. 4-14 4.3.9.1 Potential Impact During Construction……………………………………….. 4-14 4.3.9.2 Potential Impact During Operations….………….…….………….…............. 4-14 4.3.10 Socio- Economic Environment………………………………………………………….. 4-15 4.3.10.1 Potential Impact During Construction……………………………………….. 4-15 4.3.10.2 Potential Impact During Operations….………….…….………….….............. 4-15 4.3.11 Occupational Health And Safety……………………………………………………........ 4-15 4.3.11.1 Potential Impact During Construction………………………………………. 4-15 4.3.11.2 Potential Impact During Operations….………….…….………….…............. 4-16 4.4 ASSESSMENT OF IMPACTS…………………………………………………………………….. 4-16 CHAPTER-5: ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN 5.1 INTRODUCTION …………………………………………………….…….………….………….. 5-1 5.2 AIR QUALITY MONITORING…………………………………………………………………… 5-1 5.3 NOISE MONITORING…………………………………………………………………………….. 5-2 5.4 WATER QUALITY MONITORING……………………………………………………………… 5-2 5.5 SOIL QUALITY MONITORING………………………………………………………………….. 5-2 5.6 MARINE ENVIRONMENT……………………………………………………………………….. 5-2 5.7 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH……………………………………………………………………… 5-3 5.8 BUDGET…………………………………………………………………………………………… 5-4

CHAPTER-6: ADDITIONAL STUDIES 6.1 INTRODUCTION………………………………………………………..……………….……...... 6-1 6.2 PUBLIC HEARING………………………………………………………………………………... 6-1

6.2.1 Issues raised during the Public Hearing………………………………………………….. 6-2 6.3 HYDRODYNAMIC STUDIES …………………………………………..……………….……… 6-8

6.3.1 Hydrodynamic Modelling Study for Phase II Development, CWPRS, 2009……. 6-8 6.3.1.1 Assessment of Near Shore Wave Pattern.……………………………………. 6-8 6.3.1.2 Assessment of Littoral Drift …………………................................................... 6-9 6.3.1.3 Assessment of Shoreline Change……….………….………..………………… 6-10

6.3.2 Desk Studies for the Proposed Additional Coal Berths CB 3 and CB 4, CWPRS, 2014……………………………………………………………………………… 6-15

6.4 MODELLING STUDY FOR MARINE DREDGE MATERIAL DISPOSAL…………………….. 6-17 6.5 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT PLAN…………………………………………………………. 6-26


Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. iv

CHAPTER-7: PROJECT BENEFITS 7.1 PROJECT BENEFITS ……………………………………………………………........................... 7-1

CHAPTER-8: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 8.1 STRUCTURE OF EMP…………………………………………………………………………… 8-1 8.2 PROPOSED ENVIRONMENTAL MITIGATION MEASURES…………………………………. 8-1 8.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN…………………………………………………… 8-4

8.3.1 Labour Management Plan…………………………………………………….................... 8-4 8.3.2 Dredged Material Management Plan……………………………………………………... 8-6 8.3.3 Sewage Management………………………………………………................................... 8-7 8.3.4 Solid Waste Management……………………………………………………………….. 8-7 8.3.5 Air Pollution Management……………………………………………………………….. 8-7 8.3.6 Rainwater Harvesting System…………………………………………………………… 8-8 8.3.7 Storm Water Drainage System…………………………………………………………… 8-9 8.3.8 Green Belt Development………………………………………………………………… 8-9

8.4 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL…………………………………………………….. 8-10 8.5 EMP BUDGET……………………………………………………………………………………... 8-10

CHAPTER-9: SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION 9.1 INTRODUCTION …………………………………………………………………………………. 9-1 9.2 SUMMARY………………………………………………………………………………………… 9-1 9.3 CONCLUSION…………………………………………………………………………………….. 9-2

CHAPTER 10: DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED 10.1 INTRODUCTION …………………………………………………………………………………. 10-1 10.2 QUALITY OF SERVICES …………………………………….………………………………… 10-1 10.3 AREA OF SPECIALIZATION …………………………………………………………….……… 10-1 10.4 RESOURCES …………………………………………………………………………….……… 10-2

LIST OF TABLES

Table No. Title Page No.

Table 1.1 Capacity of Existing, Ongoing and Proposed Thermal Power Plants of TANGEDCO….. 1-1 Table 1.2 Coal Requirement for Existing, Ongoing and Future Projects of TANGEDCO…………. 1-2 Table 1.3 Brief Description about the Project………………………………………………………. 1-3 Table 1.4 Applicable Acts and Guidelines for the Proposed Project………………………………… 1-5 Table 2.1 Salient Features of the Project…………………………………………………………….. 2-1 Table 2.2 Surrounding Features of the Project Site………………………………………………….. 2-4 Table 2.3 Capital Cost for the Proposed Project…………………………………………………...... 2-4 Table 3.1 Land Use Land Cover Classification for the Study Area…………………………………. 3-4 Table 3.2 The Affected area of the Thiruvallur district in 24th Dec 2004 Tsunami………………… 3-10 Table 3.3 Soil Sampling Location…………………………………………………………………… 3-11 Table 3.4 Soil Quality Analytical Method…………………………………………………………… 3-12 Table 3.5 Analysis Results of Soil Quality in South West Monsoon Season…………………….. 3-14 Table 3.6 Analysis Results Analysis Results of Soil Quality in Post Monsoon Season……………... 3-15 Table 3.7 Analysis Results of Soil Quality in Pre Monsoon Season……………………………….. 3-16 Table 3.8 Sampling Location………………………………………………………………………… 3-17 Table 3.9 Ground Water Sampling Locations……………………………………………………… 3-23 Table 3.10 Ground Water Quality Monitoring Results for Monsoon Season……………………….. 3-24 Table 3.11 Ground Water Quality Monitoring Results for Post- Monsoon Season………………… 3-25 Table 3.12 Ground Water Quality Monitoring Results for Pre- Monsoon Season………………… 3-26 Table 3.13 Water Quality – Sampling Locations (Post-monsoon 2011-12)…………………………. 3-27 Table 3.14 Water Quality – Sampling Locations (Summer 2012)…………………………………….. 3-28 Table 3.15 Water Quality – Sampling Locations (Pre-monsoon 2012)………………………………. 3-28 Table 3.16 Surface Water Sampling Location………………………………………………………… 3-32


Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. v

Table 3.17 Surface Water Quality Monitoring Results for the Monsoon Season ……………………. 3-34 Table 3.18 Surface Water Quality Monitoring Results for the Post Monsoon Season ………………. 3-35 Table 3.19 Surface Water Quality Monitoring Results for the Pre Monsoon Season………………… 3-36 Table 3.20 Tide Level Data…………………………………………………………………………… 3-37 Table 3.21 The Monthly Mean Value of Wave Parameters………………………………………….. 3-38 Table 3.22 Sea Water Quality Monitoring Resultsfor Monsoon Season ………………………… 3-41 Table 3.23 Sea Water Quality Monitoring Resultsfor Post Monsoon Season ……………………… 3-41 Table 3.24 Sea Water Quality Monitoring Resultsfor Pre Monsoon Season ……………………… 3-42 Table 3.25 Sediment Quality Monitoring Result for Monsoon Season ………………………… 3-45 Table 3.26 Sediment Quality Monitoring Result for Post Monsoon Season ………………………… 3-45 Table 3.27 Sediment Quality Monitoring Result for Pre Monsoon Season ………………………… 3-46 Table 3.28 Generalized Sub Soil Profile of CB 3.................................................................................. 3-51 Table 3.29 Heavy Metal Concentration in the Dredged Material…………………………………… 3-55 Table 3.30 Heavy Metal Concentration in the Sediment Samples Collected by ACE, IOM, and

NIOT 3-55

Table 3.31 List of Flora in the Study Area……………………………………………………………. 3-56 Table 3.32 List of Fauna in the Study Area………………………………………………………….. 3-58 Table 3.33 Diversity and Density of Phytoplankton in Monsoon Season............................................. 3-59 Table 3.34 Diversity and Density of Phytoplankton in Post Monsoon Season....................................... 3-60 Table 3.35 Diversity and Density of Phytoplankton in Pre Monsoon Season....................................... 3-61 Table 3.36 Diversity and Density of Zooplankton in Monsoon Season................................................ 3-63 Table 3.37 Diversity and Density of Zooplankton in Post Monsoon Season....................................... 3-64 Table 3.38 Diversity and Density of Zooplankton in Pre Monsoon Season………………………… 3-65 Table 3.39 Identified Benthos in the Study Area During Monsoon Season………………………….. 3-66 Table 3.40 Identified Benthos in the Study Area During Post Monsoon Season…………………….. 3-67 Table 3.41 Identified Benthos in the Study Area During Pre Monsoon Season…………………….. 3-68 Table 3.42 List of Marine Species Reported in the Ennore Coast…………………………………… 3-71 Table 3.43 Meteorological Data for the Study Period……………………………………………….. 3-73 Table 3.44 Mean Meteorological Data for the Year 1901-2000…………………………………… 3-73 Table 3.45 Data on Cyclonic Storms Crossing Tamil Nadu : 1960 – 2012………………………….. 3-75 Table 3.46 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations …………………………………………….. 3-76 Table 3.47 Summary of PM10 Levels Monitored during Post Monsoon in the Study Area………… 3-78 Table 3.48 Summary of PM10 Levels Monitored during Pre Monsoon in the Study Area………… 3-78 Table 3.49 Summary of PM2.5 Levels Monitored duringPost Monsoon in the Study Area………… 3-78 Table 3.50 Summary of PM2.5 Levels Monitored duringPre Monsoon in the Study Area………… 3-79 Table 3.51 Summary of SO2 Levels during Post Monsoon in the Study Area……………………… 3-79 Table 3.52 Summary of SO2 Levels during Pre Monsoon in the Study Area……………………… 3-79 Table 3.53 Summary of NOx Levels during Post Monsoon in the Study Area……………………… 3-80 Table 3.54 Summary of NOx Levels during Pre Monsoon in the Study Area……………………… 3-80 Table 3.55 Details of Locations for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring………………………………. 3-82 Table 3.56 Techniques Used for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring………………………………….. 3-82 Table 3.57 Location of the Noise Quality Monitoring Stations……………………………………… 3-83 Table 3.58 Ambient Noise Quality Standards, 2000………………………………………………….. 3-85 Table 3.59 Admistarative Division of District………………………………………………………… 3-91 Table 3.60 Habitation found within the Study Area…………………………………………………... 3-91 Table 3.61 Summary of Demographic Profile of Habitation within the Study Area…………………. 3-93 Table 3.62 Schools in the Habitations………………………………………………………………… 3-95 Table 3.63 Medical Facilities in the Habitations……………………………………………………… 3-96 Table 3.64 Postal and Communication services………………………………………………………. 3-97 Table 3.65 Environmental Concerns………………………………………………………………….. 3-102 Table 4.1 Interaction Matrix for the Proposed Project………………………………………………. 4-3 Table 4.2 Colour Coding for Impact Significance…………………………………………………… 4-16

Table 4.3(a) Potential Environmental Impacts during Construction Phase (Without Mitigation Measures)………………………………………………………………………………… 4-17

Table 4.3(b) Potential Environmental Impacts during Construction Phase (with Mitigation Measures)………………………………………………………………………………… 4-17

Table 4.4(a) Potential Environmental Impacts during Operation Phase(Without Mitigation Measures)………………………………………………………………………………… 4-18

Table 4.4(b) Potential Environmental Impacts during Operation Phase (With Mitigation Measures)... 4-18 Table 5.1 Environmental Monitoring (Construction Phase)………………………………………... 5-3 Table 5.2 Environmental Monitoring (Operation Phase)…………………………………………… 5-3


Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. vi

Table 5.3 Budget for Environmental Monitoring Plan during Construction Phase…………………. 5-4 Table 5.4 Budget for Environmental Monitoring Plan during Operation Phase…………………… 5-4 Table 6.1 Issues Raised During the Public Hearing………………………………………………… 6-2 Table 6.2 Annual and Seasonal Transport Rates (in MCM)………………………………………... 6-9 Table 8.1 Proposed Environmental Mitigation Measures…………………………………………… 8-1 Table 8.2 Estimated Budget for Sanitation Facilities ………………………………………………... 8-5

Table 8.3 Plant Species Proposed to be Planted for Green Belt Development………………………………………………………………………………. 8-9

Table 8.4 Environment Management Cell………………………………………………………….. 8-10 Table 8.5 Environmental Budget…………………………………………………………………… 8-10

LIST OF FIGURES

Figure No. Title Page No.

Figure 1.1 Quantity of Coal Handled at Ennore Port……………………………………………… 1-2 Figure 1.2 Project Location Map……………………………………...…….................................... 1-4 Figure 2.1 Layout Map Showing the Proposed Coal Berths CB 3, CB 4 and Coal Stack Yard…… 2-2 Figure 2.2 Layout Map for the Development of CB 3 and CB 4…………………………………… 2-5 Figure 2.3 Proposed Inner Dock Basin……………………………………………………………. 2-6 Figure 2.4 Existing Slope Protection Work near Existing CB 1…………………………………… 2-7 Figure 2.5 Layout of CB 3 Showing the Berthing Area…………………………………………… 2-8 Figure 2.6 Layout of CB 4…………………………………………………………………………. 2-9 Figure 2.7 Layout Plan for the Mooring Facility for CB 3………………………………………... 2-10 Figure 2.8 Layout Plan for the Mooring Facility for CB 4............................................................... 2-10 Figure 2.9 Structural Arrangement for CB 3………………………………………………………. 2-11 Figure 2.10 Structural Arrangement for CB 4..................................................................................... 2-11 Figure 2.11 Vertical Cross Section of the Proposed CB 3 Coal Berth ……………………………… 2-12 Figure 2.12 Vertical Cross Section of the Proposed CB 4 Coal Berth…………………………….. 2-12 Figure 2.13 Typical Cross Section of Berthing Area for CB 3……………………………………... 2-13 Figure 2.14 Typical Cross Section of Berthing Area for CB 4……………………………………... 2-14 Figure 2.15 Development of CB 3 in Phase 1………………………………………………………. 2-14 Figure 2.16 Proposed Dredging Area………………………………………………………………. 2-15 Figure 2.17 Ship Unloading Arrangement………………………………………………………….. 2-17 Figure 2.18 Conveyor Arrangement……………………………………………………………….. 2-17 Figure 2.19 Implementation Schedule for Development of CB 3………………………………….. 2-24 Figure 2.20 Implementation Schedule for Development of CB 4…………………………………... 2-25 Figure 3.1 Study Area Map (10 km Radial Distance from the Project Site)………………………. 3-2 Figure 3.2 Surrounding Features (Landward) of Ennore Port Area……………………………….. 3-3 Figure 3.3 Land Use Land Cover Map of the Study Area………………………………………….. 3-5 Figure 3.4 Map Showing HTL-LTL Demarcation for the Proposed Project at Ennore Port.............. 3-7 Figure 3.5 Geology Map of Thiruvallur District……………………………………………………. 3-8 Figure 3.6 Map Showing Earthquake Zones and Faults in India…………………………………… 3-9 Figure 3.7 Soil Sampling Location………………………………………………………………... 3-11 Figure 3.8 Soil Sampling Location Map for Pre Monsoon Season of NEERI…………………….. 3-18 Figure 3.9 Soil Sampling Location Map for Post Monsoon Season of NEERI…………………… 3-19 Figure 3.10 Hydrogeology Map of Thiruvallur District……………………………………………… 3-20 Figure 3.11 Depth to Water Level Map of Thiruvallur District in Pre Monsoon 2006……………… 3-21 Figure 3.12 Depth to Water Level Map of Thiruvallur District in Post Monsoon 2007……………. 3-21 Figure 3.13 Categorization of Blocks with respect to Status of Ground Water……………………… 3-22 Figure 3.14 Ground Water Sampling Locations…………………………………………………… 3-24 Figure 3.15 Water Quality Sampling Location Map of NEERI…………………………………….. 3-27 Figure 3.16 Drainage Map of the Study Area………………………………………………………... 3-31 Figure 3.17 Surface Water Sampling Locations……………………………………………………... 3-33 Figure 3.18 Sea Monitoring Locations………………………………………………………………. 3-39 Figure 3.19 Marine Water Quality Sampling Location Map of NEERI……………………………... 3-43 Figure 3.20 Location of new bore holes …………………………………………………………….. 3-48 Figure 3.21 Soil profile along Coal Berth No.3……………………………………………………… 3-49 Figure 3.22 Soil profile along Coal Berth No.4……………………………………………………… 3-50 Figure 3.23 Soil Profile along western side and inner dock basin …………………………………. 3-51


Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. vii

LIST OF FIGURES

Figure No. Title Page No.

Figure 3.24 The generalized soil profile for CB 3………………………………………………….. 3-53 Figure 3.25 The generalized soil profile for CB 4………………………………………………….. 3-54 Figure 3.26 Potential Fishing Zone Chart of North Tamil Nadu in October 2010…………………. 3-65 Figure 3.27 Species Wise Fish Catch in Thiruvallur District from 2007 - 2011…………………... 3-66 Figure 3.28 Wind Rose for the Months of January – June 2014…………………………………… 3-69 Figure 3.29 Wind and Cyclone Hazard Map of India………………………………………………. 3-70 Figure 3.30 Air Quality Monitoring Location Map…………………………………………… 3-72 Figure 3.31 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Location Map of NEERI…………………………… 3-77 Figure 3.32 Noise Quality Sampling Locations…………………………………………………….. 3-79

Figure 3.33 Ambient Noise Levels monitored in the Study Area (Day time) in Pre Monsoon Season………………………………………………………………………………….. 3-81

Figure 3.34 Ambient Noise Levels monitored in the Study Area (Night time) in Pre Monsoon Season………………………………………………………………………………….. 3-82

Figure 3.35 Ambient Noise Levels monitored in the Study Area (Day time) in Post Monsoon Season………………………………………………………………………………….. 3-82

Figure 3.36 Ambient Noise Levels monitored in the Study Area (Night time) in Post Monsoon Season………………………………………………………………………………….. 3-83

Figure 3.37 Noise Monitoring Location Map of NEERI…………………………………………… 3-84 Figure 3.38 Fishing villages within Five Kilometer Radial Distance from Ennore Port…………… 3-93 Figure 3.39 Fish Landing Area at the South of Ennore Creek Mouth................................................ 3-94 Figure 3.40 View of Ennore Creek Mouth from the EnnoreKuppam to NCTPS Bridge………….. 3-94

Figure 3.41 Population Distribution Structure of Fishing Villages within Five Kilometer Radial Distance from Ennore Port…………………………………………………………….. 3-95

Figure 3.42 Occupational Profile of Fishing Villages within Five Kilometer Radial Distance from Ennore Port…………………………………………………………………………….. 3-96

Figure 4.1 Methodology for Environmental Impact Assessment…………………………………. 4-1 Figure 4.2 Study Area for Shoreline Change Assessment Showing Zone I, II and III……………. 4-2 Figure 4.3 Zone I of Shoreline Change Assessment Study………………………………………. 4-8 Figure 4.4 Zone II of Shoreline Change Assessment Study……………………………………… 4-8 Figure 4.5 Zone III of Shoreline Change Assessment Study …………………………………….. 4-9 Figure 6.1 South and North Profiles Considered for Drift Computation………………………… 6-9 Figure 6.2 Shoreline Changes After 2, 4, 6, 8 and 10 Years Without Bypassing…………………. 6-11

Figure 6.3 Shoreline Changes After 2, 4, 6, 8 and 10 Years With Bypassing 0.1 MCM (0.1 × 106 m3)……………………………………………………………………………………... 6-12


Figure 6.5 Shoreline Changes After 2, 4, 6, 8 and 10 Years With Bypassing 0.3 MCM (0.3 × 106

m3)……………………………………………………………………………………... 6-13


Figure 6.7 Shoreline Changes After 2, 4, 6, 8 and 10 Years With Reclamation and Without Bypassing………………………………………………………………………………. 6-14

Figure 6.8 Shoreline Changes After 2, 4, 6, 8 and 10 Years With Reclamation and With Bypassing 0.4 MCM (0.4 × 106 m3)…………………………………………………... 6-15

Figure 6.9 Marine Disposal Locations Considered for Modelling………………………………… 6-18 Figure 6.10 Location of Dumps Locations in Different Water Depths……………………………... 6-19 Figure 6.11 Current Vectors Obtained from Model Showing Northerly and Southerly Currents 6-19 Figure 6.12 Average Sediment Concentrations – Dumping in 10 m Water Depth…………………. 6-20 Figure 6.13 Net Sediment Concentrations – Dumping in 10 m Water Depth……………………… 6-21 Figure 6.14 Average Sediment Concentration – Dumping in 20 m Water Depth………………….. 6-22 Figure 6.15 Net Sediment Concentration – Dumping in 20 m Water Depth……………………….. 6-23 Figure 6.16 Average Sediment Concentration – Dumping in 30 m Water Depth………………….. 6-24 Figure 6.17 Net Sediment Concentration – Dumping in 30 m Water Depth……………………….. 6-25 Figure 6.18 Recommended Dredged Material Marine Disposal Area……………………………… 6-26 Figure 8.1 Marine Dredged Material Dumping Location…………………………………………. 8-6

LIST OF PHOTO PLATES


Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. viii

Photo Plate No. Title Page No.

Photo Plate 2.1 Photographs of the Project Site………………………………………………………… 2-3 Photo Plate 3.1 Soil Sampling………………………………………………………………………….. 3-12 Photo Plate 3.2 Ground Water Sampling……………………………………...……............................... 3-23 Photo Plate 3.3 Ennore Creek and Bukingham Canal…………………...……........................................ 3-30 Photo Plate 3.4 Surface Water Sampling ……………………………………………………………….. 3-32 Photo Plate 3.5 Sea Water Sampling…………………………………………………………………….. 3-40 Photo Plate 3.6 Sediment Sample Collection…………………………………………………………….. 3-44 Photo Plate 3.7 Vegetation Cover in the Study Area…………………………………………………….. 3-57 Photo Plate 3.8 Fauna Species Observed During Field Monitoring……………………………………... 3-59 Photo Plate 3.9 Noise Monitoring……………………………………………………………………….. 3-80 Photo Plate 3.10 Public Consultation Carried out by ACE in the Study Area…………………………….. 3-97 Photo Plate 6.1 Public Hearing…………………………………………….…………………………….. 6-2 Photo Plate 6.2 Outlet Point of Sand Bypassing and Localized Pocket of Erosion ……………………. 6-16

LIST OF ANNEXURES

Annexure – 1.1 Copies of Environment Clearance (2006, 2007, 2009)……………………………………... Annexure – 1.2 Compliance Report (2006, 2007, 2009)……………………………………………………. Annexure – 1.3 Copy Of ToR issued by MoEF …………………………………………………………….. Annexure – 2.1 Layout of fire Hydrant for Berth Area……………………………………………………… Annexure – 2.2 Layout of fire Hydrant for Stock Yard………………………………………………………

Annexure – 2.3 Agreement of EPL with the M/s Thiruvudai Amman Enterprises for solid waste management…………………………………………………………………………………

Annexure – 6.1 Public Hearing Proceedings………………………………………………………………… Annexure – 6.2 CWPRS Report (May 2014)…….……………………………………….............................. Annexure – 6.3 Crisis Management Plan…………………………………………………….........................

LIST OF ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS

ACE Asian Consulting Engineers BOD Biochemical Oxygen Demand CEC Chief Executive Coordinator COD Chemical Oxygen Demand CPCB Central Pollution Control Board CSR Corporate Social Responsibility DG Diesel Generators DMP Disaster Management Plan ECR Emergency Control Room ERP Emergency Response Plan GDP Gross Domestic Product HC Hydrocarbon HSD High Speed Diesel HSE Health, Safety and Environment IS Indian Standard KLD Kilo Litres Per Day MoEF Ministry of Environment and Forest MPN Most Probable Number OISD Oil Industry Safety Directorate ONGC Oil and Natural Gas Corporation OSC On-Scene Commander/Coordinate PM Particulate Matter PPM Parts Per Million QRA Quantitative Risk Assessment TDS Total Dissolved Solids TSS Total Suspended Solids


Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. ix

VOC Volatile Organic Compound


Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. 1

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Introduction

Ennore Port is the 12th major port of India, which is located on the Coromandel Coast about 20 km North of Chennai Port, Chennai, Tamil Nadu. This port is also the first port to become a public enterprise.

In March 1999, this port was declared as a major port under the Indian Ports Act, 1908, and in the October month of the same year it was incorporated as Ennore Port Limited (EPL) under the Companies Act, 1956. This makes EPL, the only corporatized major port, which is registered as a company in India.

This port is a satellite port, which was designed to reduce the traffic load and pollution load on the overly loaded Chennai Port. Ennore Port is shielded by two breakwaters, namely the Northern breakwater of 3,080 m length and Southern breakwater of 1,070 m. It is viable to develop about 20 berths for handling a variety of bulk, liquid, automobile and container cargo. The port is an artificial port with features including all-weather, round-the-clock operations, a large back-up land, eco-friendly environment, state-of-the-art navigational facilities, well-organized logistics systems and transport interface.

1. Project Description

The salient features of the proposed project are given in the Table 1.

Table 1:Salient Features of the Project

Items Details

Project Construction of Additional Coal Berths CB 3 (9MTPA) and CB 4 (9MTPA)

Type of Project Expansion Classification of the port Major Port Location Ennore Port, Tamil Nadu Co-ordinates Latitude : 13° 15’ 40” N

Longitude : 80° 20’ 15” E Dredging Area 336 m × 150 m (CB 3)

336 m × 184 m (CB 4) Design Dredge Level (-) 18 m CD for CB 3 & CB 4 Quantity to be Dredged CB 3:

Land based: 0.3 million m3 Marine based: 2.1 million m3 CB 4: Land based: 0.3million m3 Marine based: 1.0 million m3

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Coromandel_Coast

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chennai_Port

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chennai

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Eco-friendly

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Navigational



Items Details

Design Tonnage 1,20,000 DWT Berth Dimension 336 m long × 27.5 m wide Total Project Cost CB3: INR 275.30 Cr

CB4: INR 266.90 Cr

2. Description of the Environment

Topography

The project site is located in Thiruvallur district and nearest habitation are Puzhuthivakkam at 0.93 km (West), Talanguppam at 3.17 km (South-West), Nettukupam at 3.03 km (South-West). The project area slopes gently from the western and eastern side towards Bay of Bengal and it lies in the coastal plains North of Ennore Creek. The primary source of fresh water is the Kortalliyar River (1.5 km West), which originates from the Nagari hills in the Andhra Pradesh. The Ennore Creek is a tidal backwater adjoining the stretch of the coastline.

Geology

The geological formations occurring in the coast are upper Gondwana consists of sand and silts, Quaternary sand and clay undulation by Achaean crystalline rocks (Charnockite). The study area was equally covered with half of sand & silt and half of alluvium soil deposits. The Minjur area is completely covered with coastal alluvium due to east coast shore line.

Hydrology

The study area consists of excellent network of drainage system, interlinked with one another. In Ponneri taluk, Korattalayar is the important river, which is dendritic and perennial in nature. It has substantial flow during monsoon period. The water from the Korattalyar river is supplied to Cholavaram and Red Hill tanks by constructing a dam at Vellore Tambaram. After filling a number of tanks in due course, the river flows into the Bay of Bengal through the Ennore creek located about 2 – 3 km toward South from the project site.

Hydrogeology

The project site and the study area are underlain with unconsolidated aquifer of recent age. The Lithology consists of river alluvium and flood plan deposits. Alluvium, which forms a good aquifer system along the Araniyar and Korattalaiyar river bed, is one of the major sources of water supply to urban areas of Chennai city and also to the industrial units. The yield prospect of the aquifer system is > 200 m3/day.

The data on hydrogeology of the Thiruvallur District, in which the study area is located, has been taken from the District Water Brochure, Thiruvallur District published by South Eastern Coastal Region, Central Ground Water Board, Ministry of Water Resources, Government of India in 2007.

Soil Quality

The texture of the soil was found to be sandy loam characteristics which can be determined by correlating the results of soil samples. The pH of the soil samples was in the range of 6.94



to 8.24, which show that the soil nature in between the neutral and alkaline. The soil sample collections from location near the shoreline were slightly alkaline in nature. This might be due to proximity to the marine water, which is saline in nature.

Land Use Land Cover

The land use land cover map for the study area was prepared by processing the standard False Color Composite (FCC) of Landsat 8 satellite imagery, August 2013 with 15 × 15 m resolution.

About half of the study area (50.78%) was covered by Bay of Bengal. Agricultural land, human settlement and industrial area constituted an area of 20.31%, 9.71% and 8.43%, respectively on the total study area. This is followed by water body (3.01%) constituted by Korattalaiyar river, Buckingham canal and the Ennore creek. 2.47%, 1.95%, 1.72% and 1.62% of the study area were comprised of water logged area, plantation, wet land and salt pan. Water Quality

The study area consists of excellent network of drainage system, interlinked with one another. In Ponneri taluk, Korattalayar is the important river, which is dendritic and perennial in nature. The levels of TDS, Conductivity, Sulphate, Nitrate, COD, BOD and all other significant parameters were high at the Ennore Creek sampling location; this is due to the confluence of the Buckingham Canal and Koratallaiyar river at the Ennore Creek area with the Bay of Bengal.

Ground water samples taken from the port area, due to its proximity to Bay of Bengal, had high TDS, Conductivity, Total Hardness and Chloride when compared with the ground water sampling locations located away from the shoreline. Some ground water sampling locations within the port area had fecal contamination, which was evident from the presence of fecal coliform and it cannot be used for drinking purpose without prior treatment.

Sea water and Sediments quality sampling was carried out to study the marine water and sediment quality at proposed study area.

Climate

The climate is mainly governed by the presence of Bay of Bengal. The climate of the area is in general hot and humid. The major seasons in the study area are Summer (March to May), South West Monsoon (June to September), North West Monsoon/ Retreating Monsoon (October to December) and Post Monsoon/ Winter (December to February).

Ambient Air Quality

During the preparation of this report, ACE had completed one season monitoring carried in the South West Monsoon Season. As per the CPCB guidelines for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring, 2003, ambient air quality should not be monitored in monsoon season. Hence, environmental monitoring with respect to ambient air quality was not carried out for this study period by ACE.



Noise

The noise level was monitored in seven locations and is within the permissible limits. The highest Leq Value was recorded near the highway, which is due to the plying of heavy cargo carrier trucks, other trucks and vehicles, as this highway connects the Ennore Port as well as Chennai Port with the Northern part of the Tamil Nadu.

Biological Environment

The common tree species, which were found in the study area were Coconus nucifera, Casurina equisetifolia, Azadirachta indica, Acacia nilotica. The fauna found in the area are Squirrel, Mangoose, Mouse, Chameleon, Lizard (garden) and House lizard. House swift. Cattle egret ,Kite ,Mynah and Heronare common avifauna . Millipede, Small Crab, Chameleon and Crab are common int the study area.

The coastline of Thiruvallur district is of 55 km in length. There are about 58 numbers of marine fishing villages. The reported dominant species of fishes in the fish catch from the Thiruvallur District (Ennore) are Seerfish (Scomberomorus guttatus), Little tuna (Euthynnus affinis), Ribbonfish (Trichiurus lepturus), Sardines (Sardinella gibbosa,), Russell’s Scad (Decapterus russelli) and Indian mackerel (Rastrelliger kanagurta). Socio-Economic Environment

The socio-economic profile of the study area is based on 2001 Census of India (As Village wise 2011 Census was not available at the time of report preparation). The study area lies within the Thiruvallur District. The District spreads over an area of about 3422 Sq.kms. As per District wise Census 2011, the total population of Thiruvallur District is 37,28,104, out of which 18,76,062 are male and 18,52,042 are female. The Total Literate Population of District is 27, 91, 721, out of which The literacy level is 84.03 % and the total literate population is 27,91,721, out of which 14,95,711 are male and 12,96,010 are female.

The data on baseline status of the study and basic information about the socio-economic profile has also been collected during the site visit and from secondary sources like Census of India. The database, thus generated in the process includes Demographic structure; Infrastructure base in the study area, Economic attributes and Socio-economic status with reference to Quality of Life.

Public Consultations were carried out Attipattu, Vallur 02, Vallur 03, Nappalayam and Gounderpallayam. . The major occupation in the study area is agriculture. Apart from the agriculture poultry, fishing and labour work also provides employment to significant number of villagers in the study area.

In most of the habitations there is no middle and higher Secondary schools within the habitation. Although primary educational facilities are there in all the villages there is also a need for the development of higher level of educational institutes.

3. Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures

The impacts and mitigation measures with respect to the construction and operation phases of the proposed project are given in Table 3.



Table 3: Proposed Environmental Mitigation Measures

S. No. Component Impact Mitigation Measures

Construction Phase: 1. Air Generation of Dust, SO2,

NO2, CO and CO2

Covering of construction material with sheets while transportation and storage.

Use of Water sprinkler system Personal Protective equipment

for labours. Diesel with low Sulphur content

will be used as fuel for generator set.

2. Noise and Vibration

Increase in the noise levels due to movement of vehicles and construction activities.

Vibration due to movement of vehicles and construction activities.

Dredging activity will result in noise generation.

Proper service and maintenance of machines and vehicles to control noise.

Personal protective equipments for labours.

Generator sets will be kept in acoustic enclosure to control noise generated from it.

3. Water Discharge of construction wastewater, domestic wastewater (sewage water, wastewater from kitchen, laundries, etc)

Surface run-off from construction site.

Disposal of sewage from the project site onto the nearby water bodies.

Proper sanitation facilities in the construction site.

Collection of sewage in septic tank and regular emptying of the tank through outside agencies.

4 Marine Environment

Suspension of the sediment in coastal water will lead to decrease in sunlight penetration, which will affect the primary productivity as well as marine fauna in that area.

Dredging will lead to removal of sediments from the sea bed, which will also affect the benthic organisms.

Dredging will result in change in current pattern as well as littoral drift.

Dredging in inner dock basin might result in erosion of soil from the

Silt curtains must be used to contain the spreading of suspended sediment during dredging within the dredging area.

Earth protection work will be carried out to avoid erosion of soil from the shoreline/ boundary line from the land area into the marine water body.




shoreline/ boundary line into the water.

4. Land As the proposed coal berths CB 3 and CB 4 are to be constructed additionally, adjacent to the existing coal berths CB 1 and CB 2, within the port area, no significant change in the present land use pattern is envisaged.

The topography of the inner dock basin will change

Disposal of unwanted solid waste/sewage Site clearance/ preparation will lead to removal of top soil.

Movement of vehicles and heavy construction equipments will lead to compaction of soil.

Use of removed soil for landscaping purposes, improving aesthetics.

Sanitation facilities in the construction site as well as labour camps.

5. Biological Flora Fauna

During site clearance, the existing trees and shrubs will be removed.

Disturbance due to dredging activity will cause migration of marine faunal species to other areas.

Green belt development. Silt curtains will be used during

dredging in marine area to contain the spread sediments, which might cause disturbance to marine faunal species.

6. Socio-

Economic Contamination of nearby

surface water body due to indiscriminate discharge of sewage/solid waste.

Influx of construction labours in and around the project area might result in increase in population density for a short span of time.

Proper sanitation facilities and bins will be provided in the construction site for collection of sewage/solid waste/construction wastes.

Men and material for the construction purpose is available locally. The construction labour coming from nearby areas shall go back to their houses on completion of their daily activities on completion of construction activities

7. Occupational Health and Safety

Generation of dust during construction and dredging activity might lead to respiratory ailments.

Noise generated during construction activities might lead to auditory ailments.

Workers will be strictly enforced to wear personal protective equipments.

Water sprinkling system for dust generating area.

Operation Phase:




1. Air Particulate and fugitive emissions might arise from Coalloading, unloading and transportation .

Coal dust generation is anticipated during handling and storage of coal in coal storage yard.

Emissions (SO2, NOx, CO and CO2) from Diesel Generator Set and vehicular movement.

Coal will be transported through closed conveyor system to avoid coal dust generation

Coal dust suppression mechanism will be installed in coal storage yard to contain coal dust.

Workers handling coal will compulsorily wear Personal Protective Equipments like dust masks and safety goggles


Operation of machineries and generators will result in generation of noise and vibration. The vibration arising out of generator will have insignificant impact when compared to heavy machineries.

The machineries used will be serviced and maintained to control generation of noise and vibration.

Vehicles used for transportation will be serviced regularly and maintained properly to avoid any generation of unwanted noise.

Generator sets will be kept in acoustic enclosure to contain noise.

Employees exposed to hand vibration while handling/operating of heavy machineries

3. Water Disposal of sewage from the proposed unit onto the nearby water bodies.

Discharge of contaminated storm water onto the land without any pre-treatment might contaminate ground water.

Collection of sewage in septic tank and regular emptying of the tank through outside agencies.

4. Land Compaction of soil due to movement of vehicles. This impact is permanent but insignificant. Since, the land for the proposed project site is within port area, where no agricultural activity is allowed.

Disposal of sewage/ solid waste onto the land will lead to land pollution

Proper sanitation facilities in the plant area.

Proper treatment and disposal of sewage and solid waste.

Green belt development Movement of vehicles to be

restricted to paved roads only


As the transportation of coal will be carried out through conveyor belts within the port area, no

Green belt development Coal dust suppression

mechanism will be established in the coal storage yard to avoid




significant impact on flora/fauna due to loading, unloading of coal from the ships

Similar to capital dredging, maintenance dredging might also lead to migration of marine faunal species to other areas.

generation of coal dust.

6. Socio-Economic

Employment opportunity to local people.

Development of infrastructural facilities through CSR activities.

Increasing coal demand for thermal power stations will be met by transportation of coal from Odissa to Ennore and unloading of the same in the proposed coal berths.

As the amount of coal received increases, the thermal power generation will also increase facilitating suffice of power requirement of the nation.


Generation of dust during handling and storage of coal will lead to respiratory ailments.

Fire hazard due to coal handling and storage

Workers will be strictly enforced to wear personal protective equipments.

The production process will be carried out in an enclosed cycle to avoid manual contact with the coal and also it will avoid dispersion of dust or fumes generated during the process.

Cordoning of coal handling area, transportation area and storage area as No Smoking Zone.

4. Environmental Monitoring Plan

The parameters and respective frequency of monitoring as part of Environmental Monitoring Plan for both construction and operation phases are tabulated below in Table 4.

Table 4: List of Parameters to be monitored during Construction and Operation Phases

Component Parameters Frequency Location

Construction Phase Air PM10, PM2.5, SO2

and NO2 Monthly In the building demolition area.

In the dredging area. In the berth facility installation

area. Noise Equivalent noise

level Monthly Near construction activity.

Near DG set (during operation). Near dredging area.



Component Parameters Frequency Location

Land Soil

Once in a season

One location within project site.

Water/ wastewater

Ground water: parameters as per IS 10500: 2012 standards

Monthly One well nearer to the project site within port area.

Marine Physico-chemical and Biological parameters of marine water and sediment.

Once in a season

One location within port area.

Operation Phase Air PM10, PM2.5, SO2,

CO and NO2 Once in a month

Coal unloading area. Coal storage area. Near conveyor belt (transfer

points). Noise Equivalent noise

level Once in a month

Near coal unloading area. Near conveyor belt. Near DG set (during operation).

Land Soil Annual One location within project site. Water/ wastewater

Ground water and drinking water: parameters as per IS 10500: 2012 standards


One sample of drinking water provided to the workers.

Marine Physico-chemical

and Biological parameters of marine water and sediment.

Once in a season


Occupational Health and Safety

General check up Respiratory and auditory ailment

Annual All employees working in and around coal handling and storage area as well as noisy area.

5. Additional Studies

Hydrodynamic Study

For Phase II Development of Ennore Port, Central Water and Power Research Station (CWPRS), Pune, India in 2009, had carried out Hydrodynamic modeling studies to assess the impact of the port development on the shoreline.For the proposed additional coal berths (CB 3 and CB 4), for which this EIA study report is prepared, desk studies to assess the effect of development on the shoreline at Ennore Port, Ennore, Tamil Nadu was carried out by CWPRS in May 2014.

It was reported that as the Ennore Port is located at high littoral drift prone zone, the port development had lead to accretion at the South of Southern Breakwater of Ennore Port, whereas erosion was observed in the Northern coastline (North of Northern Breakwater). To mitigate the erosion, sand bypassing of the dredged material and accreted sand in the



Southern Coastline (up to Ennore Creek) was proposed as a shoreline management technique in Technical Report No. 4658. The same was carried out in 2010, which controlled the erosion. However, due to the high wave energy and clayey/silty nature of the dredged materials, pockets of erosion were observed in the Northern shoreline (especially near the root of Northern Breakwater).

Modelling Study for Marine Dredge Material Disposal

In 2004, National Institute of Ocean Technology (NIOT), Chennai, India, had carried out Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) and Risk Assessment (RA) Study for the Phase II of Ennore Port Development, which was inclusive of the following developments:

Iron Ore Berth to handle 12 MTPA capacity.

Coal Berth to handle 8 MTPA capacity.

Container Terminal to handle 3 MTPA capacity.

Marine Liquid Terminal to handle 3 MTPA capacity.

Capital Dredging (15.5 MCM) in the berthing areas, deepening of Port Basin and Navigational Channel.

Out of the above mentioned development, construction of Container Terminal has not yet been commenced and capital dredging has been carried out partially. Modeling was carried out by NIOT in 2004, to identify marine disposal area for disposal of 18.0 MCM of dredged material. Till now, only 9.3 MCM has been disposed off in the marine disposal area identified by NIOT. The proposed project will generate 3.7 MCM of dredged material.The marine dumping location identified by the NIOT will be adequate and viable for the proposed project as well. Hence, the modeling carried out by NIOT, which is found to be valid for the proposed project, is reported in this section.

Emergency Action Plan

The Ennore Port has well laid Emergency Management Plan called the Crisis Management Plan (CMP) to combat both natural and man made emergencies. The same will be applicable for the proposed project as well. The levels of emergencies for which the CMP is prepared are as follows:

Level 1: Events likely to endanger human lives, equipment and physical structures and are within the control of round the clock duty personnel and the facilities available with the port.

Level 2: Events likely to endanger human lives, equipment and physical structures and which are beyond the control of round the clock duty personnel and facilities available with the port; requires the mobilization of additional resources from outside the port from the state government and the nearby industries/ institutions.

Level 3: Events likely to endanger the human lives, equipment and physical structures with the port complex and in the neighborhood and which are not possible to control with the resources available with the port and the earlyinstitutions/ industries. Help of authorities at Local, State and National level would be required to control and contain the emergency.



6. Project Benefits

The proposed project will lead to the following benefits:

The proposed additional coal berths will suffice the increasing demand for coal for thermal power plants.

This project will lead to increase in thermal power generation, which will benefit the nation.

The proposed project will generate employment opportunities for both, skilled and unskilled labours, which will improve the quality of life of employed people with better income.

7. Environmental Management Plan (EMP)

The following plans are proposed under the Environmental Management Plan:

Labour Management Plan Dredged Material Management Plan Rainwater Harvesting System Air Pollution Management Plan Sewage Management Plan Solid Waste Management Plan Green Belt Development

8. Summary and Conclusion

The environmental status of the project site and study area of 10 km radius is delineated with respect to air, noise, water, land, biological and socio-economic environment. The different project activities in the construction and operation phases are identified. To identify the impacts, the interaction between the project activities and different components of environment are classified phase wise.

From the Environmental Impact Assessment study, it can be concluded that this project under consideration will not have any major significant negative impacts. The minor impacts arising out during construction and operation phases can be mitigated with the help of the proposed Environmental Management Plan.

The proposed additional coal berths will suffice the increasing demand for coal for thermal power plants and also will lead to increase in thermal power generation, which will benefit the nation. The proposed project will generate employment opportunities for both, skilled and unskilled labours, which will improve the quality of life of employed people with better income.

9. Disclosure of Consultants Engaged

Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. (ACE) is QCI-NABET accredited EIA consulting organization (Certificate No.: NABET/EI/1013/012) for varied sectors including Ports, Harbous, Jetties, Marine Terminals, Mass Rapid Transport System (Category A). ACE has been awarded ISO 9001: 2008 certified (Certificate no: 22340/10/S) by RINA, to provide consultancy services for water supply, waste water treatment, municipal solid waste management, environment and social impact assessment, environment impact and audit,



remote sensing and geographical information systems. ACE has provided its consulting services and has successfully completed projects in India and other countries including Mongolia, U.A.E., Vietnam, etc. ACE has carried out EIA and EMP studies for oil & gas, infrastructure and industrial developmental sectors; HSE compliance audits; and has also been involved in design of water supply, wastewater management, industrial waste treatment, solid wastes and hazardous wastes management systems.


Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. 1-1

1. INTRODUCTION

1.1 Introduction

Ennore Port is the 12th major port of India, which is located on the Coromandel Coast about 20 km North of Chennai Port, Chennai, Tamil Nadu. This port is also the first port to become a public enterprise.

In March 1999, this port was declared as a major port under the Indian Ports Act, 1908, and in the October month of the same yearit was incorporated as Ennore Port Limited (EPL) under the Companies Act, 1956. This makes EPL, the only corporatized major port, which is registered as a company in India.

This port is a satellite port, which was designed to reduce the traffic load and pollution load on the overly loaded Chennai Port.Ennore Port, is shielded by two breakwaters, namely the Northern breakwater of 3,080 m length and Southern breakwater of 1,070 m. It is viable to develop about 20 berths for handling a variety of bulk, liquid, automobile and container cargo.The port is an artificial port with features including all-weather, round-the-clock operations, a large back-up land, eco-friendly environment, state-of-the-art navigational facilities, well-organized logistics systems and transport interface.

To meet the coal requirement of the Thermal Power Plants of Tamil Nadu Electricity Board (TNEB)(restructured as Tamilnadu Generation andDistribution Corporation Limited – TANGEDCO in November 2010)located at North Chennai (630 MW), Ennore (450 MW) and Mettur (840 MW),this port was developed with two coal handling berths of 16 MTPA capacity and was made operational in 2001. The coal requirement for the existing TANGEDCO project is given in Table 1.1. The additional coal demand for the ongoing and future projects of TANGEDCO is tabulated in Table 1.2.The source of the coal required for the Thermal Power Plants is the Mahanadi Coal Fields, Orissa through Paradip Port, Orissa.

Table 1.1: Capacity of Existing, Ongoing and Proposed Thermal Power Plants of TANGEDCO

Plant Location

Present Capacity Expansion/Addition by December, 2013

Expansion/Addition by October, 2016

Future

North Chennai 3 x 210 MW + 1 x 600 MW

1 x 600 MW - -

Ennore 3 x 110 MW + 1 x 60 MW

- 1 x 600 MW -

Mettur 4 x 210 MW 1 x 600 MW - -

Vallur JV 2 x 500 MW 1 x 500 MW - -

Katuppuli - - - 2 x 800 MW

South of NCTPS - - - 1 x 800 MW

(Source: Detailed Feasibility Report, Development of Coal Berth no. 3 and 4 at Ennore Port for TANGEDCO, 2010)

11






http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tamil_Nadu_Electricity_Board



Table 1.2: Coal Requirement for Existing, Ongoing and Future Projects of TANGEDCO

Plant Location Present Expansion/Addition

by December, 2013 Expansion/Addition

by October, 2016 Future

North Chennai 3.20 6.00 - - Ennore 2.10 - 3.00 - Mettur 4.70 3.00 - - Vallur JV - 7.05 - - Kattupalli# - - - 8.00 South of NCTPS

- - - 4.00

Total 10.00 16.05 3.00 12.00 (Source: Detailed Feasibility Report, Development of CB3 and CB 4 at Ennore Port for TANGEDCO, 2013)

The traffic handled by Ennore Port, with respect to coal from 2005-2006 to 2012-2013 is given in Figure1.1.

Figure 1.1: Quantity of Coal Handled at Ennore Port

It can be inferred from the above tables and figure, that the requirement for coal is constantly increasing and to cope with the increasing coal demand for the Thermal Power Plants proposed by TANGEDCO, EPL had proposed to develop two more coal berths (CB3 and CB4), each of 9 MTPA capacity.

The Environmental Clearances (EC) obtained by the EPL for the development of Ennore Port is listed below:

ECvide letter No. 10-28/2005–IA-III dated 19thMay 2006 for the following activities: o Marine Liquid Terminal to handle 3 MTPA. o Coal Terminal other than TNEB/TANGEDCO users to handle 8 MTPA. o Iron Ore Terminal to handle 12 MTPA. o Container Terminal for a quay length of 700m to handle 12 MTPA.

02468

101214161820

Coa

l Han

dled

in M

T p

er A

nnum



o Associated Capital Dredging of 15.50 million cubic metres. EC vide letter No. 10-28/2005-IA-III dated 10thSeptember 2007 for increased

Container Terminal quay length from 700 m to 1000 m. EC vide letter No. 11-21/2009–IA-III dated 23rd July, 2009 for the

development of a general cargo berth.

The copies of the Environmental Clearances mentioned above are annexed in Annexure 1.1. The compliance report for the conditions laid for the same are given in Annexure 1.2.

1.2 Brief Description about the Project

The location map of the proposed project is given in Figure 1.2. Major details about the proposed project are tabulated in Table 1.3.

Table 1.3: Brief Description about the Project

Items Details

Project Construction of Additional Coal Berths CB3 (9MTPA) and CB4 (9MTPA)

Location Ennore Port, Tamil Nadu Co-ordinates Latitude : 13° 15’ 40” N

Longitude : 80° 20’ 15” E Dredging Area 336 m × 150 m (CB 3)

336 m × 184 m (CB 4) Design Dredge Level (-) 18 m CD for CB 3 & CB 4 Quantity to be Dredged CB 3:

Land based: 0.3 million m3 Marine based: 2.1 million m3 CB 4: Land based: 0.3million m3 Marine based: 1.0 million m3

Berth Dimension 336 m long × 27.5 m wide Total Project Cost CB3: INR 275.30 Cr

CB4: INR 266.90 Cr

1.3 Project Proponent

Ennore Port Limited (EPL) is a Miniratna Category 1 Government of India undertaking, with a vision "To develop Ennore Port as a mega port with world class facilities to become the Eastern gateway Port of India".

As per the Annual Report for the year 2012-2013 published by Ministry of Shipping, Government of India, for the reporting year, Ennore Port had the highest growth percentage of cargo handling, which is about 19.82%.



Figure 1.2: Project Location Map



EPL had signed MoU with the Ministry of Shipping for the year 2011 – 2012, during the provisional assessment; EPL was rated to be ‘Excellent’, which was fifth time in succession.

1.4 EIA Consultant

M/s Asian Consulting Engineers (ACE) Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi is the EIA consultant for this proposed project. ACE is QCI-NABET accredited EIA consultant organisation (Certificate No.: NABET/EIA/1013/012) for 13 varied sectors including Ports, Harbours, Jetties, Marine Terminals, Break Waters and Dredging. The Quality Management System of ACE is ISO 9001:2008 certified.

1.5 Purpose of the EIA Study

The purpose of Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) study is to identify the possible impacts due to the proposed project on its surrounding environment and to suggest ways for mitigating and minimizing impacts. The study also identifies possible beneficial impacts on to the environment and society after implementation of the project.

1.6 Policy and Legal Framework

The Project Proponent, EPL will ensure that it conforms to all National legislations, regulations, and conventions, relating to various aspects of Ports and Harboursin India. Table 1.4 shows select list of applicable Acts and Rules as set by MoEF, CPCB and TNPCB. However EPL will adhere to all the applicable legislations that will come in force time to time as well as other legislations that are applicable to Ports and Harbours but not given in below list.

Table 1.4: Applicable Acts and Guidelines for the Proposed Project

Issues Applicable Legislation

Water 1) The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974, and amendments thereafter.

2) Water Cess Act, 1977 and amendments thereafter. Air 3) The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 and

amendments thereafter. Hazardous Substances and Wastes

4) Hazardous Wastes (Management and Handling) Rules, 2008.

Other Issues under the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986, and Rules

5) The Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991 and Rules 1991.

Noise 6) The Environment (Protection) Second Amendment Rules, 2002 (Noise Limits for New Generator Sets).

7) The Noise (Regulation & Control) Rules, 2000. Other Acts 8) The Central Motor Vehicles Act, 1938, amended in 1988

and Rules, 1989.

EIA 9) Environmental Protection Act 1986 and its amendments thereafter

10) EIA notification 2006 and its amendments thereafter



1.7 Scope of EIA Study

An EIA study is useful to understand and to mitigate the impacts of the project on various parameters of the environment. Therefore, the scope of the EIA study includes detailed characterization of the existing status of the land, water, air and biological environment in the proposed project and its impact area. Consequently, it involves identification of the potential environmental impacts of the project.

The scope of this EIA is according to the Terms of References (TORs) approved by the MoEF vide F.No.11-51/2012-IA.IIIdated 21.08.2012. TheMoEF approved TORs is annexed in Annexure 1.3.

1.8 Approach and Methodology of EIA Study

1.8.1 Approach of EIA Study

The EIA study includes establishment of the present environmental scenario in the project area. EIA report consists of study of the specific activities related to the project and evaluation of the probable environmental impacts, thus leading to the recommendations of necessary mitigation measures. The entire EIA study has been carried out on the basis of the applicable environmental legislation, regulations and guidelines of the MoEF.

As per the EIA guidance manual for Ports and Harbors published byMoEF, Government of India in 2010, the area for primary data collection for an EIA study is given as five kilometre radial distance from the project site, however, 10 km radial distance has been taken up as study area for the environmental quality monitoring for the proposed project. About 15 km radial distance is taken into account for the secondary data collection with respect to parameters mentioned at column 9(iii) of Form I of EIA Notification 2006.

1.8.2 Establishment of Baseline Environmental Status

A comprehensive database on the baseline environmental status/conditions of the study area has been established through review, compilation & analysis of

i) Published secondary data/literature/information, and ii) Primary data collection through field study, surveys and monitoring.

1.8.3 Field Study/ Monitoring for Generation of Primary Data

A comprehensive EIA study spanning three seasons has been recommended in the approved ToR for the proposed project. ACE had carried out three season monitoring namely South West Monsoon Season (July – September 2013), Post Monsoon Season (January – March 2014) and Summer/ Pre Monsoon Season (April – May 2014). As per the request of Ennore Port Limited (EPL), the environmental baseline data collected by National Environmental Engineering Research Institute (NEERI), Nagpur in the year 2011-2012 for the EIA study of project entitled ‘Ennore LNG Terminal’ for Indian Oil Corporation Ltd. was considered for inclusion in this report. Since, the project site for the NEERI report was LNG Terminal within the Ennore Port area, located closer (within 1800 m) to the proposed project site of this EIA study report and the study period of NEERI report was 2011-2012, which is within one year of the issue of ToR for this project, the baseline data of NEERI report has been included in this report, alongside ACE’s monitoring data. NEERI had monitored the baseline



environmental quality for three seasons namely Winter/Post Monsoon (December 2011 – January 2012), Summer (March – May 2012) and Pre Monsoon (September – November 2012).

The environmental quality monitoring conducted by ACE was in compliance with the guidelines of CPCB and requirement of the MoEF. Field study/monitoring/data collection by ACE has been carried out for the following subcomponents:

a) Land Use Pattern: Study of Land use pattern in the study area was carried out by standard methods of analysis of remotely sensed data followed by ground truthing and visual interpretation of satellite data. For this purpose, satellite imagery of LANDSAT 8 with a spatial resolution of 15 m was processed through remote sensing and GIS techniques and softwares to arrive at land use and land cover pattern of the study area.

b) Geology: Information about the regional geology in and around the project area was collected from available reports/literatures.

c) Soil Quality: Seven soil samples were collected from representative locations within the study area. The samples were analysed for important physico-chemical parameters to assess the quality of the soil.

d) Hydrology: Similarly,the data related to hydrologyof the proposed project site was collected from the available literature.

e) Water Quality: Five samples each from surface water and ground water has been collected and analysed to assess the quality of water in the study area.

f) Marine Water and Sediment Quality: Sea water and sea sediment samples were collected and analysed from seven representative locations from the study area.

g) Biological Environment:

a. Marine Ecology: Zooplankton, Phytoplankton and Benthos species present at seven representative locations were identified and their abundance was calculated. Secondary information on other marine species were collected, reviewed and presented.

b. Terrestrial Ecology: The primary survey for this component was carried out using quadrate method of sampling. Secondary data on terrestrial ecology was collected during Field visit, Public consultation and from Department of Environment and Forest, Tamil Nadu.

h) Ambient Air Quality: The study period for the first season monitoring is July - September 2013, which falls in the South West Monsoon Season. As per the CPCB Guidelines for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring, 2003, ambient air quality should not be monitored in monsoon season. Hence, ambient air quality monitoring has not been carried out for this study period. Ambient air quality monitoring has been carried out for other two monitoring seasons, namely the Post Monsoon Season and Summer/Pre Monsoon Season.



i) Noise: To establish the ambient noise scenario in the study area, monitoring of ambient noise level was carried out at seven different locations in the study area using a suitable portable sound level meter over a period of twenty-four hours.

1.9 Structure of the EIA Report

The following chapters have been included in this EIA report, which is in line with the Generic Structure of Environmental Impact Assessment Document given in the EIA Guidance Manual for Ports and Harbors, MoEF, 2010:

Chapter 1: Introduction - provides a background to the project, the project proponent, and the process of environmental impact assessment.

Chapter 2: The Project Description - covers the description of the project, such as the type of project, need for theproject, project location, project layout, cargo handling methods, utilities and services, the project implementation schedule and the estimated cost of development.

Chapter 3: Description of the Environment - describes the background environmental characteristics and the other socio-economic activities in the area.

Chapter 4: Identification of Impacts and Mitigation Measures - The major impacts both adverse and positive are predicted and the consequent mitigation measures are provided in this chapter. The impacts are identified with respect to the present environmental baseline conditions.

Chapter 5: Environmental Monitoring Plan - The monitoring to be carried out in the construction and post project implementation phases will be described in detail along with the frequency and sampling locations.

Chapter 6: Additional Studies –This chapter consists of hydrodynamic modelling, shoreline change study and emergency management plan for the proposed project.

Chapter 7: Project Benefits - This chapter is devoted solely for the positive outcomes, which are anticipated out of this project with respect to the socio-economic as well as environmental parameters.

Chapter 8: Environmental Management Plan - Environmental Management Plans which will mitigate the adverse impacts of the project on the environment is proposed in this chapter.Also, the overall budget for the environmental management and monitoring plans is given.

Chapter 9: Summary and Conclusion –This chapter summarizes the major findings of the EIA study and delineates the conclusion drawn out of the study.

Chapter 10: Disclosure of Consultants Engaged - Details about the consultant organization engaged to carry out the EIA study is presented in this chapter.

EIA of Proposed Additional Coal Berths CB3 (9 MTPA) and CB4 (9 MTPA), Ennore Port, Tamil Nadu


Compliance Report Adherence to ToR Approved by MoEF in the EIA Study

Sl. No. ToR Reference in the EIA Report

Chapter No. Section No. Page No. Title

1. Submit the details of compliance of the conditions of EC/Consent orders for the existing activities.

1 1.1 1-1 Introduction

2. Submit the details of the proposed activities on the CRZ map of 1:4000 scale prepared by an authorized agency. Submit the Recommendation from state CRZ.

3 3.2.3 3-6 Coastal Regulation Zone. The CRZ Map prepared by Institute of Remote Sensing (IRS), Anna University, which is one of the authorized agency for preparation of the same, is included in this section.

3. Hydrodynamic studies to ensure that the proposed expansion does not have any significant impact to the shoreline abutting the project must be carried out.

6 6.2 6-1 Hydrodynamic Studies

4. Additional impact arising out of handling, transporting additional cargo at the berth and at storage /evacuation zones must be identified and the system must be augmented to meet the present requirement in terms of risk assessment, EMP, DMP etc.

4

6

- -

- -

Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures Additional Studies

5. A comprehensive EIA shall be prepared for the port as a whole including the proposed expansion and submitted to the ministry-showing construction phase and operational phase.

2 3 4

6

- - - -

- - - -

Project Description Description of the Environment Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures Additional Studies



Sl. No. ToR Reference in the EIA Report

Chapter No. Section No. Page No. Title

6. Submit the details of the measures proposed for minimizing possible airborne fugitive emissions inherent with the latter system.

8 8.3.5 8-7 Air Pollution Management

7. An overall review of the existing handling methods and the proposed ones for the expansion facilities may be made keeping in view the environmental requirements vis a vis the productivity parameters.

2 - - Project Description

8. The impact of the dredging material and disposal of the dredged material should be studied in-depth depending upon the toxic metal contents of this material and the location of its disposal, using modelling studies.

6 6.3 6-9 Modelling Study for Marine Dredge Material Disposal

9. The EIA should include the environmental status in the context of the compliance by the existing port activities.

1 1.1 1-1 Introduction



2. PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 Project Overview

The proposed project is construction of additional coal berths – CB 3 and CB 4 at Ennore Port, Tamil Nadu, to meet the growing demand of coal for Thermal Power Plants proposed to be built by Tamilnadu Generation and Distribution Corporation Limited (TANGEDCO). The layout plan of the proposed project is given in Figure 2.1. The salient features of the proposed project are given in Table 2.1.

Table 2.1: Salient Features of the Project

Items Details

Project Name Construction of Additional Coal Berths CB3 (9 MTPA) and CB4 (9 MTPA), Ennore Port, Tamil Nadu

Type of Project Expansion

Classification of the Port Major Port

No. of Berths Proposed Two no. of Coal Handling Berths – CB3 and CB4 Dredging Area 336 m × 150 m (CB 3)

336 m × 184 m (CB 4) Capital Dredging Quantity CB 3:

Land based: 0.3 million m3 Marine based: 2.1 million m3 CB 4: Land based: 0.3 million m3 Marine based: 1.0 million m3

Design Dredge Level (-) 18 m CD for CB 3 & CB 4 Berth Dimension 336 m long × 27.5 m wide Design Tonnage 1,20,000 DWT Type and Quantity of Cargo to be Handled

9 MTPA of Coal in each berth.

Area of Coal Stack Yard 57.94 acres

The project will be developed in two phases. In the Phase 1, CB 3 berth will be developed and CB 4 berth will be constructed in Phase 2. Coal stack yard of 57.94 acre is also proposed adjacent to the existing Sical Iron Ore Terminal Stack Yard.

22



Figure 2.1: Layout Map Showing the Proposed Coal Berths CB 3 & CB 4, Conveyor Belt and Coal Stack Yard



Photo Plate 2.1: Photographs of the Project Site



2.2 Surrounding Features of the Project Site

The important features like industries, road network, railway network, eco-sensitive area around the proposed project site within the study area is given in Table 2.2.

Table 2.2: Surrounding Features of the Project Site

Items Details

Nearest Village Puzhuthivakkam (Approx. 0.93 km – West) Talanguppam (Approx. 3.17 km – South West) Nettukupam (Approx. 3.03 km – South West)

Nearest Town Athipattu (About 3.5km – South West)

Nearest City Chennai (24.8 km – South West)

National/ State Highway SH 107 (8.44km – North West)

Railway Station Attipattu Pudunagar (4.17 km West-South-West) Ennore (4.79 km South - West)

Airport Chennai Airport (36.25 km South - West) Eco-sensitive Area within 15 km

Ennore Creek (Approx. 2.9 km – South)

Critically Polluted Area within 15 km

Manali (About 12.0 km – South West)

Nearby Industries NCTPS (Adjacent – South West) Chettinad International Coal Terminal – BOT operator

of EPL handling coal for non TANGEDCO Coal (About 3.0 km – North West)

HPCL Terminal (About 3.8 km - South West) IPPL LPG Terminal (About 3.8 km – West) NTPC Tamil Nadu Energy Company Ltd. (About 4.0

km – South West) L & T Shipbuilding Yard (About 5.0 km – North)

2.3 Cost of the Project

The total cost for the proposed project, i.e. the capital cost is INR 542.2 Cr. The detailed split up of the same is given in Table 2.3.

Table 2.3.: Capital Cost for the Proposed Project

Particulars (INR in Crore)

Construction of CB 3 275.3

Construction of CB 4 266.9

Total 542.2



2.4 Phase Wise Development of the Project

As mentioned earlier, the proposed project will be developed in two phases. During the development of CB 3 and CB 4 will be constructed along with which the following activities will also be carried out:

a. Construction of 384.5 m long western earth retaining structure. b. Construction of access road from CICTPL berth end to CB 1 & 2. c. Demolition and relocation of existing PIO building. d. Demolition of existing sub-station building. e. Dredging the channel from turning basin to the inner dock basin of the CB 3. f. Re-routing of pipelines, cables, removal of street light post and high mast.

CB3 and CB 4 needs to be commissioned by the end of year 2015 and 2016, respectively.

The design ship was considered to be 120,000 DWT with capsize of 42 m and the width of the basin was calculated to be 250 m. Similarly, considering the overall length of the largest vessel as 270 m, the length of the basin was planned to be least 320 m. Hence, it is proposed to have a dock basin of size 336 m x 327 m. The depth of the basin will be initially maintained at 16 m below CD to cater to 85,000 DWT vessels and it will be dredged further as and when the 120,000 DWT vessel dock at CB 3.

It is proposed to dredge an area of 336 m x 150 m from the berthing face. The layout map for the proposed project is given in Figure 2.2.

Figure 2.2: Layout Map for the Development of CB 3 and CB 4 (Source: Detailed Feasibility Report, Development of CB 3 and CB 4 at Ennore Port for TANGEDCO,

2013)



Figure 2.3.: Proposed Inner Dock Basin

(Source: Detailed Feasibility Report, Development of CB 3 and CB 4 at Ennore Port for TANGEDCO, 2013)

2.4.1 Development of CB 3 and CB 4

2.4.1.1 Site Clearance

The development of CB 3 and CB 4 will take place on land; hence the site will be cleared of the scattered vegetation and scrap material covering the project site at present. The following building will be demolished and relocated:

a. PIO building b. Sub-station building

2.4.1.2 Rock Bund Removal

Slope/ Shore protection structure (rock bund) of 93.5 m length and 60 – 70 m width exists near the coal berth CB 1. The same is shown in Figure 2.4. The rocks will be removed partially by manual methods and partially by dredging or any other suitable methods.



Figure 2.4: Existing Slope Protection Work near Existing CB 1


2.4.1.3 Layout of CB 3 and CB4

The distance between the existing CB 1 and CICTPL coal berth is 400 m. The proposed CB 3 is planned towards the Southern side, adjoining the existing CB 1 in the West, to pave way for any future berth construction in that area.

Berthing area of around 3 to 4 times the width of the ship is required for safe berthing of the ship inside the basin. A space of 150 m is provided in front of the berth. The layout of the berth and berthing area of CB 3 is shown in Figure 2.5.

It is proposed to develop CB 4 in line with the CB 3 concept having similar coal throughput capacity and the berthing and coal unloading arrangement is similar to CB 3. The layout map of CB 4 is shown in Figure 2.6.



Figure 2.5: Layout of CB 3 Showing the Berthing Area (Source: Detailed Feasibility Report, Development of CB 3 and CB 4 at Ennore Port for TANGEDCO,

2013)



Figure 2.6: Layout of CB 4 (Source: Detailed Project Report, Development of CB 3 and CB 4 at Ennore Port for TANGEDCO,

2013)

2.4.1.4 Berth Components and Facilities

The coal berth consists of the following components:

Un-loading system complete with ship un-loaders mounted on fixed rails and belt conveyor system.

Fenders and mooring bollards for safe berthing and mooring of ships at the berth. Supporting structure. Sufficient dredged depth.

2.4.1.5 Mooring Layout

The CB 3 berth will have total length of the berth front face is 336 m for berthing of a maximum ship of length 270 m. Space of 33 m exists on either side of the ship for mooring stern and bow lines as shown in Figure 2.7.

Whereas CB 4 berth will have the total length of the berth front face of about 325 m for berthing of a maximum ship of length of 270 m. this gives a space of 27 m on either side of the ship for mooring stern and bow lines as shown in Figure 2.8.



Figure 2.7: Layout Plan for the Mooring Facility for CB 3


Figure 2.8: Layout Plan for the Mooring Facility for CB 4 (Source: Detailed Project Report, Development of CB 3 and CB 4 at Ennore Port for TANGEDCO,

2013)

2.4.1.6 Structural Arrangement

Concrete structure with beams and deck slab supported on bored cast-in-situ RC piles will constitute the unloading platform. Towards the landward side, the unloading platform will be supported by a diaphragm wall and towards the sea side it will be supported by RC piles. The proposed structure is an open piled structure, which will be able to endure sea waves and ship induced waves.

The space between the CB 1 approach structure and the CB 3 platform will be connected by concrete or steel catwalk platforms to provide access from both ways. The structural arrangement of CB 3 and CB 4 is shown in Figure 2.9 and 2.10, respectively.



Figure 2.9: Structural Arrangement for CB 3


Figure 2.10: Structural Arrangement for CB 4

(Source: Detailed Project Report, Development of CB 3 and CB 4 at Ennore Port for TANGEDCO, 2013)

The required spacing between the ship un-loader rails is of 18 m and the pile spacing will be adjusted with respect to the spacing of the ship un-loader rails. The fender block will be extended by 4500 mm from the first row of piles. Bollards will be provided outside the rails. Compacted soil and PCC concrete will be used to fill the space behind the diaphragm wall, which will be used for vehicular movement. The vertical cross section of the CB 3 structural arrangement is shown in Figure 2.11. In case of CB 4 the fender block will be extended by 3800 mm from the first row of piles. The cross section of CB 4 is shown in Figure 2.12.



Figure 2.11: Vertical Cross Section of the Proposed CB 3 Coal Berth (Source: Detailed Feasibility Report, Development of CB 3 and CB 4 at Ennore Port for TANGEDCO,

2013)

Figure 2.12: Vertical Cross Section of the Proposed CB 4 Coal Berth (Source: Detailed Project Report, Development of CB 3 and CB 4 at Ennore Port for TANGEDCO,

2013)



2.4.1.7 Fenders Spacing

Berthing fenders are meant for rendering adequate strength to the berthing facility and to absorb the impact of the berthing vessels. The following guidelines will be followed for fender designing:

OCIMF guidelines on mooring systems and layout. PIANC guidelines on vessel terminal layout.

The calculated fender spacing based on the bow radius of the proposed vessel is about 20 m.

2.4.1.8 Bollard Spacing

Mooring bollards are used to secure the vessel during unloading operation. Adequate strength to transfer the mooring pull to the foundation and to the ground is required for the mooring bollard. Sufficient number of mooring bollards will be provided in longitudinal and transverse direction and it will be positioned in such a way that the vessels can be moored safely. The following guidelines will be followed for bollard spacing:

OCIMF guidelines on mooring systems and layout PIANC guidelines on vessel terminal layout

As per the calculation based on IS 4651, mooring bollard capacity of 150 Tonnes and spacing of 20 m is adequate.

2.4.1.9 Berthing Arrangement

The berthing area of CB 3 will be dredged up to a water depth of -16.0 m CD. The area near the front row of piles will be dredged up to -18 m CD for a distance of 50 m. The width of dredged area in front of berth will be about 150 m. The cross section of the berthing area is shown in Figure 2.13.

The berthing area between CB 3 and CB 4 will be dredged to provided a water depth of 18.0 m as shown in Figure 2.14.

Figure 2.13: Typical Cross Section of Berthing Area for CB 3




Figure 2.14: Typical Cross Section of Berthing Area for CB 4 (Source: Detailed Feasibility Report, Development of CB 3 and CB 4 at Ennore Port for TANGEDCO,

2013)

Figure 2.15: Development of CB 3 in Phase 1 (Source: Detailed Feasibility Report, Development of CB 3 and CB 4 at Ennore Port for TANGEDCO,

2013)

2.5 Dredging and Dredged Material Disposal

About 2.4 Million m3 and 1.3 Million m3 of soil will be dredged from the inner dock basin for development of CB 3 and CB 4, respectively. This includes land based dredging, marine based dredging with respect to the berthing area and dredging of approach channel. The dredging area is shown in Figure 2.16.



The following dredging methods will be undertaken:

Land based excavation. Cutter suction method.

Land based manual excavation will be carried out at the inner dock basin. After excavation of sufficient soil, cutter suction dredger will be used in the marine side of the inner dock basin. Maintenance dredging of 0.1 Million m3 is proposed for CB 3 and CB 4.

The excavated soil from the inner dock basin i.e. the land based dredging is proposed to be used for land reclamation outside the Port main gate along the Port access road between NCTPS Railway line, NCTPS road and East if Ennore Creek. The quantity of land based dredging is 0.6 million m3.

Part of the remaining dredged material, which is to be dredged will be disposed in the proposed reclaimed area near Port main gate and adjacent of existing coal/iron ore stack yard, which is located about 2.5 km away from the Port boundary towards West, through pipelines.

The dredged material left after the disposal of above mentioned methods, will be disposed of in the marine disposal area as identified in Report for Phase II Development of Ennore Port, NIOT, 2004, which is located about 4 to 5 km away from Ennore Port in the perpendicular direction.

Figure 2.16: Proposed Dredging Area




2.6 Coal Handling Operations

EPL had proposed to construct the coal berths with berthing and mooring accessories, installation, operation and maintenance of topside facilities for unloading the coal. Transportation of coal to the stockyard will be the responsibility of TANGEDCO.

The unloading platform is proposed to have the following facilities.

Two numbers of rails to support the ship un-loaders. Two numbers of Ship Un-loaders with 2000 TPH capacity. Two numbers of elevated belt conveyor system with 4000 TPH capacity. Fenders for berthing.

2.6.1 Ship Unloader

The unloaded coal from the proposed berths will be directly taken through conveyors to the partially to the coal stack yard of NCTPS and remaining to the Kattupalli thermal power station. For this purpose, NCTPS will be installing a single conveyor from the plant to the port. This single conveyor will meet the existing conveyors at the transfer tower near the compound wall within the port boundary. This conveyor will have tap-off from both the existing conveyors. The ship unloading arrangement is shown in Figure 2.17.

The average unloading rate of the ship unloaders will be 50,000 TPD on a sustained basis and a peak unloading rate will be 60,000 TPD.

2.6.2 Conveyor System

The coal unloaded by the two gantry grab unloaders will be discharged into two streams of berth conveyors. The conveyor system will be parallel to the existing conveyor system of TANGEDCO. Figure 2.18 shows the proposed conveyor arrangement.



Figure 2.17: Ship Unloading Arrangement (Source: Detailed Feasibility Report, Development of CB 3 and CB 4 at Ennore Port for TANGEDCO,

2013)

Figure 2.18: Conveyor Arrangement


2.7 Coal Stack Yard

EPL is also planning to develop coal stack yard adjacent to the existing coal/iron ore stack



Navigational Aids

The channel marker buoys will be provided along the channel leading to the harbour basin and turning basin. Additional marker buoys will be provided along the route leading to CB3 and CB4.

The port has a signal station for calling the vessels. The signal station monitors the movement of the vessels and other small crafts within the port area. The proposed or existing navigation infrastructures in the port are given below:

Navigation Infrastructure

Signal Station Finger Jetty Ship Repairing (Planned)

Port Crafts Tugs: 3 (40 tonnes Bollard pull) Pilot Launches: 2 Mooring Launches: 3 High Speed Patrol Board: 1

Navigational Aid Fairway Buoy: 1 Channel Marking Buoy: 6 Transit Light Tower: 2

2.8 Pollution Control Measures

2.8.1 Air Pollution Management

Ennore Port has three existing Coal Berths, CB 1 and CB 2 dedicated to TANGEDCO and CICTPL Coal Berth. CB 1 and CB 2 are dedicated to Tamil Nadu Generation and Distribution Corporation (TANGEDCO) and third one is for the supply of coal to Chettinad Thermal Power station. Coal dust suspension in air is inevitable during the transfer, storage and transportation of coal in the berths and coal storage yard. Information about the existing air pollution management system in the coal berths is provided in this section.

a. Shore Based Gantry Cranes with Grab Un-Loaders:

There are two shore based gantry cranes with grab un-loaders (2000 TPH capacity) in each of the Coal handling berths of Ennore Port. These gantry cranes are fitted with grab un-loaders, which hinders spillage of coal.

The advantages of using shore based gantry cranes are as follows:

Ship’s gantry cranes operates on diesel, whereas shore based cranes operate on electricity, which in turn reduces direct emission of air pollutants.

Shore based gantry crane with grab un-loader avoids spillage of coal.

The ship unloader is designed for the purpose of unloading coal from the vessel to the existing ground conveyors. The grab bucket hangs from the main trolley, which is placed, on the bottom and girder. It uses a traveling trolley to grab the coal from the vessel and transports it to a position just above the hopper located at the centre of the crane span. When the coal is released into the hopper, it is then fed onto the belt weigh feeder located at the outlet of the hopper. Then the coal is passed below belt weigh feeder onto the wharf conveyor. The swing type belt weigh feeder can be moved to adjust the unloading position to the any of 2 existing wharf conveyors. The operator’s cabin hung just below the boom and girder moves to control the grab buckets. The walkway and stair behind the land side leg makes it easier to get the operator’s cabin.



The boom-hoisting device maintains its rest position with the aid of the security hook and control station at the top of the mast. The gantry traveling device installed at the bottom of 2 sill beams moves the ship unloader to secure the positions; rail clamps and anchoring device are provided. The spillage plate attached to the hopper frame to prevent the spilling of coal during the unloading process.

The spill plate is placed at the front end of hopper frame recovering the spilling Coal to the inside of hopper preventing it from dropping into sea and on the ground. The spill plate is hoisted up and down by two set of chain hoist placed mid point of seaside leg.

The cargo transfer point besides of closed discharge chute and skirt board with rubber skirt pads.

The conveyor transfer towers are fully closed with galvalume sheets. High efficiency water spraying system is provided inside the tower, hence there is no chance of dust emission during the coal transfer from one conveyor to another conveyor. In addition to the spraying system the dusty coal discharge point and receiving points are fully covered with deck sheets.

The entire conveyor system is fully covered with galvalume sheets and translucent sheet at regular intervals. In addition to the above, the conveyor system is provided with deck sheet at the bottom of the conveyor wherever necessary. Hence there is no chance of spillage/dust dispersion during coal conveying in the conveyor.

Water sprinkler system in the coal berths is designed to prevent scattering of dust at the hopper and the belt feeder outlet arising from unloading operation. Pressured water is sprayed by spray nozzle from the inside of hopper wind wall producing a water curtain. To fill the water tank located on the feeder frame level, the hose of reeling device must be connected to the water lines with quick coupler on the ground level. Two set of pumps is provided at a near the side water tank but spraying is done by one pump because the other one is spare. The spray nozzle is placed on both sides of the wind wall in two stages, head chute of belt feeder and cushion frame of ground conveyor to form a water curtain the water level inside the tank is controlled by the water level switch electrode, which terminates the supply automatically when full. The existing fire hydrant system for berth area is given in Annexure 2.1 and fire hydrant system for stock yard is given in Annexure 2.2.

The water requirement is calculated on the basis of the water spray nozzle time when crane is operating. The water is jetted only 10 sec during the cycle time 47 sec when grab bucket is in positioned on the hopper for unloading of coal. For parts of chute and skirt, the water shall be sprayed continuously while belt feeder is operating. The system is under the control of PLC.

Water Requirement

Average (actual) requirement 13.96 m3/hr.

For hopper: 10.63 m3/hr. (spray time is 10 sec. of one cycle of grab)

For Chute: 2.23 m3/hr

For Skirt: 1.13 m3/hr

Total 13.96 m3/hr (for one set of ship un-loader)



Maximum requirement: 53.16 m3/hr

When water is sprayed to hopper, the total water requirement is 53.16 m3/hr

For hopper: 49.8 m3/hr

For Chute: 2.23 m3/hr

For Skirt: 1.13 m3/hr

The pump capacity is 61.0 m3/hr and which is selected with 115% of maximum water requirement 53.16 m3/hr. Q Pump = 61.0 m3/hr>53.16 m3/hr (61.0-3.36) minimum= 7.84 m3/hr (61.0-53.16).

The retention time of storage tank (10 m3) is approx. 42 minutes actually as per water requirement 13.96 m3/hr and water is refilled into storage tank from hose reel automatically by level switch on the storage tank.

Retention time: (10.0 m3/13.96 m3) x 42 minutes.

Other coal dust emission controlling measures followed at the port are as follows:

Wind shield at stack yard. Green belt around the stack yard. Dust suppression system at all coal transfer points. Fully closed conveyor from berth to stack yard. Catch pits with saucer drain at stack yard. Settling pond – to ensure zero discharge of rainwater at stack yard. Water sprinkler system around each stack pile. Water sprinkler system at ship un-loader, stacker cum re-claimer. Fully covered with compound wall.

The entire stack yard is protected with high rise compound wall of sufficient height made of RCC column and brick masonry, the entire stack pile area is covered with 3 rows of plants.

The existing stack yard is provided with saucer drain and 2 nos of catch pits. The catch pit is connected with settling pond through leading channels. These catch pits/ leading channel and settling pond are constructed using geo-synthetic membrane sheet and cement concrete to avoid any percolation of effluent into the ground and any nearby water bodies during the rainy season.

Stack yard is fully equipped with 168 no. of fire hydrant at stack pile. Separate pump house is provided. During the power failure period diesel operated pump is available at stack yard and berth. The existing fire hydrant system at the coal stack yard is shown in Figure 2.2.

2.8.2 Wastewater Management

About 80 lit/ day of sewage will be generated during the operation phase, which will be collected in a septic tank. The tank will be regularly emptied through local agents for its treatment and safe disposal.



2.8.3 Solid Waste Management

Port has appointed a contractor through open tender for the collection and disposal of solid waste generated from ships and port. The agreement of EPL with the M/s Thiruvudai Amman Enterprises for solid waste management is annexed in Annexure 2.3.

2.8.4 Hazardous Waste Management

In accordance with MARPOL 73/78, the ports have to create reception facilities for the ships calling at their ports to discharge their wastes. EPL has facilitated Reception facilities for the ships for disposal of wastes under Annexure I (Oil) and Annexure V (Garbage) of MARPOL 73/78. Ship/barge generated oily wastes are disposed through waste oil recyclers registered with Central Pollution Control Board. Ships which intent to discharge waste, through ships’s agent arrange the above recyclers to dispose. Port does not charge for this service. Port ensures that the recyclers are approved and keep records of the quantity disposed.

2.9 Infrastructure Facilities

2.9.1 Rail and Road Connectivity

The Ennore Port is well connected with railway and roadway. The detail about the Port’s road infrastructure is given below:

Existing road: From the existing coal berth two lane carriage way road, developed during port construction, links the coal berth to the Port Access Road through the Port Main Gate and up to North Gate. The Port access road joins the NCTPS road in turn joins the Thiruvotiyur road.

Additional internal road: Two lane road from West Gate connects ETTPL, car parking yard, marine liquid terminal and general cargo berth. In addition, there is also a road along the compound wall (security road).

Since, the coal berth is proposed specifically for Thermal Power Stations of TANGEDCO, namely, NCTPS, Ennore Thermal Power Station and Vallur Thermal Power Station, which are located within 10 km radial distance from Ennore Port, the available rail and road connectivity is sufficient to handle the same.

An additional access road will be constructed near the proposed coal berths for easy access.

2.9.2 Telecommunication Facility

Port is having required telecommunication facility. Land line telephones, fax and wireless facilities are in place.

2.9.3 Residential Colony/ Labour Camp

There will be no labour camp or residential colony for the proposed project. 2.10 Manpower Requirement

The manpower requirement during the construction phase is about 250 no. of persons, out of which 20-25 will be skilled labours and the rest will be unskilled labours. During operation phase, only 5 to 10 people will be employed.



2.11 Implementation Schedule

The implementation schedule of CB 3 and CB 4 are given in Figure 2.19 and 2.20. CB 3 is expected to be completed ad commissioned within the contract period of 24 months starting from Jan 2014. CB 4 is expected to be commissioned at end of 2016, if the construction work is initiated from Jan 2015.



Figure 2.19: Implementation Schedule for Development of CB 3




Figure 2.20: Implementation Schedule for Development of CB 4 (Source: Detailed Project Report, Development of CB 3 and CB 4 at Ennore Port for TANGEDCO, 2013)



2. DISCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

3.1 Introduction

The proposed project is development of additional coal berths CB 3 and CB 4 of 9 MTPA of coal handling capacity each, at Ennore Port, Tamil Nadu. The project site falls under the Minjur Block of Ponneri Taluk within Thiruvallur District in Tamil Nadu. The study area for this project has been taken as 10 km radial distance from the proposed project site, although as per the EIA Guidance Manual for Ports and Harbors, MoEF, 2010.The study area map is shown in Figure 3.1.

This chapter presents an overview of the existing environmental (terrestrial and marine) conditions in the study area. Primary and Secondary data for soil quality, water quality (both ground and surface water), marine water and sediment quality, ambient air quality, noise as well as flora and flora has been collected for this study area.

A comprehensive EIA study spanning three seasons has been recommended in the MoEF approved ToR for the proposed project. Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi (ACE) had carried out three season monitoring namely South West Monsoon Season (July – September 2013), Post Monsoon Season (January – March 2014) and Summer/ Pre Monsoon Season (April – May 2014).As per the CPCB guidelines for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring, 2003, ambient air quality should not be monitored in monsoon season. Hence, environmental monitoring with respect to air quality was not carried out for the South West Monsoon Season by ACE.

Eko Pro Engineers Pvt. Ltd., Ghaziabad, a National Accreditation Board for Testing and Calibration Laboratories (NABL), Department of Science and Technology, Government of India accredited and MoEF approved laboratory, was engaged in physico-chemical and bacteriological analyses of the collected samples.

As per the request of Ennore Port Limited (EPL), the environmental baseline data collected by National Environmental Engineering Research Institute (NEERI), Nagpur in the year 2011-2012 for the EIA study of project entitled ‘Ennore LNG Terminal’ for Indian Oil Corporation Ltd. was considered for inclusion in this report. Since, the project site for the NEERI report was LNG Terminal within the Ennore Port area, located closer (within 1800 m) to the proposed project site of this EIA study report and the study period of NEERI report was 2011-2012, which is within one year of the issue of ToR for this project, the baseline data of NEERI report has been included in this report, alongside ACE’s monitoring data. NEERI had monitored the baseline environmental quality for three seasons namely Winter/Post Monsoon (December 2011 – January 2012), Summer (March – May 2012) and Pre Monsoon (September – November 2012).

3



Figure 3.1: Study Area Map (10 km Radial Distance from the Project Site) (Source: EIA Study by ACE for the Proposed Coal Berths)

3.2 Land Environment

3.2.1 Topography

The project site is located in Thiruvallur district and nearest habitations are Puzhuthivakkam at 0.93km (West), Talanguppam at 3.17km (South-West), Nettukupam at 3.03 km (South-West). The project area slopes gently from the western and eastern side towards Bay of Bengal and it lies in the coastal plains North of Ennore Creek. North Chennai Thermal Power Corporation Station is located adjacent to the Ennore Port in the Southern direction, L & T’s Ship Building Yard is located at the Northern side of the Ennore Port, the Western side of the Ennore Port is bordered by Buckingham canal and Ennore creek area, farther to which



Chettinad International Coal Terminal’s (CICT’s) coal stackyard and Sical Iron Ore Terminal Ltd.’s (SIOTL’s) Iron Ore stackyard is located. The Eastern side is enclosed by existing Northern and Southern Breakwater in the Bay of Bengal.Figure 3.2 shows the photographs surrounding features of the Ennore Port.

Figure 3.2: Surrounding Features (Landward) of Ennore Port Area (Source: EIA Study by ACE for the Proposed Coal Berths)

The Ennore Creek is a tidal backwater adjoining the stretch of the coastline. The Buckingham Canal, an artificial Canal,flows parallel to the shoreline adjoining the port area, which partially joins the Ennore Creek at its mouth and partially flows farther south to Chennai. Railway line is extended into the port area for the transportation of coal from Ennore Port to other parts of Tamil Nadu.Nearest Railway Station is at Attipattu Pudunagar approx. 4.17km (West-South-West) and Ennore about 4.79km (South-West).

3.2.2 Land Use Land Cover

The land use land cover map for the study area was prepared by processing the standard False Color Composite (FCC) of LANDSAT 8 satellite imagery, August 2013 with 15 × 15 m resolution. The land use land cover map is shown in Figure3.3. The land use classification is tabulated in Table 3.1.

Abouthalf of the study area (50.78%) was covered by Bay of Bengal. Agricultural land, human settlement and industrial area constituted an area of 20.31%, 9.71% and 8.43%, respectively on the total study area. This is followed by water body (3.01%) constituted by Korattalaiyar river, Buckingham canal and the Ennore creek. 2.47%, 1.95%, 1.72% and



1.62% of the study area were comprised ofwater logged area, plantation, wet land and salt pan.

Table 3.1:Land UseLand Cover Classification for the Study Area

Sl. No. Class Name Area (in km2)

Area (in percent)

1 Agricultural land 63.79 20.31

2 Settlement 30.51 9.71

3 Water body 9.47 3.01

4 Wet land 5.40 1.72

5 Water logged land 7.75 2.47

6 Salt pan 5.09 1.62

7 Sea 159.49 50.78

8 Plantation 6.11 1.95

9 Industrial area 26.49 8.43

Total 314.10 100.0 (Source: EIA Study by ACE for the Proposed Coal Berths)



Figure 3.3: Land Use Land Cover Map of the Study Area (Source: EIA Study by ACE for the Proposed Coal Berths)

3.2.3 Coastal Regulation Zone (CRZ)

Institute of Remote Sensing (IRS), Anna University, Chennai, which is one of the Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF) authorized agency for the delineation of High Tide Line (HTL) and Low Tide Line (LTL) had prepared the CRZ Map for the proposed project as per the CRZ Notification 2011. The CRZ Map is shown in Figure 3.4.

It can be inferred from the map that the proposed additional coal berths fall under CRZ IV A and III. The conveyor belt fall under CRZ IB, III and IV B. The proposed coal stackyard does not fall under the CRZ area. As per Rule No. 4 (i) (f) of CRZ Notification 2011, ‘construction and operation for ports and harbours, jetties, wharves, quays, slipways, ship construction yards, breakwaters, groynes, erosion control measures’, is permissible in CRZ area.

It is also proposed to reclaim low lying area (259.6 Acres) falling under CRZ IB by depositing dredged material on the same.



Figure 3.4: Map Showing HTL-LTL Demarcation for the Proposed Project at Ennore Port

(Source: EIA Study by ACE for the Proposed Coal Berths)

3.2.4 Geology

The geological formations occurring in the coast are upper Gondwana consists of sand and silts, Quaternary sand and clay undulation by Achaean crystalline rocks (Charnockite). The study area was equally covered with half of sand & silt and half of alluvium soil deposits. The Minjur area is completely covered with coastal alluvium due to East coast shoreline. The geology map of the Thiruvallur District is shown in Figure 3.5.



Figure 3.5: Geology Map of Thiruvallur District

(Source: Jothi.K and Gowtham.B, 2012, Delineating Flood Vulnerability Zones Along Coastal Tract Of Thiruvallur District, Tamil Nadu Using Geospaital Technolog, IJRSG, 2(3), ISSN No.2319-3484)

3.2.5 Seismicity The map showing the earthquake zonation and seismic faults in India is given in Figure 3.6.It is evident from the map that the project falls in Zone III i.e., moderate risk zone.



Figure 3.6: Map Showing Earthquake Zones and Faults in India (BMTPC, 2006)

Tsunami

On 24th Dec 2004, Tsunami waves struck the coast of Tamil Nadu. The epicenter of the tsunami was located about 100 miles (160 km) off the coast of Indonesia's Sumatra Island at a depth of about 6.2 miles (10 km). The magnitude of the quake was 9.0 in Richter scale. The

Project Site



death toll was about 15,000 to 20,000 in India. The Thiruvallur district, in which the project site is located, was also affected. The affected area of the Thiruvallur district is tabulated in Table 3.2.

Table 3.2: The Affected area of the Thiruvallur district in 24th Dec 2004 Tsunami

Areas Affected - Ambathur Taluk Areas Affected - Ponneri Taluk

Kathivakkam

Chinna Kuppam Periakuppam Thazhalankuppam Mugathuvarakuppam Nettukuppam Ennore Kuppam

Pazhaverkadu

Goonagkuppam Thirumalai Nagar Sembasipalli Kuppam Arangamkuppam Nakkathuravu Pallikuppam and Pettai Karimanal Vairavankuppam Light House Nadu Kuppam Light House Kuppam

Ernavur

Indira Gandhi Kuppam Palagai Thotti Nagar Annai Sivagami Nagar Kasi Viswanathan Koil Kuppam Kasi Visalakshi Kuppam Ramkrishna Nagar Eranavur Kuppam Ondikuppam Kasi Koil Kuppam

Thangal Perumbulam Sathankuppam

Thiruvottiyur-1 Ondikuppam Pudunagar Bharathi Nagar Appar Nagar

Karungali Koraikuppam

Thiruvottiyur-2

Suthanthirapuram Thiruvottiyur Kuppam Masthan Kiol Kuppam Thiruchinangkuppam Kanni Koil Kuppam Singaravelar Kuppam Lakshmipuram Nalla Thanneer Odai Kuppam

Kattupalli Kattupalli

3.2.6 Soil

3.2.6.1 Soil Quality Monitoring by ACE

Sampling Locations

Soil samples were collected from seven representative locations in the study area by ACE. The soil sampling locations are tabulated in Table 3.3 and are shown in Figure 3.7.



Table 3.3: Soil Sampling Location

Sl. No. Sampling Locations Code

Distance (km) Direction

from the Project Site 1 Near Dredging Area SS-1 0.51 South-West 2 Kattupalli Village SS-2 3.74 North-West 3 Port Entrance SS-3 0.71 West-South-West 4 Attipattu Puddu Nagar SS-4 2.89 South-West 5 Napalyam Village SS-5 8.18 South-West 6 Vellur Village SS-6 5.83 South-West 7 Minjur Village SS-7 7.96 West-North-West


Figure 3.7: Soil Sampling Locations of ACE




Sampling and Method of Analysis (ACE)

Soil samples were collected at a depth of 0.5 to 1.0 m with the help of Auger (soil sampler). The photographs showing soil sampling is given in Photo Plate 3.1. Physico-chemical parameters indicative of the soil quality were analyzed as per the established standards and procedure prescribed in IS: 2720. The soil quality analytical methods are tabulated in Table 3.4.

Table 3.4: Soil Quality Analytical Method

S. No. Parameter Test Method

1 pH IS-2720 (Part 26) 2 Color TM-S/23 3 EC IS-2720 (Part 21)

4 Organic Carbon IS-2720 (Part 22)

5 Phosphorous Lab SOP-SOIL-S/41 6 Total Khejdal Nitrogen Lab SOP-SOIL-S/36 7 Calcium Lab SOP-SOIL-S/39 8 Magnesium Lab SOP-SOIL-S/40 9 Potassium Lab SOP-SOIL-S/38 10 Sodium Lab SOP-SOIL-S/37

11 Cation-Exchanged capacity (CEC) TM-S/14

12 Texture Sand TM-S/32 Clay TM-S/32 Silt TM-S/32

13 Particle Size (2.0-0.05) mm TM-S/49

14 Particle Size (0.005-0.002 mm) TM-S/49

15 Particle Size (<0.002mm) TM-S/49



Photo Plate 3.1: Soil Sampling by ACE

Soil Quality Analytical Result (ACE)

The analytical results of the soil quality in the study area for South West Monsoon, Post Monsoon and Pre Monsoon Seasons are given Table 3.5, 3.6 and 3.7.The soil samples collected from the study area revealed sandy loam characteristics, which is evident from the textural analysis. It has near neutral to slightly alkaline pH and brownish appearance.The following conclusions could be made from the above given data.

Soil pH varied in the range 7.28 to 8.24,7.52 to 8.07 and 7.12 – 8.18 in Monsoon, Post Monsoon and Pre Monsoon seasons, respectively, which was near neutral to slightly alkaline in nature. The soil of the study area is sandy loam. The soil sample collected from the location near the shoreline, namely SS-1 (Near dredging area), SS-2 (Near Kattupalli village) and SS-3 (Near port entrance) were slightly alkaline in nature. This might be due to proximity to the marine water, which is saline in nature.

Electrical conductivity was in the range of 545 to 1070 µS/cm,534 to 879µS/cm, 601 – 978µS/cm in Monsoon, Post Monsoon and Pre Monsoon seasons,respectively. Soil collected from SS-1 (Near dredging area) and SS-2 (Near Kattupalli village)locations had high range of EC, due to its saline nature.

The organic carbon in the soil of study area was in the range of 0.64 to 1.06%, 0.72 to 1.21 %,and 0.79 – 1.13% in Monsoon, Post Monsoon and Pre Monsoon seasons, respectively. The Total Kjehldal Nitrogen in the soil of study area was in the range of 0.84 to 0.96%,0.84 to 0.92 % and 0.78 – 0.95% in Monsoon, Post Monsoon and Pre Monsoon seasons, respectively.

Ingeneral, the quality of soil remained the same irrespective of the season.



Table 3.5: Analysis Results of Soil Quality in South West Monsoon Season

S. No. Parameter Unit SS-1 SS-2 SS-3 SS-4 SS-5 SS-6 SS-7 1 pH - 8.00 8.24 8.23 7.28 7.34 7.88 7.32 2 Color - Light Brown Light Brown Light Brown Brown Brown Brown Brown 3 EC µS/cm 945 1070 1015 545 643 683 579 4 OrganicCarbon % by mass 0.64 0.78 0.64 0.84 1.06 0.94 1.04 5 Phosphorous mg/100gm 0.60 0.59 0.56 0.80 0.71 0.65 0.52 6 Total Kjehldal Nitrogen % by mass 0.94 0.90 0.84 0.89 0.96 0.84 0.84 7 Calcium mg/100gm 164 181 176.8 154 201.6 194 256.7 8 Magnesium mg/100gm 31.8 32.6 31 27.8 41 38 43.7 9 Potassium(as K) mg/100gm 6.4 6.3 5.8 4.6 5.8 5.2 7.4

10 Sodium mg/100gm 18.6 18.4 18.9 11.8 15 17.4 14.6 11 Cation-Exchange capacity (CEC) meq/100g 0.89 0.83 0.75 0.73 0.99 0.94 0.88

12 Texture Sand % by mass 74 88 82 30 64 60 71.2 Clay % by mass 18 8 10 16 12 30 12.4 Silt % by mass 8 4 8 54 24 10 16.4

13 Particle Size(2.0-0.05) mm % by weight 74 88 82 30 64 60 71.2 14 Particle Size (0.005-0.002 mm) % by weight 8 4 8 54 24 10 16.4 15 Particle Size (<0.002mm) % by weight 18 8 10 16 12 30 12.4


Table 3.6: Analysis Results of Soil Quality in Post Monsoon Season

S. No. Parameter Unit SS-1 SS-2 SS-3 SS-4 SS-5 SS-6 Test Method 1 pH - 8.07 7.69 7.52 7.71 7.55 7.90 IS-2720 (Part-26) 2 Color - Light Brown Brown Brown Brown Brown Brown SOP-S/92/14 3 EC µS/cm 879 794 534 601 613 625 IS-2720 (Part 21) 4 OrganicCarbon % by Mass 0.72 0.91 1.21 0.89 1.09 1.10 IS-2720 (Part 22

5 Phosphorous mg/100gm 6.12 5.98 5.56 7.98 7.34 6.71 Ministry of Agriculture Manual 2011 - 4.63/13

6 Total kjeldahl Nitrogen % by Mass 0.92 0.89 0.84 0.87 0.91 0.85 SOP-S/92/06



S. No. Parameter Unit SS-1 SS-2 SS-3 SS-4 SS-5 SS-6 Test Method

7 Calcium mg/100gm 159 191 258 157 198 183 Ministry of Agriculture Manual 2011 - 4.63/16

8 Magnesium mg/100gm 33 30 35 26 39 40 Ministry of Agriculture Manual 2011 - 4.63/16

9 Potassium(as K) mg/100gm 5.8 6.0 6.9 4.9 5.5 5.3 Ministry of Agriculture Manual 2011 - 4.63/14

10 Sodium mg/100gm 17.9 13.8 12.9 10.5 14.6 12.1 Ministry of Agriculture Manual 2011 - 4.63/14

12 Texture Sand % by Mass 78 58 79 42 51 54 SOP-S/92/16 Clay % by Mass 15 18 13 18 15 21 SOP-S/92/16 Silt % by Mass 7 24 8 40 34 25 SOP-S/92/16

13 Particle Size(2.0-0.05) mm % by Weight 78 83 58 42 51 54 SOP-S/92/16 14 Particle Size (0.005-0.002 mm) % by Weight 15 11 18 18 15 21 SOP-S/92/16 15 Particle Size (<0.002mm) % by Weight 7 6 24 40 66 25 SOP-S/92/16


Table 3.7: Analysis Results of Soil Quality in Pre Monsoon Season

S. No. Parameter Unit SS-1 SS-2 SS-3 SS-4 SS-5 SS-6 Test Method 1 pH - 8.18 7.90 7.34 7.12 7.48 7.80 IS-2720 (Part-26) 2 Color - Light Brown Brown Brown Brown Brown Brown SOP-S/92/14 3 EC µS/cm 978 735 601 676 701 677 IS-2720 (Part 21) 4 OrganicCarbon % by Mass 0.79 0.81 1.13 0.79 1.00 1.01 IS-2720 (Part 22

5 Phosphorous mg/100gm 6.59 5.88 5.31 7.31 7.10 6.18 Ministry of Agriculture Manual 2011 - 4.63/13

6 Total kjeldahl Nitrogen % by Mass 0.87 0.78 0.89 0.81 0.95 0.80 SOP-S/92/06

7 Calcium mg/100gm 148 180 261 144 179 175 Ministry of Agriculture Manual 2011 - 4.63/16

8 Magnesium mg/100gm 30 35 31 24 37 41 Ministry of Agriculture Manual 2011 - 4.63/16

9 Potassium mg/100gm 5.5 6.2 6.1 5.3 5.0 5.6 Ministry of Agriculture



S. No. Parameter Unit SS-1 SS-2 SS-3 SS-4 SS-5 SS-6 Test Method (as K) Manual 2011 - 4.63/14

10 Sodium mg/100gm 17.7 13.5 13.2 11.2 13.9 12.9 Ministry of Agriculture Manual 2011 - 4.63/14

12 Texture Sand % by Mass 80 62 75 48 55 50 SOP-S/92/16 Clay % by Mass 11 16 15 20 11 24 SOP-S/92/16 Silt % by Mass 9 22 10 32 34 26 SOP-S/92/16

13 Particle Size(2.0-0.05) mm % by Weight 80 62 75 48 55 50 SOP-S/92/16 14 Particle Size (0.005-0.002 mm) % by Weight 11 16 15 20 11 24 SOP-S/92/16 15 Particle Size (<0.002mm) % by Weight 9 22 10 32 34 26 SOP-S/92/16




3.2.6.2 Soil Quality Monitoring by NEERI

Eleven soil samples were collected during post monsoon and nine samples were collected in pre-monsoon season from the study area. The sampling location map for pre and post monsoon seasons are given in Figure 3.8 and 3.9.respectively.The name of the sampling location is tabulated in Table 3.8.The pH of the soil was neutral to slightly alkaline (7.0 – 8.5) in post monsoon and was moderately acidic to neutral (5.7-7.7) in pre monsoon period. The overall fertility of the soil was in the range of low to medium.

Table 3.8: Sampling Location

Sr. No. Sampling Locations

1 Inside Ennore Port 2 Valur 3 Minjur 4 Nedavayol 5 Vellambakkam 6 Voyallur 7 Athipatti 8 Ennor 9 Kattupalli 10 Vichoor 11 Edavaanchavadi

(Source: EIA Report for Ennore LNG Terminal of IOCL, NEERI, 2012)



Figure 3.8: Soil Sampling Location Map for Pre Monsoon Season of NEERI (Source: EIA Report for Ennore LNG Terminal of IOCL, NEERI, 2012)



Figure 3.9: Soil Sampling Location Map for Post Monsoon Season of NEERI (Source: EIA Report for Ennore LNG Terminal of IOCL, NEERI, 2012)

3.3 Water Environment

3.3.1 Ground Water

In thestudy area, the coastal alluvium and river alluvium are overlying the crystalline rocks. Wherever the alluvium consists of coarse sand they form good aquifers. Area near the Korattalayar River has potential aquifers. Ground water is an important source of water in the study area. It is utilized by the villagers for cooking, washing and other purpose. Generally, every village has hand pumps and few open wells to draw water for domestic use. The villages receive water from the Panchayat supply and in case of non-availability of water; tankers are sent by the corporation to fulfill the water demand.

3.3.1.1 Hydrogeology

The data on hydrogeology of the Thiruvallur District, in which the study area is located, has been taken from the District Water Brochure, Thiruvallur District published by South Eastern Coastal Region, Central Ground Water Board, Ministry of Water Resources, Government of India in 2007. Porous and fissured formations underlain the district and the aquifers are of two types namely i) unconsolidated & semi-consolidated formations and ii) weathered,



fissured and fractured crystalline rocks. The hydrogeology map of Thiruvallur District is given in Figure 3.10.

The project site and the study area are underlain with unconsolidated aquifer of recent age. The Lithology consists of river alluvium and flood plan deposits. Alluvium, which forms a good aquifer system along the Araniyar and Korattalaiyar river bed, is one of the major sources of water supply to urban areas of Chennai city and also to the industrial units. The yield prospect of the aquifer system is > 200 m3/day.

The depth to water levelmap during pre-monsoon (2006) and post monsoon (2007) is shown in Figures 3. 11and 3.12, respectively. The depth to water level in the district varied between 2.38 – 7.36 m bgl during pre-monsoon (May 2006) and 0.79 – 5.30 m bgl during post monsoon (Jan 2007). The seasonal fluctuation shows a rise between 0.28 and 4.80 m bgl during post monsoon season.

The ground water exploitation state of the blocks in Thiruvallur district is given in Figure 3.13. It can be inferred from the figure that the Minjur Block in which the project site is located falls under Over Exploited category.

As per the District Water Brochure (CGWB, 2007), it is reported that due to the heavy pumping of ground water since 1970s for drinking water supply to Chennai city in the Minjur Block, the hydraulic gradient had reversed, leading to sea water intrusion especially in the Eastern part of Minjur block, in which the project site and the study area is located. This is further aggravated by the presence of salt pans and recharge of saline water from the Buckingham canal.

Figure 3.10: Hydrogeology Map of Thiruvallur District

(Source:District Water Brochure, Thiruvallur District, CGWB, 2007)



Figure 3.11: Depth to Water Level Map of Thiruvallur District in Pre Monsoon 2006


Figure 3.12: Depth to Water Level Map of Thiruvallur District in Post Monsoon 2007




Figure 3.13: Categorization of Blocks with respect to Status of Ground Water


3.3.1.2 Ground Water Quality Monitoring by ACE

Ground Water Quality

Five ground water samples were collected from the study area. Three of them were within port area, the other two sampling locations were Nappalayam Village and Vallur. Photo Plate 3.2 shows the ground water sample collection at different locations.

The sampling locations are tabulated in Table 3.9with distance and direction from the project site and shown in Figure 3.14. The results of water quality analysis are presented in Table 3.10, Table 3.11 and Table 3.12in Monsoon, Post Monsoon and Pre Monsoon Seasons, respectively.



Photo Plate 3.2: Ground Water Sampling by ACE

Table 3.9: Ground Water Sampling Locations by ACE

Station No Name of the Sampling Location


from the Project Site GW1 Inside Ennore Port - Well -01 0.91 North-West GW2 Inside Ennore Port - Well -02 0.10 North- North- West GW3 Inside Ennore Port - Well -03 2.32 North- North- West GW4 Nappalayam Village 8.23 North-West GW5 Vallur - 02 5.80 West-South-West




Figure 3.14: Ground Water Sampling Locations


Monitoring Results (ACE)

In general, the concentration of parameters like TDS, EC etc. was higher during the Pre Monsoon season when compared with the Monsoon and Post Monsoon seasons. This might be due to the ground water recharge leading to dilution during the Monsoon season. The ground water samples taken from the port area, due to its proximity to Bay of Bengal, had high TDS, Conductivity, Total Hardness and Chloride, when compared with the ground water sampling locations located away from the shoreline.Sampling location GW 4 (Nappalayam village).which is located near Koratallaiyar river, had water quality in compliance with the IS 10500:2012 standards and was potable. The water quality of GW 5 (Vallur) was in compliance with the IS 10500:2012, but due to the presence of total coliform and fecal coliform, it cannot be used for drinking purpose without prior treatment.



Table 3.10: Ground Water Quality Monitoring Results for Monsoon Season

S. No

Parameter Unit GW-1 GW-2 GW-3 GW-4 GW-5 Test Method Acceptable

Limit IS:10500:2012

1 Color Hazen <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 IS:3025 (P-4) 5.0-15 2 pH - 7.81 7.54 7.92 7.65 7.70 IS:3025 (P-11) 6.5 – 8.5 3 Conductivity µS/cm 1215 793 1326 1022 708 IS:3025 (P-14) 4 Iron mg/l 0.18 0.11 <0.1 <0.1 0.12 IS:3025 (P-53) 0.3 5 Chloride (as CI-) mg/l 107 54 123 82 57 IS:3025 (P-32) 250-1000 6 Fluoride (as F-) mg/l <0.6 <0.6 <0.6 <0.6 <0.6 IS:3025 (P-60) 1.0-1.5 7 Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 802 516 902 695 418 IS:3025 (P-16) 500-2000 8 Sulphate mg/l 69.2 26.3 78.6 36.9 20.2 IS:3025 (P-24) 200-400 9 Nitrate (as NO3-) mg/l 10.2 6.4 8.1 <0.5 5.4 IS:3025 (P-34) 45 10 Phenolic Compounds mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 IS:3025 (P-43) 0.001-0.002 11 Mercury (as Hg) mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 IS:3025 (P-48) 0.001 12 Arsenic mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 IS:3025 (P-37) 0.01 13 Lead mg/l < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 IS:3025 (P-47) 0.01 14 Zinc mg/l <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 IS:3025 (P-49) 5 to 15 15 Chromium mg/l < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 IS:3025 (P-52) 0.05 16 Cadmium mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 IS:3025 (P-41) 17 Total Suspended Solids mg/l 8 9 <4.0 5 <4.0 IS:3025 ﴾P-17﴿ 0.003 18 Total Coliforms MPN/100 ml 82 <2.0 73 <2.0 <2.0 APHA 9221 19 Fecal Coliforms Present Absent Present Absent Absent APHA 9221 -- 20




Table 3.11: Ground Water Quality Monitoring Results for Post Monsoon Season

S. No.


Limit IS:10500:2012

1 Color Hazen <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 IS:3025 (P-4) 5.0-15 2 pH - 8.11 7.94 7.83 7.55 7.75 IS:3025 (P-11) 6.5 – 8.5 3 Conductivity µS/cm 2003 1921 1881 743 795 IS:3025 (P-14) 4 Iron mg/l 0.12 0.15 <0.1 <0.1 0.14 IS:3025 (P-53) 0.3 5 Chloride (as CI-) mg/l 217 147 271 50 69 IS:3025 (P-32) 250-1000 6 Fluoride (as F-) mg/l <0.6 <0.6 <0.6 <0.6 <0.6 IS:3025 (P-60) 1.0-1.5 7 Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 1265 1181 1171 489 527 IS:3025 (P-16) 500-2000 8 Sulphate mg/l 89.2 85.3 92.9 21.1 39.8 IS:3025 (P-24) 200-400 9 Nitrate (as NO3-) mg/l 18.2 12.9 8.3 9.5 11.3 IS:3025 (P-34) 45 10 Phenolic Compounds mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 IS:3025 (P-43) 0.001-0.002 11 Mercury (as Hg) mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 IS:3025 (P-48) 0.001 12 Arsenic mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 IS:3025 (P-37) 0.01 13 Lead mg/l < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 IS:3025 (P-47) 0.01 14 Zinc mg/l <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 IS:3025 (P-49) 5 to 15 15 Chromium mg/l < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 IS:3025 (P-52) 0.05 16 Phosphate mg/l <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 IS:3025 (P-31) 17 Cadmium mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 IS:3025 (P-41) 0.003 18 Total Suspended Solids mg/l 5.3 6 <4.0 5.5 4.9 IS:3025 ﴾P-17﴿ 19 Total Coliforms MPN/100 ml 120 1400 12 <2.0 31 IS:1622 -- 20 Fecal Coliforms Present Present Absent Absent Present IS:1622




Table 3.12: Ground Water Quality Monitoring Results for Pre Monsoon Season

S. No.


Limit IS:10500:2012

1 Color Hazen <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 IS:3025 (P-4) 5.0-15 2 pH - 8.23 8.02 7.99 7.81 7.78 IS:3025 (P-11) 6.5 – 8.5 3 Conductivity µS/cm 2686 2338 2216 670 912 IS:3025 (P-14) 4 Iron mg/l 0.18 0.19 <0.1 <0.1 0.09 IS:3025 (P-53) 0.3 5 Chloride (as CI-) mg/l 267 171 290 58 72 IS:3025 (P-32) 250-1000 6 Fluoride (as F-) mg/l <0.6 <0.6 <0.6 <0.6 <0.6 IS:3025 (P-60) 1.0-1.5 7 Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 1571 1492 1331 389 579 IS:3025 (P-16) 500-2000 8 Sulphate mg/l 102.3 90.3 98.4 19.3 45.2 IS:3025 (P-24) 200-400 9 Nitrate (as NO3-) mg/l 22.4 15.4 9.5 10.1 12.6 IS:3025 (P-34) 45 10 Phenolic Compounds mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 IS:3025 (P-43) 0.001-0.002 11 Mercury (as Hg) mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 IS:3025 (P-48) 0.001 12 Arsenic mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 IS:3025 (P-37) 0.01 13 Lead mg/l < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 IS:3025 (P-47) 0.01 14 Zinc mg/l <0.5 0.59 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 IS:3025 (P-49) 5 to 15 15 Chromium mg/l < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 IS:3025 (P-52) 0.05 16 Phosphate mg/l <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 IS:3025 (P-31) 17 Cadmium mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 IS:3025 (P-41) 0.003 18 Total Suspended Solids mg/l 9.2 6.1 <4.0 5.8 5.2 IS:3025 ﴾P-17﴿ 19 Total Coliforms MPN/100 ml 140 1600 8 <2.0 12 IS:1622 -- 20 Fecal Coliforms Present Present Absent Absent Present IS:1622




3.3.1.3Ground Water Quality Monitoring by NEERI

NEERI had collected ground water samples from 11, 15 and 18 locations during post monsoon, summer and pre monsoon seasons, respectively in the study area. The water sampling locations inclusive of both ground water and surface water sampling locations are shown in Figure 3.15and is tabulated in Table 3.13, Table 3.14and Table 3.15.The ground water quality is summarized in this section.

The pH varied in the range of 7.3-8.5, 8.4-8.7 and 6.8-8.3 during post monsoon, summer and pre monsoon seasons, respectively. In the same survey periods, the TDS varied in the range of 325-1600 mg/l, 124-2485 mg/l ad 350-3320 mg/l, respectively. Alkalinity was in the range of 50-315 mg/l, 27-368 mg/l and 47-446 mg/l in post monsoon, summer and pre monsoon seasons, respectively.

Figure 3.15: Water Quality Sampling Location Map of NEERI (Source: EIA Report for Ennore LNG Terminal of IOCL, NEERI, 2012)



Table 3.13: Water Quality – Sampling Locations (Post-monsoon 2011-12)

Sr. No. Sampling Locations Surface Water Lake water

1. Village Solavaram 2. Village Puzhal

Pond water 3. Inside Ennore Port 4. Outside Ennore Port 5. Village Vellur 6. Village Nedavoyal 7. Village Kattur 8. Village Voyallur

Ground Water 9. Village Nedavayal 10. Village Devdanam 11. Village Kattur 12. Village Athipattu 13. Village Vayallur 14. Village Kattupalli 15. Village Thiruvellayal 16. Village Ennur 17. Village Kurivekarvedu 18. Village Narvarikupam 19. Village Solavaram


Table 3.14: Water Quality – Sampling Locations(Summer 2012)


Ground Water

Hand Pump

1. Village Thiruvottriyur

2. Village Kattivattriyur

3. Village kalanji

4. Village Vazihiidigaimedu

5. Village Periyamullavoval

6. Village Kadapakkam

7. Village Thinaipakkam

8. Village Thirunalai

Tube Well

9. Village Elanthancherhi




10. Village Vichoor

11. Village Minjur

12. Inside Ennore Port

13. Village Kattupalli

Bore Well

14. Village Vallur

15. Village Atthipattu (Source: EIA Report for Ennore LNG Terminal of IOCL, NEERI, 2012)

Table 3.15: Water Quality – Sampling Locations(Pre-monsoon 2012)

Sr. No. Sampling Locations Ground Water (Bore Well) 1. Village Atthipattu 2. Village Vallur 3. Village Kadapakkam 4. Village Vichoor 5. Village Periyamullavoval 6. Village Thirunalai 7. Village Vazihiidigaimedu 8. Village Thinaipakkam 9. Village kalanji 10. Village Thiruvottriyur 11. Village Kattivattriyur 12. Village Kattupalli 13. Village Elanthancherhi 14. Village Minjur 15. Inside Ennore Port 16. Near Ennore Port 17. Village Ennore 18. Village Kattur


3.3.2 Surface Water

The study area consists of excellent network of drainage system, interlinked with one another. In Ponneri taluk, Korattalayar is the important river, which is dendritic and perennial in nature. It has substantial flow during monsoon period. Korattalyar river water is supplied to Cholavaram and Red Hill tanks by constructing a dam at Vellore Tambaram. After filling a number of tanks in due course, the river flows into the Bay of Bengal through the Ennore creek located about 3 km toward South from the project site. In this coastal area, the coastal alluvium and river alluvium are overlying the crystalline rocks. Wherever the alluvium



consists of coarse sand they form good aquifers. Area near the Korattalayar river has potential aquifers.

The Buckingham canal, which is a 421.55 km long fresh water navigation canal running parallel to the Coromandel Coast of South India from Kakinada in Andhra Pradesh to Pondicherry, passes through the study area for the proposed project. The drainage pattern of the study area is shown in Figure 3.16.

Buckingham canal and Ennore creek passes in-between the Port boundary (West boundary wall) and the proposed coal stack yard. The photographs of the same are shown in Photo Plate. 3.3.

Photo Plate 3.3: Ennore Creek and Bukingham Canal




Figure 3.16: Drainage Map of the Study Area (Source: EIA Study by ACE for the Proposed Coal Berths)

3.3.2.1 Surface Water Quality Monitoring by ACE

Surface Water Quality

Five samples of surface water were collected from the study area. Two were from upstream and downstream of Korattalayar River, one sample each from the Buckhingham canal and Ennore creek passing near the Eastern gate of Ennore Port and the final one was collected from the Ennore creek mouth. Photo Plate 3.4 shows the photographs of surface water sample collection.

The sampling locations are tabulated in Table 3.16andshown in Figure 3.17. The results of water quality analysis are presented in Table 3.17, Table 3.18 and Table 3.19.



Photo Plate 3.4 : Surface Water Sampling by ACE

Table 3.16: Surface Water Sampling Locations of ACE

Station No.

Name of the Sampling Location Distance (km) Direction

From the Project Site SW1 Buckingham Canal (near Eastern

gate of Ennore Port) 1.72 West-North-West

SW2 Ennore creek (near Eastern gate of Ennore Port)

1.89 West-North-West

SW3 Koratallaiyar River Downstream 7.16 South-West SW4 Koratallaiyar River Upstream 8.44 South-West SW5 Near Ennore Creek Mouth 3.59 South-West


Monitoring Results (ACE)

In general the concentration of most of the parameters like TDS, Conductivity, Sulphate, Nitrate, COD, BOD etc. were higher during the Pre Monsoon season.The levels of TDS, Conductivity, Sulphate, Nitrate, COD, BOD and all other significant parameters were high at the Ennore Creek sampling location due to the confluence of the Buckingham Canal and Koratalalyar river laden with industrial effluent at the Ennore Creek area with the Bay of Bengal. This trend was observed in all the seasons.

During Monsoon Season,the concentration of TDS and Conductivity varied in the range of 441-23,300 mg/l and 743-39,042 µS/cm. In Post Monsoon season, TDS and Conductivity of the analyzed samples were in the range of 263-27,178 mg/l and 424-40,684 µS/cm, respectively. Phenolic compounds, Mercury, Arsenic, Lead, Chromium and Cadmium were of Below Detectable Limit. The presence of Total Coliform (2.0 × 101– 1.1 × 103 MPN/100 ml) and Fecal Coliform confirms the discharge of sewage into the water body.



In the Pre Monsoon Season, the TDS and Conductivity of the analyzed samples were in the range of 490-30,154 mg/l and 851-45,100 mg/l, respectively. The levels of TDS, Conductivity, Sulphate, Nitrate, COD, BOD and all other significant parameters were high at the Ennore Creek sampling location; this is due to the confluence of the Buckingham Canal and Koratallaiyar river at the Ennore Creek area with the Bay of Bengal. Phenolic compounds, Mercury, Arsenic, Lead, Chromium and Cadmium were of Below Detectable Limit. The presence of Total Coliform (8.0 × 102 – 1.9 × 103 MPN/100 ml) and Fecal Coliform confirms the discharge of sewage into the water body. Presence of high concentration of TDS, Conductivity, Sulphate in the Upstream and Downstream of Buckingham Canal and Koratallaiyar River confirms the contamination of the water body by industrial effluent.

Figure 3.17: Surface Water Sampling Locations




Table 3.17: Surface Water Quality Monitoring Results for the Monsoon Season

S. No. Parameter Unit SW-1 SW-2 SW-3 SW-4 SW-5 Test Method 1 pH - 7.45 7.62 7.11 7.16 7.89 IS:3025 (P-11)

2 Conductivity µS/cm 5921 9311 871 743 39042 IS:3025 (P-14)

3 Calcium (as Ca) mg/l 230.9 289.2 77.2 71.6 471.1 IS:3025 (P-40)

4 Iron mg/l 0.41 1.32 0.51 0.31 1.8 IS:3025 (P-53)

5 Fluoride (as F-) mg/l 1.5 4 1.2 1.7 3.2 IS:3025 (P-60)

6 Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 4104 5823 594 441 23300 IS:3025 (P-16)

7 Magnesium mg/l 55.1 98.3 23.1 20.3 1434 IS:3025 (P-46)

8 Sulphate mg/l 57.2 80.3 39.3 32.1 1189 IS:3025 (P-24)

9 Total Nitrogen mg/l 25.2 33.6 19.1 13.2 40.9 IS:3025 (P-34) 10 Phenolic Compounds mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 IS:3025 (P-43) 11 Mercury (as Hg) mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 IS:3025 (P-48) 12 Arsenic mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 IS:3025 (P-37) 13 Lead mg/l < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 IS:3025 (P-47) 14 Zinc mg/l 1.8 2.9 1.1 2.6 3.6 IS:3025 (P-49) 15 Chromium mg/l < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 IS:3025 (P-52) 16 Dissolved Oxygen mg/l 6.2 5.9 6.5 6.6 5.8 IS:3025 (P-38)

17 Phosphate mg/l 0.73 1.01 0.98 0.82 1.05 IS:3025 (P-31)

18 Potassium (as K) mg/l 43.1 60.8 19.8 10.9 65.3 IS:3025 (P-45)

19 Cadmium mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 IS:3025 (P-41) 20 Total Suspended Solids mg/l 10 25 22 11 41 IS:3025 ﴾P-17﴿ 21 COD mg/l 15.2 30.1 19.4 14.3 52.6 IS:3025 ﴾P-58﴿ 22 BOD mg/l 4.9 7.3 6.5 4.1 5.6 IS:3025 ﴾P-45﴿ 23 Total Coliforms MPN/100 ml 1.6 × 103 1.8 × 103 1.6× 103 7.7 × 102 2.1 × 103 IS:1622 24 Fecal Coliforms MPN/100 ml Present Present Present Present Present IS:1622




Table 3.18: Surface Water Quality Monitoring Results for the Post Monsoon Season

S. No. Parameter Unit SW-1 SW-2 SW-3 SW-4 SW-5 Test Method 1 Color Hazen <5 <5 6 <5 8 IS:3025 (P-4)

2 pH - 7.92 8.01 7.89 7.63 7.98 IS:3025 (P-11) 3 Conductivity µS/cm 12431 14757 2108 424 40684 IS:3025 (P-21)

4 Calcium (as Ca) mg/l 132 120 98 61 149 IS:3025 (P-14)

5 Iron mg/l 0.61 0.81 0.28 0.12 1.8 IS:3025 (P-53)

6 Fluoride (as F-) mg/l 1.6 1.8 1.2 0.1 3.8 IS:3025 (P-32) 7 Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 8150 9987 1285 263 27178 IS:3025 (P-60)

8 Sulphate mg/l 295 219 101 85 452 IS:3025 (P-16)

9 Nitrate (as NO3-) mg/l 23.2 25.9 20.2 16.1 43.9 IS:3025 (P-24)

10 Phenolic Compounds mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 IS:3025 (P-34) 11 Mercury (as Hg) mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 IS:3025 (P-43) 12 Arsenic mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 IS:3025 (P-48) 13 Lead mg/l < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 IS:3025 (P-37) 14 Zinc mg/l 2.4 2.4 2.6 <0.05 2.8 IS:3025 (P-47) 15 Chromium mg/l < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 IS:3025 (P-49) 16 Dissolved Oxygen mg/l 6 5.8 6 6.1 5.9 IS:3025 (P-52) 17 Phosphate mg/l 1.05 0.91 0.92 0.8 1.03 IS:3025 (P-45)


19 Cadmium mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 IS:3025 (P-41) 20 Total Suspended Solids mg/l 27 18 14 10 35 IS:3025 ﴾P-17﴿ 21 COD mg/l 13.3 10.2 11.3 3.8 21.8 APHA 9221 22 BOD mg/l 5.3 3.5 4.1 1.2 8.1 APHA 9221 23 Total Coliforms MPN/100 ml 0.9× 103 1.4 × 102 1.2 × 102 2.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 APHA 9221 24 Fecal Coliforms Per 100 ml Present Present Present Present Present APHA 9221




Table 3.19: Surface Water Quality Monitoring Results for the Pre Monsoon Season

S. No. Parameter Unit SW-1 SW-2 SW-3 SW-4 SW-5 Test Method 1 pH - 7.23 7.81 7.51 7.36 8.12 IS:3025 (P-11)

2 Conductivity µS/cm 19736 21913 1420 851 45100 IS:3025 (P-14)

3 Calcium (as Ca) mg/l 73.2 140.9 100.2 62.2 521 IS:3025 (P-40)

4 Iron mg/l 0.41 1.4 0.28 0.34 1.7 IS:3025 (P-53) 5 Fluoride (as F-) mg/l 1.4 4.2 1.9 2.3 4.9 IS:3025 (P-60)

6 Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 651 1219 981 490 30154 IS:3025 (P-16)

7 Magnesium mg/l 127.3 201.3 58.1 24.2 1652 IS:3025 (P-46)

8 Sulphate mg/l 43.1 61.4 85.8 35.5 1650 IS:3025 (P-24) 9 Total Nitrogen mg/l 21.3 35.2 28.9 18.6 53.2 IS:3025 (P-34) 10 Phenolic Compounds mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 IS:3025 (P-43) 11 Mercury (as Hg) mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 IS:3025 (P-48) 12 Arsenic mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 IS:3025 (P-37) 13 Lead mg/l < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 IS:3025 (P-47) 14 Zinc mg/l 1.3 3.2 2.4 2.9 3.9 IS:3025 (P-49) 15 Chromium mg/l < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 IS:3025 (P-52) 16 Dissolved Oxygen mg/l 6.2 5.2 5.9 6 4.5 IS:3025 (P-38)

17 Phosphate mg/l 1.02 1.15 0.87 0.94 1.19 IS:3025 (P-31)


19 Cadmium mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 IS:3025 (P-41) 20 Total Suspended Solids mg/l 24 29 12 14 43 IS:3025 ﴾P-17﴿ 21 COD mg/l 21.3 32.7 17.1 16.7 58.7 IS:3025 ﴾P-58﴿ 22 BOD mg/l 7.3 9.0 3.5 3.9 5.8 IS:3025 ﴾P-45﴿ 23 Total Coliforms MPN/100 ml 1.4× 103 1.7 × 103 1.4 × 103 8.0 × 102 1.9 × 103 IS:1622 24 Fecal Coliforms MPN/100 ml Present Present Present Present Present IS:1622




3.3.2.2 Surface Water Quality Monitoring by NEERI

Surface water samples were collected from six locations during post monsoon 2011, due to insufficient water in the water body surface water was not collected during summer and pre monsoon period.

The pH, chloride, sulphate and alkalinity were in the range of 7.7-8.2, 26-790 mg/l, 1-270 mg/l and 73-118 mg/l, respectively. The DO and COD were in the range of 5.4-8.0 mg/l and 4-8 mg/l, respectively.

The concentration of heavy metals varied in the range of Cu – 0.01-0.02 mg/l, Cr – ND to 0.02 mg/l, Pb: ND – 0.03 mg/l, Ni:0.04-0.10 mg/l, Cd – 0.01 mg/l, Co – 0.02-0.10 mg/l, Fe: 0.26-3.08 mg/l, Mn – 0.02-0.14 mg/l and Zn – 0.01 – 1.07 mg/l.

3.4 Marine Environment

3.4.1 Hydrography

The general hydrographic data for the proposed project area has been taken from the Detailed Feasibility Report, Development of Coal Berth No. 3 and 4 at Ennore Port for TANGEDCO, 2013.

Bathymetry

The bathymetry near to the project site (at existing coal berths 1 and 2) will vary between 13 m to 14 m and the seabed slope is 1:2 (Detailed Feasibility Report, Development of Coal Berth No. 3 and 4 at Ennore Port for TANGEDCO, 2013).

Tide

As the tide level at Ennore Port is similar to that of Chennai, the tide level data of the Chennai Port is presented in Table 3.20.

Table 3.20: Tide Level Data

Tide Level Elevation (m) w.r.t CD Highest high water level (HHWL) +1.50 Mean high water springs (MHWS) +1.10 Mean high water neaps (MHWN) +0.80 Mean Sea Level (MSL ) +0.65 Mean low water neaps (MLWN) +0.40 Mean low water springs (MLWS) +0.10 Lowest low water (LLWL) -0.10

(Source: Detailed Feasibility Report, Development of Coal Berth No. 3 and 4 at Ennore Port for TANGEDCO, 2013)

Wave

The wave condition at Ennore Port is reported to be moderate. The predominant wave directions prevailing in the region are 135°N (March – September), 90° N (November – January) and 115°N (February and October).The monthly mean values of wave parameters estimated from the above data are given in the following Table 3.21. During cyclones, significant wave heights can reach up to 8 m.



Table 3.21: The Monthly Mean Value of Wave Parameters

Month Significant Wave

Height (m) Significant Wave

Period (s) Wave Direction

from True North January 0.90 8.10 090° February 1.10 8.20 115° March 0.90 8.30 135° April 1.30 9.50 135° May 1.60 10.80 135° June 1.50 11.10 135° July 1.00 10.40 135° August 1.10 11.00 135° September 1.20 11.00 135° October 1.10 9.80 115° Note : 90°– waves approach from East 115°– waves approach from ESE 135°– waves approach from SE

Current

In general, the current is directed towards the South during the North East Monsoon Season and towards North during the South East Monsoon Season. The magnitude of the current is reported to be in the range of 0.15 to 0.20 m/s, but the current at the proposed project site will be negligible as it is located at the inner dock basing and is protectedby the neighbouring berths (Detailed Feasibility Report, Development of Coal Berth No. 3 and 4 at Ennore Port for TANGEDCO, 2013).

3.4.2 Sea Water Quality

3.4.2.1 Sea Water Quality Monitoring by ACE

Sea water and Sediment quality sampling was carried out to study the water and sediment quality at proposed study area, which are shown in Figure 3.18. The marine water and sediment monitoring was carried out at seven locations. The analytical data for sea water quality data is tabulated in Table 3.22, Table 3.23 andTable 3.24 in Monsoon, Post Monsoon and Pre Monsoon seasons, respectively. Photo Plate 3.5 shows the marine water sample collection for the proposed project.

Table 3.22: Sea Monitoring Locations

Station No. Name of the Sampling Location MS1 Near Mouth of Ennore Creek MS2 In between Ennore Creek Mouth and Port Entrance MS3 Port Entrance MS4 Project Site MS5 Near the Head of the Northern Breakwater (outside port) MS6 Near the end of the Northern Breakwater (outside port) MS7 Towards seaward from the end of the Northern Breakwater



Figure 3.18: Sea Monitoring Locations (Source: EIA Study by ACE for the Proposed Coal Berths)



Photo Plate 3.5: Sea Water Sampling by ACE

During the Monsoon Season, the observed pH value was in the range of 7.36 - 7.88. The salinity ranged from 32.1 – 34.0 ppt, the lowest value was near Ennore Creek, at which the water from the Koratallaiyar river and Buckingham Canal meets the Bay of Bengal. The concentration of D.O. ranged from 4.38 – 6.39 mg/l and it was lowest near Ennore Creek, denoting depletion of D.O due to inland water pollution, which mixes with the sea water. Consequently, the value of BOD was high near Ennore Creek, when compared with other locations. Similar trend was observed during Post Monsoon and Pre Monsoon seasons also.

Poly Aromatic Hydrocarbons (PAHs) namely, acenaphthylene, bromo-naphthalene, acenaphthene, fluorene, pyrene, benzo(a)pyrene, dibenzo(a,h)anthracene and indeno (1,2,3) pyrene were found to be below detectable range of 0.1 µg/l in all the seasons.

During the Post Monsoon Season, the pH was in the range of 7.81–8.07 and the salinity ranged from 34.8 – 35.9 ppt. The concentration of D.O. ranged from 5.48 – 6.72 mg/l. As expected the value of BOD was high near Ennore Creek (3.1 mg/l), when compared with other locations due to the contamination of Ennore Creek area with untreated sewage.

During Pre Monsoon Season, the salinity was observed to be in the range of 34.9 – 36.0 ppt and D.O. was in the range of 5.11 – 6.55 mg/l.



Table 3.23: Sea Water Quality Monitoring Results for Monsoon Season

S. No. Parameter Unit MS-1 MS-2 MS-3 MS-4 MS-5 MS-6 MS-7 Test Method

1 Color Hazen <2.0 <2.0 <2.0 <2.0 <2.0 <2.0 <2.0 IS:3025 (P-4)

2 pH - 7.88 7.36 7.81 7.92 7.81 7.66 7.86 IS:3025 (P-11)

3 Salinity ppt 32.2 32.1 33.3 34.1 34.9 34.8 34.0 IS:3025 (P-23)

4 Dissolved Oxygen mg/l 4.38 6.11 5.58 6.39 5.67 6.00 5.49 IS:3025 (P-38)

5 Oil &Grease mg/l <4.0 <4.0 <4.0 <4.0 <4.0 <4.0 <4.0 IS:3025 (P-55)

6 PAH mg/l <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 IS:3025 (P-41)

7 BOD mg/l 1.3 2.1 3.2 2.1 2.9 1.9 4.8

8 Chlorophyll mg/m3 0.9 0.6 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.7 0.6 (Source: EIA Study by ACE for the Proposed Coal Berths)

Table 3.24: Sea Water Quality Monitoring Results for Post Monsoon Season

Sl. No. Parameter Unit MS-1 MS-2 MS-3 MS-4 MS-5 MS-6 MS-7 Test Method 1 Color Hazen <2.0 <2.0 <2.0 <2.0 <2.0 <2.0 <2.0 IS:3025 (P-4) 2 pH - 8.01 7.81 7.97 8.04 7.84 7.88 7.91 IS:3025 (P-11) 3 Salinity ppt 34.8 35.1 35.3 35.9 35.5 35.2 35.9 APHA-2520 B 4 Dissolved Oxygen mg/l 5.52 5.64 6.04 5.84 5.48 6.72 6.00 IS:3025 (P-38) 5 Oil &Grease mg/l <4.0 <4.0 <4.0 <4.0 <4.0 <4.0 <4.0 IS:3025 (P-39) 6 Mercury (as Hg) mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 IS:3025 (P-48) 7 PAH mg/l <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 IS:3025 (P-41) 8 BOD mg/l 3.1 1.9 2.3 2.2 1.8 1.5 1.7 IS : 3025 (P-44) 9 Chlorophyll mg/m3 1.1 0.7 0.9 1.0 0.4 0.7 0.8




Table 3.25: Sea Water Quality Monitoring Results for Pre Monsoon Season

Sl. No. Parameter Unit MS-1 MS-2 MS-3 MS-4 MS-5 MS-6 MS-7 Test Method 1 Color Hazen <2.0 <2.0 <2.0 <2.0 <2.0 <2.0 <2.0 IS:3025 (P-4) 2 pH - 7.91 8.07 7.86 7.94 7.88 7.81 7.95 IS:3025 (P-11) 3 Salinity ppt 34.1 33.8 34.9 35.9 35.4 35.8 36.0 APHA-2520 B 4 Dissolved Oxygen mg/l 5.11 5.32 5.98 6.03 5.67 6.55 5.94 IS:3025 (P-38) 5 Oil &Grease mg/l <4.0 <4.0 <4.0 <4.0 <4.0 <4.0 <4.0 IS:3025 (P-39) 6 Mercury (as Hg) mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 IS:3025 (P-48) 7 PAH mg/l <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 IS:3025 (P-41) 8 BOD mg/l 4.8 3.9 3.2 2.9 2.7 1.8 1.9 IS : 3025 (P-44) 9 Chlorophyll mg/m3 0.8 1.1 0.9 1.2 0.7 1.0 1.1




3.4.2.2 Sea Water Quality Monitoring by NEERI

The marine water quality and sediment quality was monitored by NEERI at 12 locations. The sampling locations are shown in Figure 3.19.The monitoring was carried out during post monsoon and pre- monsoon 2012.

The pH of the water varied from 8.0-8.9 and 6.3-7.9 during post monsoon and pre-monsoon, respectively. The salinity was in the range of 34 – 41 ppt and 33 – 38 ppt in summer and pre monsoon 2012. The BOD values were less than 3 mg/l in all the samples irrespective of season of sampling.

The concentration of Chromium was in the range of ND – 0.04 mg/l in both the seasons, whereas iron was reported to be in the range of 0.01-0.77 mg/l and 0.03-1.23 mg/l during post monsoon and pre monsoon seasons, respectively.

Figure 3.19: Marine Water Quality Sampling Location Map of NEERI (Source: EIA Report for Ennore LNG Terminal of IOCL, NEERI, 2012)



3.4.3 Sediment Quality

3.4.3.1 Sediment Quality Monitoring by ACE

Sediment samples were collected from the sea monitoring locations as shown in the previous section in Figure 3.18. Sediment sample was collected using van-veen grab sampler. The grab was lowered vertically from the stationary boat till it touches the bottom. Sediment sample were collected and preserved for sediment texture analysis and physico-chemical analysis. Photo Plate 3.6shows the collection of sediment at different locations. Sediment Quality Monitoring Results are given in Table 3.25, Table 3.26 and Table 3.27.

Photo Plate 3.6: Sediment Sample Collection by ACE

In general, textural analysis of the sediment collected from the project site revealed clayey nature. The samples collected from along the Ennore Port breakwater(North of Northern Breakwater), i.e. MW 5 to MW 7 were loamy sand to sandy loam in nature.

In the Monsoon season, the observed pH value was in the range of 7.76 – 8.12. The phosphorous, TKN and Potassium concentration varied from 1.08 – 2.67 mg/kg, 0.08 – 0.17% by mass and 3.8-6.1 mg/kg, respectively.

During the Post Monsoon season, the observed pH value was in the range of 7.95 to 8.89. The Total Kjeldhal Nitrogen was in the range of 0.10 – 0.21 % by mass.In the Pre Monsoon season, the observed pH value was in the range of 7.90 – 8.35. The TKN and Potassium concentration varied from 0.11 – 0.18 % by mass and 3.8-5.9 mg/kg, respectively.



Table 3.26: Sediment Quality Monitoring Result in Monsoon Season

S. No. Parameter Unit MS-1 MS-2 MS-3 MS-4 MS-5 MS-6 MS-7 Test Method 1 pH - 8.10 8.12 8.08 7.76 7.91 7.86 7.78 IS-2720 (Part 26) 2 Phosphorous (as P) mg/100gm 2.64 1.29 1.46 2.67 1.08 2.43 1.30 Lab SOP-SOIL-S/41 3 Total Kjehldal Nitrogen % by Mass 0.11 0.12 0.08 0.17 0.13 0.10 0.09 Lab SOP-SOIL-S/36 4 Potassium (as K) mg/100gm 4.1 6.1 4.2 3.8 4.6 4.9 4.5 Lab SOP-SOIL-S/38

5 Texture Sand %by Mass 14 35 13 12 44 27 74 TM-S/32 Clay %by Mass 10 47 11 15 29 43 16 TM-S/32 Silt %by Mass 76 18 76 70 27 30 10 TM-S/32

6 Particle Size (<0.002mm) % by Weight 10 47 11 15 29 43 16 TM-S/49 7 Particle Size (2.0-0.05) mm % by Weight 14 35 13 12 44 27 74 TM-S/49 8 Particle Size (0.005-0.002 mm) % by Weight 76 18 76 70 27 30 10 TM-S/49 (Source: EIA Study by ACE for the Proposed Coal Berths)

Table 3.27: Sediment Quality Monitoring Result in Post Monsoon Season

S.No. Parameter Unit MS-1 MS-2 MS-3 MS-4 MS-5 MS-6 MS-7 Test Method 1 pH - 8.28 8.50 8.33 7.95 8.89 8.35 8.21 IS-2720 (P- 26) 2 Phosphorous (as P) mg/100gm 2.11 1.58 2.05 1.98 2.15 1.98 1.73 3 Total Kjehldal Nitrogen % by Mass 0.21 0.16 0.14 0.19 0.10 0.11 0.10 SOP-S/92/06 4 Potassium (as K) mg/100gm 3.2 5.7 5.1 4.6 4.1 5.2 3.9

5 Texture Clay %by Mass 12.5 19.7 35.9 69.8 5.9 10.5 18.7 SOP-S/92/16 Sand %by Mass 75.2 61.3 24.3 12.5 78.2 34.9 69.2 SOP-S/92/16 Silt %by Mass 12.3 19.0 39.8 17.7 15.9 54.6 12.1 SOP-S/92/16

6 Particle Size (<0.02mm) % by Weight 12.5 19.7 35.9 69.8 5.9 10.5 18.7 SOP-S/92/16 7 Particle Size (2.0-0.05) mm % by Weight 75.2 61.3 24.3 12.5 78.2 34.9 69.2 SOP-S/92/16 8 Particle Size (0.05-0.02 mm) % by Weight 12.3 19.0 39.8 17.7 15.9 54.6 12.1 SOP-S/92/16




Table 3.28: Sediment Quality Monitoring Result in Pre Monsoon Season

S. No. Parameter Unit MS-1 MS-2 MS-3 MS-4 MS-5 MS-6 MS-7 Test Method 1 pH - 8.13 8.25 8.35 8.01 7.95 7.92 7.90 IS-2720 (Part 26)

2 Phosphorous (as P) mg/100gm 2.43 1.58 1.71 2.32 1.33 1.49 1.32 Lab SOP-SOIL-S/41 3 Total Kjehldal Nitrogen % by Mass 0.13 0.18 0.14 0.17 0.11 0.16 0.15 Lab SOP-SOIL-S/36 4 Potassium (as K) mg/100gm 3.8 5.9 4.8 4.1 4.3 4.5 4.8 Lab SOP-SOIL-S/38

5 Texture Sand %by Mass 17 29 15 17 40 23 70 TM-S/32 Clay %by Mass 9 43 18 13 23 40 13 TM-S/32 Silt %by Mass 74 28 67 70 63 63 17 TM-S/32

6 Particle Size (<0.002mm) % by Weight 9 43 18 13 23 40 13 TM-S/49 7 Particle Size (2.0-0.05 mm) % by Weight 17 29 15 17 40 23 70 TM-S/49 8 Particle Size (0.005-0.002 mm) % by Weight 74 28 67 70 63 63 17 TM-S/49 (Source: EIA Study by ACE for the Proposed Coal Berths)



3.4.3.2 Sediment Quality Monitoring by NEERI

The sediment quality was monitored at 12 locations, which are the same as given in the marine water quality monitoring section (Section no. 3.4.2).

The pH was in the range of 8.18-8.59 and 8.20-8.53 during post monsoon and pre monsoon seasons. The content of organic carbon in the sediment was in the range of 0.103-1.34% and 0.06-0.94% for both the seasons, respectively. The nitrogen, phosphorus and total potash varied in the range of 0.015-0.150 %, 0.086 – 0.050% and 0.002-0.102%, respectively in post monsoon. The same parameters varied in the range of 0.06-0.94%, 0.011-0.020% and 0.017-0.083%, respectively during pre monsoon season. The concentration of oil and grease was in the range of 0.14-2.0 g/kg and 0.19-2.69 g/kg during post monsoon and pre monsoon seasons, respectively.

3.4.4 Dredged Material Characteristics

Geotechnical investigation of the dredged material was conducted by M/s C & C Consulting Firm, Kolkata and this data was taken from Detailed Project Report of the proposed project prepared by IIT Madras, 2014.

Heavy metal analysis of the dredged material was carried out by ACE. Bore hole sampling was carried out at the land based dredging area. Marine sediment sampling was carried out at the project site and near the Ennore Port mouth, as dredging is also proposed in these areas. The heavy metal analytical results are provided under section 3.4.4.2.

3.4.4.1 Geotechnical Investigation

For the study three numbers of bores of depth of 50m from the ground level was carried out along CB no. 3 alignment as shown in Figure 3.20.The sub-seabed soil in this area comprises dense sand layer on top up to elevation varying from +3.5m CD to -9.50m CD. This sand layer is underlain by a layer of very stiff clay at an elevation varying between -9.5m CD and -15.0m CD. Below this a layer of very dense sand encountered at an elevation between -15.0m Cd and -24.0m CD. This layer is further underlain by alternate layers of dense to very dense and hard clay up to the depth of -27.6m CD, below which the soil is predominantly very dense sand up in termination of boreholes.



Figure 3.20: Location of Bore Holes (Source: Detailed Project Report of the CB 3 and CB4 Coal Berths, Ennore Port, IIT Madras,

2014) 3.4.4.1.1 Soil Profiles

Three numbers of bore holes to a depth of 50m from the ground level was carried out along CB no. 3 alignment as shown in Figure 3.21. It is observed from the bore hole data that the layers are consistent and the top of the layers are increasing towards the land from the sea side. Two layers of clay are identified from -13m to -19m and the second layer from -42m to -50m. Dense sand is found between -31m to -42m. Hence the founding level of the piles shall be located in this layer.



Figure 3.21: Soil Profile along Proposed Coal Berth No.3 (Source: Detailed Project Report of the CB 3 and CB4 Coal Berths, Ennore Port, IIT Madras,

2014)

Similar to CB-3, three bore holes BH10, BH09 and BH08, has been drilled to a depth of 50m from the ground level was carried out along CB no. 4 alignment as shown in Figure 3.22. It is observed from the borehole data that the layers are consistent and the top of the layers are in the same level. Two layers of clay is identified from -12m to -18m and the second layer from -42m to -50m. Dense sand is found between -31m to -42m. Hence, the founding levels of the piles shall be located in this layer.



Figure 3.22: Soil Profile along Proposed Coal Berth No.4 (Source: Detailed Project Report of the CB 3 and CB4 Coal Berths, Ennore Port, IIT Madras,

2014)

Similar to CB-3 & CB-4, four bore holes BH03, BH04, BH06 and BH08, has been drilled to a depth of 50m, 36m and 30m from the ground level was carried out along western side and inner dock basin alignment as shown in Figure3.23. It is observed from the bore hole data that the layers are consistent. Two layers of clay are identified from -12m to -18m and the second layer from -42m to -50m. Dense sand is found between -31m to -42m.



Figure 3.23: Soil Profile along Western Side and Inner Dock Basin (Source: Detailed Project Report of the CB 3 and CB4 Coal Berths, Ennore Port, IIT Madras,

2014)

3.4.4.1.2 Generalized Soil Profile for CB-3

The generalized sub-soil profile for coal berth 3 is given in the Table 3.28

Table 3.29: Generalized Sub Soil Profile of CB 3

Sl. No. Soil description Range of Thickness(m)

Density (kN/m3) C

u (kN/m2) ᶲ (degrees)

1 Grayish Silty Sand 0-11 19.0 34° 2 Very Stiff Grey Silty Clay

with traces of fine sand. 11-18 20.0 180.0

3 Very Dense Brown fine to medium sand 18-27.5 20.0 33°

4 Hard Clay 27.5-31 20.0 200.0 5 Sand with Clay 31-42 20.0 34° 6 Very Dense Brown Sand

(except at BH 3 this layer contains clay binder)

42-50 20.0

34°



(Source: Detailed Project Report of the CB 3 and CB4 Coal Berths, Ennore Port, IIT Madras, 2014)

The general ground level is noted as EL (+) 3.55m CD and the ground water table is around (+) 2.5m CD. Based on the sub-seabed conditions, bored cast-in-situ RCC piles and diaphragm wall have been recommended.

The generalized soil profile for CB 3 is shown in Figure 3.24.

3.4.4.1.3 Generalized Soil Profile for CB-4

The generalized sub-soil profile for CB-4 is given in the table below:

Sl. No. Soil description Range of

Thickness(m) Density (kN/m3)

C

u (kN/m2) ᶲ (degrees)

1 Dense Grey Silty fine sand 0-13 19.0 31° 2 Very Stiff Grey Silty Clay

with traces of fine sand. 13-18 20.0 180.0

3 Very Dense Grey fine to medium sand 18-27.5 20.0 33°

4 Hard Clay 27.5-31 20.0 200.0 5 Dense Sand with Clay 31-42 20.0 34° 6 Very Dense Brown Sand 42-50 20.0 34°

(Source: Detailed Project Report of the CB 3 and CB4 Coal Berths, Ennore Port, IIT Madras, 2014)

The general ground level is noted as EL (+) 3.55m CD and the ground water table is around (+) 2.5m CD. Based on the sub-seabed conditions, bored cast-in-situ RCC piles and diaphragm wall have been recommended.

The generalized soil profile for CB 4 is shown in Figure 3.25.



Figure 3.24: Generalized Soil Profile of CB 3 (Source: Detailed Project Report of the CB 3 and CB4 Coal Berths, Ennore Port, IIT Madras,

2014)



Figure 3.25:Generalized Soil Profile of CB 4 (Source: Detailed Project Report of the CB 3 and CB4 Coal Berths, Ennore Port, IIT Madras,

2014)

3.4.4.2 Heavy Metal Analyses in Dredged Material

Borehole was drilled at the midpoint of the land based dredging area, till the depth of 20 m. The proposed land based dredging depth is till 16 m. Soil sample was collected at an interval of 4 m.

Sediment sample was collected at the marine area of the project site and near the mouth of the Ennore Port, as dredging is proposed to be carried out in that region as well.

National Institute of Ocean Technology (NIOT) had analyzed the heavy metal concentration of the soil to be dredged as well as the sediment in the dumping locations (EIA Report for Phase II Development of Ennore Port, NIOT, 2004). It was reported that the heavy metal concentration of the soil to be dredged was well within the background concentration of the identified disposal area and can be safely disposed.



Institute of Ocean Management (IOM), Anna University, Chennai had carried out heavy metal analyses of sediment taken from in and around the port area in 2013. The heavy metal concentration observed by ACE, IOM and NIOT is tabulated in Table 3.30.It can be inferred from the table, that the concentration of heavy metal were comparable and as per the observation of NIOT, the dredged material can safely be disposed into the marine dumping location.

As per the recommendation of CWPRS (Desk Studies to Assess the Effect of Coal Berth 3 and 4 on the Shoreline at Kamarajar Port, Ennore, Tamil Nadu, 2014), the dredged material can be used for nourishing the beach at the North of Northern Breakwater and filling up of low lying area.

Table 3.30: Heavy Metal Concentration in the Sediment Samples Collected by ACE, IOM, and NIOT

Heavy Metal ACE IOM NIOT Cu (mg/kg) 14.2-22.2 36-47 21-41 Cd (mg/kg) 0.3-0.4 0.4-0.9 0.3-0.8 Pb (mg/kg) 21.2-27.1 22.9-30.5 24-81 Zn (mg/kg) 55.8-109.2 68.9-90.9 NA Hg (mg/kg) ND ND NA Cr (mg/kg) 20.9- 58.6 86.0-112.4 NA Ni (mg/kg) 11.1-23.6 41.8-55.0 NA Co (mg/kg) 6.4-10.2 9.8-15.3 NA

ND – Not Detected; NA – Not Available (Source: Primary Data Collection by ACE)

3.5 Biological Environment

3.5.1 Terrestrial Ecology

Flora

During the field visit, the flora and fauna in the study area was observed and noted. Three types of flora was noted, namely, the general coastal flora, mangrove and agricultural crops. Sparse mangroves of Avicennia sp. were observed near Ennore creek area.

The list of flora observed in the project site is given in Table 3.31.The common species, which were found in the study area wereCoconus nucifera, Casurina equisetifolia, Azadirachta indica, Acacia nilotica. Photo Plate 3.7 shows some of the trees, which were seen during the site visit.

Table 3.31: List of Flora in the Study Area

Sl. No Local Name Scientific Name

1 Veppa Maram Azadirachta indica

2 Karuvelam Acacia nilotica 3 Gulmohar Delonix regia 4 Peepal Ficus religiosa



Sl. No Local Name Scientific Name

5 Erukkan Calotropis gigantea 6 Savukku Maram Casuarina equisetifolia 7 Thenna Maram Cocus nucifera 8 Siridam Albizia lebbeck 9 Porasum Butea monosperma

(Source: Primary Data Collection by ACE)

Coconus nucifera Acacia sp.

Acacia nilotica Delonix regia

Photo Plate 3.7: Vegetation Cover in the Study Area (Source: Primary Data Collection by ACE)

Fauna

Some of the fauna, which were observed in the study area are given in Table 3.32and Photo Plate 3.8



Table 3.32: List of Fauna in the Study Area

Sl.No. Common Name Scientific Name Mammals

1. Squirrel Funambulus palmarum 2. Mangoose Herpestes javanicus 3. Mouse Apodemus slvaticus

Reptiles 4. Chameleon Chamaeleo zeylanicus 5. Lizard (garden) Calotes versicolor 6. House lizard Hemidactylus frenatus

Birds 7. Cattle egret Babulcus ibis 8. Kite Haliastur Indus 9. Mynah Acridotheres tristis 10. Heron Ardeola grayii 11. House swift Apus affinis

Arthropods 12. Millipede Spirobolida 13. Crab Portunus sp.


Chameleon Crab



Millipede Small Crab

Photo Plate 3.8: Fauna Species Observed During Field Monitoring by ACE

Domesticated Animals

The animal husbandry is as important as agriculture in the study area. Animals like cows, buffaloes, goats, hens and pigs are domesticated.

3.5.2 Marine Ecology

Phytoplankton

Samples were collected from seven locations. Plankton samples were collected by using Plankton net of 20 µm. The diameter of the mouth of net is 40 cm and length is 100 cm. The speed of net towed was restricted to <5 knots. The collected sample was filtered through net and was stored in sterile bottle, after preserving the same with the addition of Lugol solution.

The volume of water was determined by using following formula:

V = r2.d

Where:

V = Volume of water filtered through net.

r = Radius at the mouth of the net.

d = Distance through which the net towed.

The collected samples

The diversity of plankton species was evaluated by the most widely used Shannon Diversity Index. The formula for the calculation of the Shannon diversity index is given below:

s H = ∑ - (Pi * ln Pi)

i=1 Where:

H = the Shannon diversity index Pi = fraction of the entire population madeup of species i S = number of species encountered



∑ = sum from species ‘1’ to species ‘s’

The list of phytoplankton species identified and its diversity and density during the Monsoon, Post Monsoon and Pre Monsoon Seasons aregiven in Table 3.33, 3.34 and 3.35.

It can be inferred from the table that during the Pre Monsoon Season the diversity of phytoplankton species, the least biodiversity (Diversity Index DI – 1) was observed at sampling location, PP-2 (in between Ennore Creek mouth and Port mouth) and the highest diversity was observed at PP-5 (near North of Northern breakwater). In other sampled locations, the diversity was observed to be moderate. The density ranged from 111 to 270 individual/ litre.

In the Monsoon the diversity was in the range of 0.84 – 1.21, which denotes low to normal diversity. The density was in the range of 88 – 139 individual/ litre and the highest diversity was observed at station PP-6 .In the Post Monsoon the diversity was in the range of 1.20 – 2.48, which denotes normal to high diversity. The density was in the range of 111-270 individual/ litre and the highest was observed at PP-5. In the Pre Monsoon the diversity was in the range of 2.9 – 4.1, which denotes very high diversity. The density was in the range of 171 – 301 individual/ litre and the highest diversity was observed at station PP-5.

From the results it is evident that, the phytoplankton diversity and density was higher during Pre Monsoon season when compared with Pre Monsoon season and Monsoon season.

Table 3.33: Diversity and Density of Phytoplankton in Monsoon Season

Sl. No. Name PP-1 PP-2 PP-3 PP-4 PP-5 PP-6 PP-7 1 Spermatophyta (i) Azolla Sp. x x y y x y y (ii) Spirodela Sp. y x x x x x x 2 Chlorophyta (i) Westella x y x x y x x (ii) Selenastrum x x x y x x x (iii) Chlorella Sp. y y y x x x x (iv) ClostriumSp y x x x x x x (v) MougeotiaSp x y x x y x x (vi) Oocystis Sp. x y x x x x x (vii) Stichococcos Sp. x y x x x x y (viii) Tetrastrum Sp. x x x y x x x (ix) Chlamydomonas Sp. x y x y x x y (x) Pediastrum Sp. x x x x y x x (xi) Volvox Sp. x y x x x y x (xii) Zygnema Sp. x x x x x y x (xiii) Ulothrix Sp. y x x x x x x (xiv) Dictyosphaerium Sp. y x x x x x x

3 Cyanophyta (i) Gloetrichia Sp. x x x x y x x (ii) Phormidium Sp. x y x y x y x (iii) Lyngbya Sp. x x x y x x x



Sl. No. Name PP-1 PP-2 PP-3 PP-4 PP-5 PP-6 PP-7 (iv) Oscillatoria Sp. y x x x x x y (v) Fragelira Sp. x y x x x x x (vi) Althrospira Sp. x x x x x y x (vii) Cylindrospermum Sp. y x x x x x x

4 Diatoms (Bacillareophyceae) (i) Tabellaria Sp. x x x y x x x (ii) Synedra Sp. y x x x y x x (iii) Navicula Sp. x y x y x x y

5 Chrysophyta (i) Cocconeis Sp. x x y x x y y (ii) Achnanthes Sp. x x y x x x x (iii) Cyclotella Sp. x x x x y x x (iv) Rhizosolenia Sp. y x x x x y x 6 Xanthothytea (i) Botryococcus Sp. x x x x y x x 7 Rhobophyta (i) Gracilaria Sp. x x x x x y x (ii) Champia Sp. x x x x x y x

Diversity Index 0.9 0.84 1.11 1.02 0.99 1.14 1.21 Density (individual/litre) 102 88 96 109 115 139 117 Note - x: denotes absence of species; y: denotes presence of species at the sampled location.


Table 3.34: Diversity and Density of Phytoplankton in Post Monsoon Season

Sl. No. Name PP-1 PP-2 PP-3 PP-4 PP-5 PP-6 PP-7 1 Spermatophyta (i) Azolla Sp. y y x x x x x (ii) Spirodela Sp. y x x x x x x 2 Chlorophyta (i) Westella y x y y x x y (ii) Selenastrum y x x x x x x (iii) Chlorella Sp. x x y x x x x (iv) ClostriumSp x y x x x x x (v) MougeotiaSp x x x y x x x (vi) Oocystis Sp. x x y x x x x (vii) Stichococcos Sp. x x x x y y x (viii) Tetrastrum Sp. y x x x x y x (ix) Chlamydomonas Sp. x y x x x x x (x) Pediastrum Sp. x x x y x x x (xi) Volvox Sp. x x y x x x x (xii) Zygnema Sp. x x x x y x x (xiii) Ulothrix Sp. x x x x y x x (xiv) Dictyosphaerium Sp. x y x x x y x

3 Cyanophyta



Sl. No. Name PP-1 PP-2 PP-3 PP-4 PP-5 PP-6 PP-7 (i) Gloetrichia Sp. x x y x x x x (ii) Phormidium Sp. y x y x y x y (iii) Lyngbya Sp. x y x x x x y (iv) Oscillatoria Sp. y y y y y y y (v) Fragelira Sp. y y y x x x x (vi) Althrospira Sp. y x x x x x x (vii) Cylindrospermum Sp. x y x y x x x

4 Diatoms (Bacillareophyceae) (i) Tabellaria Sp. y x y y x y y (ii) Synedra Sp. x y x x y x y (iii) Navicula Sp. y y x y y y x

5 Chrysophyta (i) Cocconeis Sp. x y x y y y x (ii) Achnanthes Sp. y x y x y x y (iii) Cyclotella Sp. y x y x y y x (iv) Rhizosolenia Sp. x y x y x x x 6 Xanthothytea (i) Botryococcus Sp. x y y x y y x 7 Rhobophyta (i) Gracilaria Sp. x x x y y x y (ii) Champia Sp. y x x y y y x



Table 3.35: Diversity and Density of Phytoplankton in Pre Monsoon Season

Sl. No. Name PP-1 PP-2 PP-3 PP-4 PP-5 PP-6 PP-7 1 Spermatophyta (i) Azolla Sp. y y x y y x x (ii) Spirodela Sp. y y y y y y x 2 Chlorophyta (i) Westella y x y y x y y (ii) Selenastrum y y x y x x x (iii) Chlorella Sp. y x y y y x y (iv) ClostriumSp y y x y y x y (v) MougeotiaSp y y x x x x x (vi) Oocystis Sp. x x y y y y x (vii) Stichococcos Sp. x y y y x x x (viii) Tetrastrum Sp. y y y x y x x (ix) Chlamydomonas Sp. y y y y x y y (x) Pediastrum Sp. x y x y x y x (xi) Volvox Sp. y y y y x y x



Sl. No. Name PP-1 PP-2 PP-3 PP-4 PP-5 PP-6 PP-7 (xii) Zygnema Sp. y y y x x x y (xiii) Ulothrix Sp. y y y x x x x (xiv) Dictyosphaerium Sp. y y x x y x y

3 Cyanophyta (i) Gloetrichia Sp. y y y x x y x (ii) Phormidium Sp. x y x x y y y (iii) Lyngbya Sp. y x y y x x x (iv) Oscillatoria Sp. x y y y x y x (v) Fragelira Sp. x y y y y x x (vi) Althrospira Sp. x y y y x x x (vii) Cylindrospermum Sp. x y y x x x x

4 Diatoms (Bacillareophyceae) (i) Tabellaria Sp. x y x x y y y (ii) Synedra Sp. y y y y y x x (iii) Navicula Sp. x y y y y x x

5 Chrysophyta (i) Cocconeis Sp. x y y y x x x (ii) Achnanthes Sp. x y y y x y x (iii) Cyclotella Sp. y y y x x y y (iv) Rhizosolenia Sp. y y y y x y x 6 Xanthothytea (i) Botryococcus Sp. x y y y x y x 7 Rhobophyta (i) Gracilaria Sp. x y y y x x x (ii) Champia Sp. y y y x x x y



Zooplankton

Sample collection was carried out in the similar method as that of phytoplankton. The result of the zooplankton analysis is tabulated in Table 3.36, Table 3.37 and Table 3.38.The least biodiversity (Diversity Index DI – 1) was observed at sampling location ZP-4 (Project Site) and highest at ZP-3 (Port mouth) in other sampled locations the diversity was observed to be moderate. The density was in the range of 156-350 individual/litre.

In the Monsoon the diversity was in the range 0.70 – 1.20, which denotes low to normal diversity. The density was in the range 62 – 110 with highest at ZP-6 station. In the Post Monsoon the diversity was in the range of 2.20 – 4.60, which denotes normal to high diversity. The density was in the range of 156 – 350 individual/litre with highest diversity observed at ZP-7. And in the Pre Monsoon the diversity was in the range 2.10 – 4.60, which denotes very high diversity. The density was in the range 156 – 370 and highest was observed at ZP-4.



From the results it is evident that, the zooplankton diversity and density was higher during Pre Monsoon season when compared with Pre Monsoon season and Monsoon season

Table 3.36: Diversity and Density of Zooplankton in Monsoon Season

S. No. Name ZP-1 ZP-2 ZP-3 ZP-4 ZP-5 ZP-6 ZP-7

1 Protozoa (i) Naegleria Sp. x x x y x x x

2 Coelenterates (i) Gonotheca y x x x x x x

3 Rotifers (i) Philodina Sp. x x x x x x y

(ii) Euchlanis Sp. x x y x x y x

(iii) Proales Sp. x x x y x x x

(iv) Flagellates Sp. x x y x x y x

(a) Ceratium y x x x x x x

(b) Peridinium y y x x x x x

(v) Monostyla x x x y x x y

(vi) Keratella Sp. y x x y x x x

(vii) Brachionus Sp. x x x x x y x

4 Cladocera (i) Daphnia Sp. x y y x x x x

5 Ostracoda (i) Ostracod Sp. x x x x y x x

6 Flagellate (i) Cerocomonas x x x y x x x

(ii) Dinomonas Sp. x x x y x x y

7 Leptostraca (i) Epinebalia Sp. y x y x x x x

8 Ciliates (i) Pleuronenema Sp. x x y x x x x

(ii) Aspidisca Sp. x y x x x y x

9 Copepoda (i) Diaptomus y y x x x y x

10 Crustacea (i) Daphnia Sp. x x y x x x y

(ii) Cyclops Sp. x y x y x y y

Diversity Index 1.01 0.92 0.98 0.70 1.14 1.20 0.88

Density (individual/litre) 98 82 88 62 104 110 94 Note - x: denotes absence of species; y: denotes presence of species at the sampled location.



Table 3.37: Diversity and Density of Phytoplankton in Post Monsoon Season


1 Protozoa (i) Naegleria Sp. x x y x x x x

2 Coelenterates (i) Gonotheca x x x y x x x

3 Rotifers (i) Philodina Sp. x y x x y x y

(ii) Euchlanis Sp. x y x x y x x

(iii) Proales Sp. x y y x x x y

(iv) Flagellates Sp. y x y x x x x

(a) Ceratium y x y x x x x

(b) Peridinium y x y x x x x

(v) Monostyla x x x x y x x

(vi) Keratella Sp. x x x x y x x

(vii) Brachionus Sp. y x x x x x x

4 Cladocera (i) Daphnia Sp. x x y y x x x

5 Ostracoda (i) Ostracod Sp. x y x x x x y

6 Flagellate (i) Cerocomonas x x x x x x y

(ii) Dinomonas Sp. y x x x x x y

7 Leptostraca (i) Epinebalia Sp. x x x y x x x

8 Ciliates (i) Pleuronenema Sp. x x x x y y x

(ii) Aspidisca Sp. x x x x x y x

9 Cladophora x x x x y x x

10 Copepoda (i) Diaptomus y x x x x x x

11 Crustacea (i) Daphnia Sp. x x x x y x x

(ii) Cyclops Sp. x x x x y x x

Diversity Index 1.84 2.10 1.68 1.96 2.25 2.40 2.50


Table 3.38: Diversity and Density of Zooplankton in Pre Monsoon Season


1 Protozoa




(i) Naegleria Sp. y y y x x y x

2 Coelenterates (i) Gonotheca y y y y x x y

3 Rotifers (i) Philodina Sp. y y x y y x y

(ii) Euchlanis Sp. y x y x y x x

(iii) Proales Sp. y y x x x y x

(iv) Flagellates Sp. y y y y x x x

(a) Ceratium x y x y x y x

(b) Peridinium y x y x x x y

(v) Monostyla x y y x x y x

(vi) Keratella Sp. y y x x x x x

(vii) Brachionus Sp. y x y x x y y

4 Cladocera (i) Daphnia Sp. y y x y x y x

5 Ostracoda (i) Ostracod Sp. y y y x x y x

6 Flagellate (i) Cerocomonas y y x x x y x

(ii) Dinomonas Sp. y y x x x x y

7 Leptostraca (i) Epinebalia Sp. x y x y x x x

8 Ciliates (i) Pleuronenema Sp. y y x x y x x

(ii) Aspidisca Sp. x y y y x y y

9 Copepoda (i) Diaptomus y y y y y x x

10 Crustacea (i) Daphnia Sp. y y y y y y y

(ii) Cyclops Sp. y x x x x x x

Diversity Index 3.50 2.20 4.45 4.60 4.24 2.10 3.20


Benthos

Benthos, the seafloor biota, contributes substantially to the secondary production and also to the potential and sustainability of demersal or near bottom living resources. The density and diversity of the benthic species observed in the study area during monsoon, post monsoon and pre monsoon seasons are presented in Table 3.39, 3.40 And 3.41, respectively.



In general, the diversity and density of the benthic species were least during the monsoon season and it was highest during the pre monsoon season.

During the Monsoon Season, the diversity index was in the range of 0.52 to 1.01, which signified poor biodiversity. The least biodiversity (Diversity Index DI – 0.52) was observed at sampling location BS 6 (near the end of the Northern Breakwater) and the highest diversity (DI – 1.01) was observed at Ennore Creek mouth. The density ranged from 90 to 123 individual/ m2.

During the Post Monsoon Season, the diversity index was in the range of 1.08 to 1.92, which signified moderate biodiversity. The least biodiversity (Diversity Index DI – 1.08) was observed at sampling location BS 6 (near the end of the Northern Breakwater) and the highest diversity (DI – 1.92) was observed in between Ennore Creek mouth and Port mouth. The density ranged from 110 to 201 individual/ m2.

During the Pre Monsoon Season, the diversity index was in the range of 2.01 to 3.01, which signified moderate biodiversity. The least biodiversity (Diversity Index DI – 2.01) was observed at sampling location BS 7 (towards seaward from the end of the Northern Breakwater) and the highest diversity (DI – 3.01) was observed in between Ennore Creek mouth and Port mouth. The density ranged from 193 to 262 individual/ m2.

Table 3.39: Identified Benthos in the Study Area during Monsoon Season

Sl. No. Name BS-1 BS-2 BS-3 BS-4 BS-5 BS-6 BS-7

1 Polychaetes (i) Euchymene sp. x X x X X x x (ii) Eunice sp. X x x x X x x (iii) Nereis sp. x y y x x x x (iv) Notomastus sp. Y x X Y X X y (v) Prionospio sp. X X X X X X x 2 Amphipods (i) Amphithoe sp. Y X x X X Y x (ii) Grandidierella sp. X Y X Y X X X (iii) Urthoe sp. X Y X Y Y X x

3 Bivalves (i) Anadara sp. X X X X X X X (ii) Cardium sp. X Y X x x X Y (iii) Donax sp. X X X X X X X (iv) Lucina sp. X X X X X X X (v) Perna sp. Y X Y X y X Y 4 Gastropods (i) Cerethidia sp. Y X Y Y Y X x (ii) Natical sp. Y X X X X X X (iii) Olivia sp. X X X X X X x

5 Crustaceans (i) Emeritia sp. X X Y X Y X x (ii) Ostrecod sp. x X Y X Y X x 6 Microbenthos




(i) Thalassiosira Sp. X y X x X Y y (ii) Pleurosigma Sp. y x Y X x x X 7 Macrobenthos (i) Turritella Sp. Y X X X Y x X (ii) Amusium Sp. X Y X x Y x x

Diversity Index 1.01 0.98 0.75 0.70 0.95 0.52 0.77 Density (individual/m2) 123 102 111 90 98 119 113

Note - x: denotes absence of species; y: denotes presence of species at the sampled location. (Source: EIA Study by ACE for the Proposed Coal Berths)

Table 3.40: Identified Benthos in the Study Area during Post Monsoon Season


1 Polychaetes (i) Euchymene sp. x y x y y x x (ii) Eunice sp. y x x x y x y (iii) Nereis sp. x y y x x x x (iv) Notomastus sp. x x y x y y y (v) Prionospio sp. x y y x x y y 2 Amphipods (i) Amphithoe sp. x y x y y x x (ii) Grandidierella sp. y x x x y x y (iii) Urthoe sp. y x y x x y x

3 Bivalves (i) Anadara sp. x y x y y x y (ii) Cardium sp. y x y x x y x (iii) Donax sp. X Y X Y Y X x (iv) Lucina sp. Y X Y X Y X Y (v) Perna sp. X Y X Y X Y x 4 Gastropods (i) Cerethidia sp. Y Y X Y X y x (ii) Natical sp. X Y X Y Y Y X (iii) Olivia sp. X Y X X Y X Y

5 Crustaceans (i) Emeritia sp. X Y X Y X Y x (ii) Ostrecod sp. x y x y x y x 6 Microbenthos (i) Thalassiosira Sp. y y y x y x y (ii) Pleurosigma Sp. y x x y x x y 7 Macrobenthos

(ii) Turritella Sp. x y y y x x y (iii) Amusium Sp. y x y x x x y

Diversity Index 1.42 1.92 1.51 1.42 1.29 1.08 1.34




Density (individual/m2) 190 121 198 167 110 201 181 Note - x: denotes absence of species; y: denotes presence of species at the sampled location. (Source: EIA Study by ACE for the Proposed Coal Berths)

Table 3.41: Identified Benthos in the Study Area during Pre Monsoon Season


1 Polychaetes (i) Euchymene sp. Y Y x X X Y x (ii) Eunice sp. X Y X Y X x X (iii) Nereis sp. x X y Y x X Y (iv) Notomastus sp. Y Y X Y X X X (v) Prionospio sp. X X X Y x X X 2 Amphipods (i) Amphithoe sp. Y X Y X X Y x (ii) Grandidierella sp. X Y X Y Y Y x (iii) Urthoe sp. X Y y x Y y x

3 Bivalves (i) Anadara sp. Y y x X y x y (ii) Cardium sp. X Y X Y Y y x (iii) Donax sp. Y Y X Y X X Y (iv) Lucina sp. X X Y Y Y X X (v) Perna sp. Y X Y X Y X Y 4 Gastropods (i) Cerethidia sp. X Y Y X Y y Y (ii) Natical sp. Y X Y Y Y Y X (iii) Olivia sp. X Y Y X Y Y Y

5 Crustaceans (i) Emeritia sp. Y Y X Y Y Y x (ii) Ostrecod sp. Y X Y X Y Y x 6 Microbenthos (i) Thalassiosira Sp. X y X x y x X (ii) Pleurosigma Sp. y Y Y X x x y 7 Macrobenthos

(ii) Turritella Sp. Y X X y Y Y X (iii) Amusium Sp. y Y X Y x Y x

Diversity Index 2.89 3.01 2.18 2.35 2.93 2.33 2.01 Density (individual/m2) 258 201 193 247 233 241 262

Note - x: denotes absence of species; y: denotes presence of species at the sampled location. (Source: EIA Study by ACE for the Proposed Coal Berths)

Fishery

The Ennore Port is located in Thiruvallur district of Tamil Nadu. The coastline of Thiruvallur district is of 55 km. In this five fisheries villages are located within five kilometres of the port.



There are no fish landing center from the mouth of Ennore Creek (about three kilometres towards South South West direction from the Southern Breakwater of Ennore Port) to the L & T ship building yard (Five kilometres towards Northern direction from the Northern Breakwater of Ennore Port). Fish landing was evident in fishing villages, namely, Nettukuppam, Thalanguppam, Ennore Kuppam and Kattivakkam Kuppam, which were located on the other side of the Ennore Creek mouth. These villages are located at a distance of 4.5 to 5.0 km from the Southern Breakwater of Ennore Port towards the South South West direction.

In the year 2011-2012, the quantity of marine production of the Thiruvallur District was 9212 ton, which had a value of INR 6722.16 lakh (Thiruvallur district official website - http://www.tiruvallur.tn.nic.in/).

The coastal area of Ennore is one of the potential fishing zone in Tamil Nadu as shown in Figure 3.26. The species wise fish catch in Thiruvallur District (mainly comprising of Ennore), is given in Figure 3.27. The dominant fish species from the coastal water of Thiruvallur District (Ennore) are Seerfish (Scomberomorus guttatus), Little tuna (Euthynnus affinis), Ribbonfish (Trichiurus lepturus), Sardines (Sardinella gibbosa, S. longiceps), Russell’s Scad (Decapterus russelli) and Indian mackerel (Rastrelliger kanagurta).

http://www.tiruvallur.tn.nic.in/



Figure 3.26.: Potential Fishing Zone Chart of North Tamil Nadu in October 2010

(Source: Nammalvar et al., Application of Remote Sensing in Validation of Potential Fishing Zone, Indian J. Mar. Sci., 2012)



Figure 3.27: Species Wise Fish Catch in Thiruvallur District from 2007 - 2011 (Source: Nammalvar et al., Application of Remote Sensing in Validation of Potential Fishing

Zone, Indian J. Mar. Sci., 2012)

The list of other species, which have been reported by researchers at the coast of Ennore is tabulated in Table 3.42.

Table 3.42: List of Marine Species Reported in the Ennore Coast.

Sl. No. Name Scientific Name Reference* 1 Walking catfish Clarias batrachus 1 2 Mozambique tilapia Oreochromis mossambica 1 3 Common mussel Mytilus gravincia 1 4 Indian white prawn Penaeus indicus 1 5 Mud crab Scylla serrata 3 6 Flower crab Portunus pelagicus 1 7 Sea Crab Charybdis cruciata 2 8 Tiger prawn Penaeus monodon 1 9 Flower prawn Penaeus semisulcatus 4 10 Marine shrimp Parapenaeopsis stylifera 4 11 Indian Squid Loligo duvaucelii 4 12 Oyster Crassostrea madrasens 2 13 Hammer head shark Sphyrna zygaena 4 14 Guitar fish Rhincobatus djeddensis 4 15 Javanese cow ray Rhinoptera Javanica 4 16 Sea cucumber Holothuria atra 4 17 Jelly fish Rhopilema spp. 4 18 Silver sillago Silago sharma 4



Sl. No. Name Scientific Name Reference* 19 Dusky-finned bulleye Priacanthus hamrur 2 20 Grey mullet Mugil cephalus 1 21 Spade fish Ephippus orbis 4 22 Thread-fin bream Nemipterus japonicus 4 23 Long spine sea-bream Argyrops spinifer 4 24 Indian goat fish Parupeneus indicus 4 25 Barracuda Sphyraena jello 4 26 Sole Cynoglossus macrolepidotus 4 27 Large-headed ribbon fish Trichiurus lepturus 4 28 Ribbon fish Lepturacanthus savala 4 29 Black banded trevally Seriolina nigrofasciata 4 30 Leatherskin Scomberoides lysan 4 31 Areolated cod Epinephelus areolatus 4 32 Scad Alepes mate 4 33 Red Snapper Lutjanus spp. 3 34 Manalai Liza Macrolepis 3 35 Longarm mullet Liza cunnesius 3 36 Tade mellet Liza tade 2 37 Snout Rhynchorhamphus marginatus 3 38 Pearspot cichild Etrophus suratensis 3 39 cichild Mozambique tilapia 3 40 Ponyfish Leiogtiathus fasciatus 3 41 Pufferfish Tetrodon immacutus 3 42 blackfinned triplespine Triacanthus brevirost 3 43 Butterfish Tachysurus jella 3 44 Arius Tachysurus dussumieri 3 45 Serrated flat head fish Platycephalus serratus 3 46 Flat head fish Platycephalus biomacula 3 47 ray-finned fish Anguilla bicolar 3 48 Asian green mussel Perna viridis 2 49 Giant tiger prawn Penaeus monodon 1 50 Target fish Terapon jarbua 2 51 Flat head mullet Mugil cephalus 2 52 Fouling oyster Crossosstrea madrasensis 5

1 Chitrarasu et al., 2013, Study on the Bioaccumulation of Heavy Metals In Commercially Valuable and Edible Marine Species of Ennore Creek, South India. Int J Pharm Bio Sci . 4(2): 1063 – 1069.

2 Jaikumar et al., 2013, Heavy Metal Concentration of Sea Water and Marine Organisms in Ennore Creek, Southeast Coast of India. The Journal of Toxicology and Health.103(192-201).

3 James et al., 1986, Water Pollution and Fish Mortality in Ennore Estuary, Madras .Marine Fisheries Information Service. Central Marine Fisheries Research Institute. Cochin. India.



4 Nirmala et al., 1988, Marine fishes of India. Myleripalayam Piriv., 5 Waste Assimilative Capacity Studies of Ennore Creek, 2004, Integrated Coastal and Marine Area

Management Programme. Department of Ocean Technology. National Institute of Ocean Technology. Chennai.

3.6 Air Environment

3.6.1 Meteorology

The climate is mainly governed by the presence of Bay of Bengal. The climate of the area is in general hot and humid.

The major seasons in the study area are Summer / Pre Monsoon (March to May), South West Monsoon (June to September), North West Monsoon/ Retreating Monsoon (October to December) and Post Monsoon/ Winter (December to February).

During the South West Monsoon season (July – September 2013), 338.7 mm ofrainfall was recorded. The general meteorological data has been tabulated in Table 3.43.

Table 3.43: Meteorological Data for the Study Period

Sl. No

Month Year Mean

Temperature (°C)

Max. Temperature

(°C)

Min. Temperature

(°C)

Rainfall (mm)

1 July 2013 29 34 25 338.7 2 August 2013 29 34 25

3 September 2013 30 34 26 4 January 2014 25 30 21

19.7 5 February 2014 27 32 22 6 March 2014 29 34 24 7 April 2014 33 34 26

8.3 8 May 2014 35 37 28 9 June 2014 37 38 29

(Source: IMD, Chennai and worldweatheronline.com)

The mean meteorological data of Chennai region for the year 1901 – 2000 is tabulated in Table 3.44.

Table 3.44: Mean Meteorological Data for the Year 1901-2000

Month Mean Temperature (°C) Mean Rainfall

(mm) Maximum Minimum January 28.8 20.4 35.3 February 30.5 21.1 13.0 March 32.6 23.0 14.5 April 34.7 25.8 15.9 May 37.4 27.6 42.4 June 37.3 27.4 53.9 July 35.3 26.1 99.6



Month Mean Temperature (°C) Mean Rainfall

(mm) Maximum Minimum August 34.5 25.5 129.9 September 33.9 25.2 123.5 October 31.8 24.2 284.6 November 29.4 22.6 353.0 December 28.4 21.2 146.3

(Source: IMD Website, http://www.imd.gov.in/)

The predominant wind direction during the Post Monsoon and Pre Monsoon season was towards WNW – NW – NE. It is to be noted that Ennore Port is located at the impact zone of North Chennai Thermal Power Corporation with respect to the wind direction. The windrose diagram for both the seasons showing the predominant wind direction (from) is given in Figure 3.28.The wind speed ranged from 0.50 m/s to 0.88 m/s.

Figure 3.28: Wind Rose for the Months of January – June 2014 (Source: EIA Study by ACE for the Proposed Coal Berths)

3.6.2 Cyclone

http://www.imd.gov.in/



The wind and cyclone hazard map is given in Figure 3.29.As per the figure, the project site falls in the very high damage risk zone B.

Figure 3.29: Wind and Cyclone Hazard Map of India

(Source: Vulnerability Atlas, BMTPC, 2006)

As per the Report on the Cyclone Hazard Prone Districts of India prepared jointly by theNational Disaster Management Authority (NDMA) and Indian Meteorological Department(IMD) in 2010, the Thiruvallur District, in which the project site is located, falls under the category of ‘High Prone’.

The data on cyclones, which have crossed the coast of Tamil Nadu including Chennai has been tabulated in Table 3.45.

Table 3.45: Data on Cyclonic Storms Crossing Tamil Nadu : 1960 - 2012

Sl. No. Year Month Place of Crossing Max. Intensity

1 1960 Nov. Near Chennai CS 2 1962 May Near Cuddalore CS 3 1963 Oct. Bet. Pondicherry and Cuddalore SCS 4 1964 Nov. South of Chennai SCS 5 1966 Apr.-may Near Cuddalore SCS 6 1966 Nov South of Chennai SCS 7 1966 Nov South of Chennai SCS 8 1967 Dec. Near Nagapattinam SCS 9 1969 Oct. South of Chennai CS 10 1972 Dec. North of Cuddalore SCS 11 1977 Nov. South of Nagapattinam SCS 12 1984 Nov/Dec. North Karaikal SCS 13 1991 Nov. Near Karaikal CS 14 1993 Dec. Near Karaikal SCS

Project Site



Sl. No. Year Month Place of Crossing Max. Intensity

15 1994 Oct Over Chennai SCS 16 1996 Nov/Dec Near Chennai SCS 17 2000 November Bet. Chennai & Nagapattinam SCS 18 2001 October Near Chennai CS 19 2003 December Near Chennai SCS 20 2005 October Near Chennai D 21 2006 October Near Chennai CS 22 2007 October Bet. Chennai & Nagapattinam D 23 2008 November Bet. Chennai & Nagapattinam CS 24 2009 December Near Chennai CS 25 2011 December Near Cuddalore CS 26 2012 October Near Pondicherry CS

D – Depression CS-Cyclonic storm SCS-Severe Cyclonic Storm (Source: Detailed Feasibility Report, Development of Coal Berth No. 3 and 4 at Ennore Port for TANGEDCO, 2013)

3.6.3 Ambient Air Quality

3.6.3.1 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring by ACE

Ambient air quality monitoring was not carried out in monsoon season (CPCB guidelines for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring, 2003).

In the Post Monsoon Season, ambient air quality within the study area was monitored at six representative locations. The monitoring stations were selected based on the predominant wind direction, accessibility, topography, security for the installed high volume air sampler and availability of reliable power supply. The main sources of air pollution in the study area are industrial emissions and vehicular emission. The locations of the Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations are given in Table 3.46, which are also shown in Figure 3.30.

Table 3.46: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations

Location Code Location Area

Category Distance (km) Direction

From the Project Site

AS-1 Inside Ennore Port (near project site) Industrial 0.19 NW

AS-2 AttipattuPudu Nagar Residential 3.96 WSW AS-3 Kattupalli Village Residential 4.92 NNW AS-4 Nandiambakkam Village Residential 6.47 WNW AS-5 Vallur - 02 Residential 6.28 W AS-6 Talanguppam Village Residential 3.86 SSW




Figure 3.30: Air Quality Monitoring Location Map


Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Methodology (ACE)

Monitoring was conducted in respect of the following parameters:

Particulate Matter (PM10 and PM2.5) Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) Carbon Monoxide (CO)

Ambient air quality monitoring for the above parameters was conducted for the study period of January to March 2014. The samples were collected and analyzed as per the Guidelines for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring, CPCB, 2003. The sampling locations were selected based on predominant wind direction, ease of accessibility, topography, security and availability of reliable power supply.

The equipment was placed at open space, free from trees and vegetation, which otherwise acts as a sink of pollutants resulting in lower levels in monitoring results.

Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results (ACE)

a) Particulate Matter (PM10 and PM2.5)

During the Post and Pre Monsoon seasons, the 24-hourly average PM10 level varied between 31.0 - 62.7 g/m3 and 33.0 – 77.1 g/m3, respectively. The level of PM10 at monitored locations were well within the NAAQS standards, 2009. Table3.47 and 3.48 gives details of



the mean values of the 24-hourly average PM10 levels during the Post and Pre Monsoon seasons.

The 24-hourly average PM2.5level during the Post and Pre Monsoon seasons varied in the range of 22.8 - 38.8g/m3 and 25.1-46.4g/m3, respectively. Similar to that of PM10, the levels of PM2.5 for all the sampling locations was within the permissible limits. Table 3.49 and 3.50 gives details of the mean values of the 24-hourly average PM2.5 levels during the Post Monsoon and Pre Monsoon seasons, respectively.

Table 3.47: Summary of PM10 Levels Monitored During Post Monsoon in the Study Area

Location Code

Station Location 24-hourly Average PM10(g/m3)

Min. Max. Mean Limit AS-1 Inside Ennore Port (near project site) 60.1 65.2 62.7 100 AS-2 AttipattuPudu Nagar 27.8 33.1 30.5 100 AS-3 Kattupalli Village 40.2 44.9 42.6 100 AS-4 Nandiambakkam Village 27.9 34.2 31.0 100 AS-5 Vallur - 02 36.2 45.9 41.1 100 AS-6 Talanguppam Village 43.2 57.6 50.4 100


Table 3.48: Summary of PM10 Levels Monitored During Pre Monsoon in the Study Area

Location Code

Station Location 24-hourly Average PM10(g/m3)

Min. Max. Mean Limit AS-1 Inside Ennore Port (near project site) 75.2 78.9 77.1 100 AS-2 AttipattuPudu Nagar 30.2 35.8 33.0 100 AS-3 Kattupalli Village 45.9 50.2 48.0 100 AS-4 Nandiambakkam Village 29.8 36.1 32.9 100 AS-5 Vallur - 02 40.9 47.8 44.4 100 AS-6 Talanguppam Village 42.8 53.9 48.4 100


Table 3.49: Summary of PM2.5 Levels Monitored During Post Monsoon in the Study Area

Location Code

Station Location 24-hourly Average PM2.5 (g/m3)

Min. Max. Mean Limit AQ1 Inside Ennore Port (near project site) 35.8 41.8 38.8 60 AQ2 AttipattuPudu Nagar 24.9 30.9 27.9 60 AQ3 Kattupalli Village 20.3 25.3 22.8 60 AQ4 Nandiambakkam Village 22.9 25.3 24.1 60 AQ5 Vallur– 02 20.5 25.9 23.2 60 AQ6 Talanguppam Village 21.3 28.9 25.1 60




Table 3.50: Summary of PM2.5 Levels Monitored During Pre Monsoon in the Study Area

Location Code

Station Location 24-hourly Average PM2.5 (g/m3)

Min. Max. Mean Limit AQ1 Inside Ennore Port (near project site) 43.8 48.9 46.4 60 AQ2 AttipattuPudu Nagar 27.8 32.9 30.4 60 AQ3 Kattupalli Village 25.3 27.8 26.6 60 AQ4 Nandiambakkam Village 25.1 29.8 27.5 60 AQ5 Vallur– 02 22.8 27.4 25.1 60 AQ6 Talanguppam Village 23.1 32.1 27.6 60


b) Sulphur dioxide (SO2)

The mean of 24-hourly average values of SO2 over the study area was varying between 8.3-20.9 µg/m3and 10.2 – 20.9 µg/m3 during Post and Pre Monsoon seasons, respectively. SO2 levels at all the locations were much below the permissible limit of 80 g/m3 stipulated for residential, rural & other areas. Table 3.51 and 3.52 below gives the details of SO2 levels during Post and Pre Monsoon seasons, respectively.

Table 3.51: Summary of SO2 Levels During Post Monsoon in the Study Area

Location Code

Station Location 24-hourly Average SO2 (g/m3) Min. Max. Mean Limit

AQ1 Inside Ennore Port (near project site) 12.9 19.3 16.1 80 AQ2 AttipattuPudu Nagar 8.8 11.8 10.3 80 AQ3 Kattupalli Village 11.1 12.7 11.9 80 AQ4 Nandiambakkam Village 8.1 10.3 9.2 80 AQ5 Vallur - 02 7.5 9.1 8.3 80 AQ6 Talanguppam Village 18.9 22.9 20.9 80


Table 3.52: Summary of SO2 Levels During Pre Monsoon in the Study Area

Location Code

Station Location 24-hourly Average SO2 (g/m3) Min. Max. Mean Limit

AQ1 Inside Ennore Port (near project site) 15.9 20.1 18.0 80 AQ2 AttipattuPudu Nagar 9.8 13.1 11.5 80 AQ3 Kattupalli Village 13.4 15.9 14.7 80 AQ4 Nandiambakkam Village 10.5 12.8 11.7 80 AQ5 Vallur - 02 9.6 10.8 10.2 80 AQ6 Talanguppam Village 17.9 23.8 20.9 80




c) Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx)

The mean of 24-hourly NOx level over the entire study area was varying between 21.7 - 30.7g/m3 and 24.9 – 31.7 g/m3 during post and pre monsoons, respectively. The 24-hourly average values of NOx at all the locations were within the prescribed limit of 80 g/m3 stipulated for residential, rural and other areas. The monitored NOx level at each location during the post and pre monsoons are tabulated in Table 3.53 and 3.54, respectively.

Table3.53: Summary of NOx Levels During Post Monsoon in the Study Area

Location Code

Station Location 24-hourly Average NOx (g/m3)

Min. Max. Mean Limit

AQ1 Inside Ennore Port (near project site) 25.4 30.2 27.8 80

AQ2 AttipattuPudu Nagar 21.4 22.0 21.7 80

AQ3 Kattupalli Village 23.7 25.9 24.8 80

AQ4 Nandiambakkam Village 24.5 28.3 26.4 80

AQ5 Vallur - 02 23.7 27.9 25.8 80

AQ6 Talanguppam Village 28.3 33.1 30.7 80


Table 3.54: Summary of NOx Levels During Pre Monsoon in the Study Area

Location Code

Station Location 24-hourly Average NOx (g/m3)

Min. Max. Mean Limit

AQ1 Inside Ennore Port (near project site) 30.1 33.2 31.7 80

AQ2 AttipattuPudu Nagar 23.8 25.9 24.9 80

AQ3 Kattupalli Village 25.1 28.1 26.6 80

AQ4 Nandiambakkam Village 26.7 29.8 28.3 80

AQ5 Vallur - 02 25.1 28.6 26.9 80

AQ6 Talanguppam Village 27.1 29.0 28.1 80


d) Carbon Monoxide (CO)

The CO value in the study area was below the detectable limit of 1.15 mg/m3 during both the seasons.

3.6.3.2 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring by NEERI

The ambient air quality monitoring was carried by NEERI in 15 locations within the study area. A brief summary of the monitoring results is given in this section. The ambient air quality monitoring locations of NEERI is given in Figure 3.31and tabulated in Table 3.55andtechniques of AAQM in Table 3.56.



As per the monitoring result, the concentration of PM10 in ambient air was in the range of 25-89 g/m3, 48-74 g/m3 and 50-78 g/m3 during winter/post monsoon season, summer season and pre-monsoon season, respectively.

The range of PM2.5 concentration during winter/post monsoon season, summer season and pre-monsoon season was 10-36 g/m3, 24-39 g/m3 and 25-42 g/m3, respectively.

The concentration of SO2 was in the range of 7-11 g/m3, 6-12 g/m3 and 6-14 g/m3 during winter/post monsoon season, summer season and pre-monsoon season, respectively, whereas during the same monitoring durations, the concentration of NO2 was in the range of 5-13 g/m3, 12-17 g/m3 and 13-18 g/m3, respectively.

The concentration of all the monitored pollutants was within the limits of NAAQS Standards, 2009.

Figure 3.31: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Location Map of NEERI




Table 3.55: Details of Locations for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

Sr. No. Monitoring locations Direction 1. Kadampakkam SSW 2. Thiruvelluvayal NW 3. Ennore village SSW 4. Ennore port E 5. Minjur WNW 6. Kalanji N 7. Athipttu W 8. Nedavyal WNW 9. Vayalur WNW 10. Nandiampakkam WNW 11. Kattor SWS 12. Vallur SWS 13. Manali SW 14. Thruvothiyur SSW 15. Vichoor SWS


Table 3.56: Techniques Used for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

Sl. No. Parameter Monitoring Technique

1. Particulate Matter size < 10 microns or PM10

Gravimetric

2. Particulate Matter size less than 2.5 microns or PM2.5

Gravimetric

3. Sulphur Dioxide (S02) EPA Improved West and Gaeke Method 4. Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) Modified Jacobs-Hachheiser 5. Carbon Monoxide (mg/m3 ) Non Dispersive infra red (NDIR)


3.7 Noise

Major sources of noise in the study area:

Noise made by normal human activities;

Noise made by bikes, cars, trucks etc.;

Noise from existing port activities and

Natural noise, consisting of sounds made by birds, animals and insects.

The purpose of noise monitoring at different locations is to obtain baseline noise levels for future reference.



3.7.1 Ambient Noise Monitoring by ACE

Ambient noise monitoring was conducted to assess the background noise levels in the study area. Noise level was monitored at seven representative locations.Portable noise level meter was used to monitor the noise level for a period of 24 h.

The locations selected for the study are given in Table 3.57 and Figure3.32. Photo Plate 3.9 shows the noise monitoring at different locations. The national ambient air quality standards in respect of noise, 2000 is given in Table 3.58 The monitored results are given in Figures 3.33- 3.36.

Table 3.57: Location of the Noise Quality Monitoring Stations

Monitoring Location Name of the Location


from the Project Site NS-1 Attipattu Pudu Nagar 3.57 West-South-West NS-2 Vallur-02 5.86 West-South-West NS-3 Attipattu Village 5.28 West NS-4 Near Proposed Site 2.67 South-West NS-5 Nappalayam Village 7.98 South-West NS-6 Near Highway 3.37 South-West NS-7 Main Entrance of Ennore Port 0.67 West




Figure 3.32: Noise Quality Sampling Locations




Photo Plate 3.9: Noise Monitoring by ACE

Methodology

Ambient noise level or sound pressure levels (SPL) were measured by a portable sound level meter having built in facilities to read noise level directly in dB (A). A-weighted equivalent continuous sound pressure level (Leq) values were computed from the values of A-weighted SPL measured with the help of noise meter. Noise Measurement was carried as per IS: 4954 standards as given by Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB). At each location, noise monitoring was conducted continuously over a period of twenty-four hours to obtain Leq values at uniform time intervals of one hour.

Day time Leq has been computed from the hourly Leq values between 6.00 a.m. and 10.00 p.m. and night time Leq from the hourly Leq values between 10.00 p.m. and 6.00 a.m. using the following formula:

Where, Li = Leq value of the ith hourly time interval

Area category: I-Industrial, C-Commercial, R-Residential, S-Silence zone Day time: 6.00 a.m. to 10.00 p.m. Night time: 10.00 p.m. to 6.00 a.m. Permissible Ambient noise standards in dB (A):

Table 3.58: Ambient Noise Quality Standards, 2000

Area Code

Category of Area/Zone

Limit in dB (A) Leq

Day Time Night Time

A Industrial 75 70

B Commercial 65 55

C Residential 55 45

D Silence 50 40

Analysis of the Data (ACE)

Assessment of noise level was carried out at various places to evaluate the ambient noise level in the residential and industrial area. The season wise observed noise level is depicted in Figures 3. – 3.

16

1

1010161log10

i

L

eq

i

dayL

8

1

101081log10

i

L

eq

i

nightL



During the Pre Monsoon Season, the values of noise level, which are recorded lies between 41.6-72.4 dB (A) at day time and 32.3-58.7 dB (A) at night time. The average 24 hourly noise level were within the limits of the Ambient air quality with respect to Noise Level standard, 2000. The highest Leq Value was recorded near the highway, which is due to the plying of heavy cargo carrier trucks, other trucks and vehicles, as this highway connects the Ennore Port as well as Chennai Port with the Northern part of the Tamil Nadu.

During the Post Monsoon Season, the day time and night time equivalent noise level ranged between 39.1-71.8 dB (A) and 30.4-52.0 dB (A). The monitored noise level was within the limits of the Ambient Air Quality with Respect to Noise Level Standard, 2000. As anticipated, the Leq value near the highway connecting Ennore Port and Chennai Port with the Northern part of the Tamil Nadu, was high due to plying of heavy cargo.

Similar trend was observed in Monsoon season as well. The day time and night time equivalent noise level ranged between 42.8-70.2 dB (A) and 31.2-54.1 dB (A).

Figure 3.33: Ambient Noise Levels monitored in the Study Area (Day time)

in the Pre Monsoon Season (Source: EIA Study by ACE for the Proposed Coal Berths)



Figure 3.34: Ambient Noise Levels Monitored in the Study Area (Night time) in the

PreMonsoon Season (Source: EIA Study by ACE for the Proposed Coal Berths)

Figure 3.35: Ambient Noise Level in the Study Area (Day time)

in the Post Monsoon Season (Source: EIA Study by ACE for the Proposed Coal Berths)

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

NS1 NS2 NS3 NS4 NS5 NS6 NS7 NS8 NS9

Level dB

(A)

Monitoring Locations

Limit-day dB(A) Leq-day dB(A)



Figure 3.36: Ambient Noise Level in the Study Area (Night time) in the Post Monsoon Season


Figure 3.35: Ambient Noise Level in the Study Area (Day time)

in the Monsoon Season (Source: EIA Study by ACE for the Proposed Coal Berths)

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

NS1 NS2 NS3 NS4 NS5 NS6 NS7 NS8 NS9

Level dB

(A)

Monitoring Locations

Limit-night dB(A) Leq-night dB(A)



Figure 3.35: Ambient Noise Level in the Study Area (Day time) in the Monsoon Season


3.7.2 Ambient Noise Monitoring by NEERI

Ambient noise level was monitored by NEERI in 2011-2012 for three seasons namely winter/post monsoon, summer and pre monsoon seasons at 14 locations. The noise monitoring locations are shown in Figure 3.37.

The equivalent daytime noise level in the study area was in the range of 44.6 – 68.4 dBA, 36-66.4 dBA and 43.9-70.5 dBA during winter/post monsoon, summer and pre monsoon seasons, respectively. During the same monitoring durations, the equivalent night time noise level range was 32.1-61.1 dBA, 29.0-60.1 dBA and 32.0-69.3 dBA, respectively.



Figure 3.37: Noise Monitoring Location Map of NEERI (Source: EIA Report for Ennore LNG Terminal of IOCL, NEERI, 2012)

3.8 Socio-Economic Environment

The socio-economic profile of the study area is based on 2001 Census of India (As Village wise 2011 Census was not available at the time of report preparation). The study of socio-economic components of environment incorporates various features viz., demographic structure, availability of basic amenities such as housing, education, medical facilities, drinking water facilities, post, telegraph and telephone facilities, communication facilities, recreational, cultural facilities, approach to villages etc. The study of these parameters helps in identifying, predicting and evaluating the likely impacts due to the proposed project activity in that region.

The study area lies within the Thiruvallur District. The District spreads over an area of about 3422 Sq.kms. As per District wise Census 2011, the total population of Thiruvallur District is 37,28,104, out of which 18,76,062 are male and 18,52,042 are female. The Total Literate



Population of District is 27, 91, 721, out of which The literacy level is 84.03 % and the total literate population is 27,91,721, out of which 14,95,711 are male and 12,96,010 are female.

The administrative division of Thiruvallur is given in Table 3.59 and villages found in the study area are listed in Table 3.60.

Table3.59: Administrative Division of District

S.No. Division Thiruvallur

1. Revenue Division 4

2. Taluks 9

3. Blocks 14

4. Municipalities 5

5. Revenue Villages 820

Table3.60.: Habitation found within the Study Area

S.No. Habitation

1. Ariyalur

2. Arumandai

3. Attipattu

4. Attipattu Pudu Nagar

5. Devadanam

6. Edayanchavadi

7. Elandancheri

8. Ennore

9. Kadapakkam

10. Kalanji

11. Kalpakkam

12. Karungali

13. Kattoor

14. Kattupalli

15. Kosapur

16. Manali

17. Minjur

18. Nayur

19. Nappalayam



S.No. Habitation

20. Perumbedu

21. Perungavoor

22. Puzhuthivakkam

23. Senganimedu

24. Seemapuram

25. Somanjeri

26. Talanguppam

27. Thangalperumbalam

28. Thathamanji

29. Tondiarapet

30. Vannipakkam

31. Vichoor

It is envisaged that the proposed project will have certain positive impacts and insignificant negative impact as activities will be temporary on the surrounding areas with reference to socio-economic environment due to influx of population and strain on existing infrastructure. The data on baseline status of the study and basic information about the socio-economic profile has also been collected during the site visit and from secondary sources. The database, thus generated in the process includes:

Demographic structure; Infrastructure base in the study area; Economic attributes; Health status; and Socio-economic status with reference to Quality of Life

3.8.1 Demography

The summary of the demography profile of habitations surveyed in and around the proposed project site is given in Table 3.61.



Table 3.61: Summary of Demographic Profile of Habitation within the Study Area

S. No

Name of the Habitation

Total no. of Households

Population Literate Total Population, 2011 (Projected) Male Female Total Male Female Total

1. Ariyalur 396 878 876 1754 *DNA *DNA *DNA 2,028

2. Arumandai 280 606 583 1189 *DNA *DNA *DNA 1,375

3. Attipattu 363 739 736 1,475 *DNA *DNA *DNA 1,705

4. Attipattu Pudu Nagar *DNA *DNA *DNA *DNA *DNA *DNA *DNA -

5. Devadanam 315 679 691 1370 526 410 936 1,584

6. Edayanchavadi 2066 4595 4533 9128 3640 3027 6667 10,553

7. Elandancheri 170 427 376 803 *DNA *DNA *DNA 928

8. Ennore *DNA *DNA *DNA *DNA *DNA *DNA *DNA -

9. Kadapakkam 256 488 497 985 273 195 468 1,139

10. Kalanji 59 143 143 286 *DNA *DNA *DNA 331

11. Kalpakkam 163 385 353 738 *DNA *DNA *DNA 853

12. Karungali 75 143 143 286 19 20 39 331

13. Kattoor 804 1762 1732 3,494 1255 940 2195 4,039

14. Kattupalli 230 430 475 905 157 111 268 1,046

15. Kosapur 92 183 205 388 131 98 229 449

16. Manali 6886 15080 13517 28597 11745 8728 20473 33,061

17. Minjur 5243 11947 11795 23742 9578 7886 17464 27,448

18. Nayur 701 1433 1502 2935 932 664 1596 3,393

19. Nappalayam *DNA *DNA *DNA *DNA *DNA *DNA *DNA -



S. No

Name of the Habitation

Total no. of Households

Population Literate Total Population, 2011 (Projected) Male Female Total Male Female Total

20. Perumbedu 678 1345 1393 2738 *DNA *DNA *DNA 2,749

21. Perungavoor 481 962 1,052 2,014 *DNA *DNA *DNA 2,328

22. Puzhuthivakkam 93 207 194 401 136 95 231 464

23. Senganimedu *DNA *DNA *DNA *DNA *DNA *DNA *DNA -

24. Seemapuram 227 467 501 968 348 291 639 1,119

25. Somanjeri 180 394 391 785 182 135 317 908

26. Talanguppam *DNA *DNA *DNA *DNA *DNA *DNA *DNA -

27. Thangalperumbalam 345 689 695 1384 324 197 521 1,600

28. Thathamanji 198 429 418 847 284 202 486 979

29. Tondiarapet *DNA *DNA *DNA *DNA *DNA *DNA *DNA -

30. Vannipakkam 328 630 649 1279 *DNA *DNA *DNA 1,479

31. Vichoor 1,024 2,164 2,235 4,399 1486 1132 2618 5,086

Total 21653 47205 45685 92890 29817 23307 53124 1,06,975 *DNA: Data Not Available (Source: Census of India, 2001)



3.8.2 Occupation

All the villages have agriculture as their prime source of income. Apart from agriculture, villagers are also engaged in poultry, fishing and labour work. The people from towns seldom do agriculture. They are mostly into service along with other odd jobs like carpenter, grocery shop owner, mechanic, etc.

3.8.3 Educational Facilities

The educational facility for Primary standard is good, but in most of the habitations there is no middle and higher Secondary schools within the habitations. College is more than 5 to 10 km far from all the habitations. The lists of schools in the respective habitation are given in Table 3.62.

Table 3.62: Schools in the Habitations

S.No. Villages Primary Schools

Middle Schools

Higher Secondary Schools

1. Ariyalur 3 1 0

2. Arumandai 1 0 0

3. Attipattu 1 1 0

4. Attipattu Pudu Nagar *DNA *DNA *DNA

5. Devadanam 1 0 0

6. Edayanchavadi *DNA *DNA *DNA

7. Elandancheri 0 0 0

8. Ennore *DNA *DNA *DNA

9. Kadapakkam 1 0 0

10. Kalanji 0 0 0

11. Kalpakkam 1 1 0

12. Karungali 1 0 0

13. Kattoor 4 3 2

14. Kattupalli 1 0 0

15. Kosapur 1 0 0

16. Manali *DNA *DNA *DNA

17. Minjur *DNA *DNA *DNA

18. Nayur 7 1 0

19. Nappalayam *DNA *DNA *DNA

20. Perumbedu 2 2 2

21. Perungavoor 2 0 0

22. Puzhuthivakkam 0 0 0



S.No. Villages Primary Schools

Middle Schools

Higher Secondary Schools

23. Senganimedu *DNA *DNA *DNA

24. Seemapuram 1 1 0

25. Somanjeri 1 1 0

26. Talanguppam *DNA *DNA *DNA

27. Thangalperumbalam 2 0 0

28. Thathamanji 1 0 0

29. Tondiarapet *DNA *DNA *DNA

30. Vannipakkam 2 0 0

31. Vichoor 4 2 2

Total 37 13 6 (Source: Census of India, 2001)

3.8.4 Medical Facilities

There are one Allopathic hospitals, one Primary health center and oneMaternity and child welfare centre in almost all the habitations of Ponneri and Ambattur sub districts of Thiruvallur district but these facilities are not available within the habitation. These are available more or less 5 to 10 km distance from the habitations. The medical facilities available in respective habitations are given inTable.3.63.

Table 3.63: Medical Facilities in the Habitations

S.No. Villages Allopathic hospitals

Primary health center

Maternity and child welfare

centre 1. Ariyalur 1 1 0

2. Arumandai 1 1 1

3. Attipattu 1 0 0

4. Attipattu Padu Nagar *DNA *DNA *DNA

5. Devadanam 1 1 1

6. Edayanchavadi *DNA *DNA *DNA

7. Elandancheri 1 0 0

8. Ennore *DNA *DNA *DNA

9. Kadapakkam 1 1 1

10. Kalanji 1 1 1

11. Kalpakkam 1 1 1

12. Karungali 1 1 1



S.No. Villages Allopathic hospitals

Primary health center

Maternity and child welfare

centre 13. Kattoor 1 1 1

14. Kattupalli 1 1 1

15. Kosapur 1 1 1

16. Manali *DNA *DNA *DNA

17. Minjur *DNA *DNA *DNA

18. Nayur 1 1 1

19. Nappalayam *DNA *DNA *DNA

20. Perumbedu 1 1 1

21. Perungavoor 1 0 0

22. Puzhuthivakkam 1 1 1

23. Senganimedu *DNA *DNA *DNA

24. Seemapuram 1 1 1

25. Somanjeri 1 1 1

26. Talanguppam *DNA *DNA *DNA

27. Thangalperumbalam 1 1 1

28. Thathamanji 1 0 0

29. Tondiarapet *DNA *DNA *DNA

30. Vannipakkam 1 1 1

31. Vichoor 1 0 0

Total 22 17 16

(Source: Census of India, 2001)

3.8.5 Postal and Communication Services

The postal and communication services in the habitations within the study area are given in Table 3.64.

Table 3.64: Postal and Communication services.

S.No. Villages Post Office

Telephone connection

1. Ariyalur 0 0 2. Arumandai 0 12 3. Attipattu 2 5 4. Attipattu Pudu Nagar *DNA *DNA

5. Devadanam 1 3 6. Edayanchavadi *DNA *DNA

7. Elandancheri 0 50



S.No. Villages Post Office

Telephone connection

8. Ennore *DNA *DNA

9. Kadapakkam 0 1 10. Kalanji 1 1 11. Kalpakkam 1 2 12. Karungali 1 2 13. Kattoor 1 10 14. Kattupalli 0 0 15. Kosapur 1 1 16. Manali *DNA *DNA

17. Minjur *DNA *DNA

18. Nayur 1 35 19. Nappalayam *DNA *DNA

20. Perumbedu 0 7 21. Perungavoor 1 1 22. Puzhuthivakkam 1 0 23. Senganimedu *DNA *DNA

24. Seemapuram 1 10 25. Somanjeri 0 0 26. Talanguppam *DNA *DNA

27. Thangalperumbalam 1 0 28. Thathamanji 0 5 29. Tondiarapet *DNA *DNA

30. Vannipakkam 1 11 31. Vichoor 1 15

Total 15 171 (Source: Census of India, 2001)

3.9 Fishing Villages

There are five fishing villages within five kilometer from the project site as shown in Figure 3.38as per Marine Fisheries Census of India, 2010. Kattupallikuppam is located towards the North of Ennore Port (about 4.9 km). Nettukuppam, Thalanguppam, Ennore Kuppam, Kathivakkam Kuppam (Periyakuppam and Chinnakuppam) are located towards the South of Ennore Port, separated by Ennore Creek, which merges with the Bay of Bengal at this point. The fish landing area near the Ennore Creek Mouth is shown in Figure 3.39 and 3.40.

No fish landing was observed in the shoreline between Northern Breakwater of Ennore Port and Southern Breakwater of L & T Shipbuilding Yard. The shoreline adjacent to the Southern Breakwater of Ennore Port up to Ennore Creek Mouth, in which North Chennai Thermal Power Station is located was also devoid of fish landing activity.



Figure 3.38: Fishing villages within Five Kilometer Radial Distance from Ennore Port (Source: EIA Study by ACE for the Proposed Coal Berths)



Figure 3.39: Fish Landing Area at the South of Ennore Creek Mouth (Source: EIA Study by ACE for the Proposed Coal Berths)

Figure3.40: View of Ennore Creek Mouth from the Ennore Kuppam to NCTPS Bridge (Source: EIA Study by ACE for the Proposed Coal Berths)

Ennore Creek Mouth

Ennore Creek Mouth

New Bridge connect

ing Ennore Kuppam and

NCTPS

Fish Landing Area



3.9.1 Socio Economic Profile of Fishing Villages

3.9.1.1 Demography

As per the Marine Fisheries Census of India 2010, the total population in these designated fishermen villages was 7,255. The population of Fishing villages Nettu Kapam and Thazhan Kuppam were comparatively very high (above 2,000) than the rest of the villages. The Population Distribution Structure of Fishing Villages within shown in Figure 3.41.

Figure 3.41: Population Distribution Structure of Fishing Villages within Five Kilometer Radial Distance from Ennore Port

(Source: Marine Fisheries Census, CMFRI, 2010)

3.9.1.2 Education

About 82% of the total population had at least primary school education. Out of which, 6% had completed higher secondary education.

3.9.1.3 Occupation

About 20% (1463) of the total population is involved in actual fishing and 86% (1295) of whichwere involved in full time fishing. Fish seed collection was not practiced in these villages. Other than fishing, marketing of fish was major allied fishing activity . Only females were involved in marketing of fish. The graphical representation of occupation of people of Fishing Villages is shown inFigure 3.42.

436 number of crafts were owned by fisherfolk (full ownership), out of which 333 owned outboard boats and 88 owned non motorised boats, the rest were proprietor of mechanized fishing vessels.

0

500

1000

1500

Enn

ore

Kup

pam

Kat

hiva

kkam

C

hinn

akup

pam

Kat

hiva

kkam

Pe

riya

kupp

am

Net

tu K

uppa

m

Tha

zhan

Kup

pam

Kat

tupa

lliku

ppam

Ambathur Taluk Ponneri Taluk

Male Adult Male Children Upto 5 yrsMale Children Above 5 yrs Female AdultFemale Children Upto 5 yrs Female Children Above 5 yrs



Figure 3.42: Occupational Profile of Fishing Villages within Five Kilometer Radial Distance from Ennore Port

(Source: Marine Fisheries Census, CMFRI, 2010)

3.10 Public Consultation

Public Consultations were carried out by ACE team during the Study Period at Attipattu, Vallur 02, Vallur 03, Nappalayam and Gounderpallayam Photo Plate 3.10.The ACE team through their field observations and public interactions found a few minor environmental concerns in the study area. They are listed in Table 3.65below.

Table3.65: Environmental Concerns

S. No. Comments Village Name

1. Degradation of air quality Attipattu, Vallur 02, Vallur 03, Nappalayam and Gounderpallayam.

2. Degradation of drinking water quality

Vallur 02 and Vallur 03

3. Ground water is saline Attipattu, Vallur 02, Vallur 03,

Nappalayam and Gounderpallayam.


0100200300400500600

Enn

ore

Kup

pam

Kat

hiva

kkam

C

hinn

akup

pam

Kat

hiva

kkam

Pe

riya

kupp

am

Net

tu K

uppa

m

Tha

zhan

Kup

pam

Kat

tupa

lliku

ppam

Ambathur Taluk Ponneri Taluk

Num

ber

of P

erso

ns Active Fishermen Marketing of Fish Peeling Labourer Other than Fishing



Photo Plate 3.10: Public Consultation Carried out by ACE in the Study Area



1. ANTICIPATED IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1 Identification and Assessment of Impacts

The main purpose of this EIA study is to identify as well as assess potential impacts due to the proposed project on the environment and to propose suitable measures to mitigate identified potential adverse impacts. The key supporting information required for the impact identification and assessment are detailed description of both the project activities (Chapter 2) and the baseline condition of the environment of the proposed project site (Chapter 3). The information presented in these two chapters facilitates the identification of the interactions between the planned construction and operation phase with the environment. The methodology adopted for the impact assessment is shown in Figure 4.1.

Figure 4.1: Methodology for Environmental Impact Assessment

In this section, the interaction between the project activities and the environment are outlined, impacts on environmental components due to the project activities based on the interaction are assessed and mitigation measures are suggested.

44

Description of the Project (Construction and Operation Phases)

Hazard Characterisation

Environmental Sensitivities

Hazard Identification

Identification of Project - Environment Interactions

Description of the Environment

Environmental Impact Assessment

Mitigation Measures



The activities of the proposed project can be further classified as construction phase and operation phase. The activities, which will be carried out during construction phase are:

Site clearance.

Demolition of existing PIO and Sub-station buildings.

Removal of existing shore protection structure near the CB 1.

Construction of access road from CICTPL berth end to CB 1 & 2.

Construction of earth retaining structure.

Dredging the channel from turning basin to the inner dock basin of the CB 3.

Transportation of construction materials.

Establishment of labour camp.

The following activities constitute the operation phase of the proposed project:

Docking of ships laden with coal in the proposed berths.

Unloading of coal from the ship.

Transfer of the unloaded coal onto the conveyor belt.

Unloading and loading of coal in the coal yard.

Storage of coal in coal yard.

Transportation of coal from the berth area/ coal storage yard to the Thermal Power Station through conveyor belt.

4.2 Interaction of Project Activities with the Environment

After identification of different activities during construction and operation phases, the next step is delineation of interaction between the identified activities with the environment. Table 4.1 shows the Environment and Activity interaction matrix for the proposed project. From the table, it can be inferred that all the activities listed under section 4.1 lead to potential impact on the environment. This project also leads to beneficial impacts which are highlighted in green in Table 4.1.



Table 4.1: Interaction Matrix for the Proposed Project Construction Phase Operational Phase

Site

cle

aran

ce

Dem

olit

ion

of e

xist

ing

PIO

and

Sub

-st

atio

n bu

ildin

gs

Rem

oval

of

exis

ting

sho

re p

rote

ctio

n st

ruct

ure

near

the

CB

1

Con

stru

ctio

n of

acc

ess

road

fro

m

CIC

TP

L b

erth

end

to

CB

1 &

2

C

onst

ruct

ion

of e

arth

ret

aini

ng

stru

ctur

e

Dre

dgin

g th

e ch

anne

l fro

m t

urni

ng

basi

n to

the

inne

r do

ck b

asin

of

the

CB

3

Tra

nspo

rtat

ion

of c

onst

ruct

ion

mat

eria

ls

Doc

king

of

ship

s la

den

wit

h co

al in

th

e pr

opos

ed b

erth

s

Unl

oadi

ng o

f co

al f

rom

the

shi

p

Tra

nsfe

r of

the

unl

oade

d co

al o

nto

the

conv

eyor

bel

t

Unl

oadi

ng a

nd lo

adin

g of

coa

l in

the

coal

yar

d

Stor

age

of c

oal i

n co

al y

ard

Tra

nspo

rtat

ion

of c

oal f

rom

the

bert

h ar

ea/ c

oal s

tora

ge y

ard

to t

he

The

rmal

Pow

er S

tati

on t

hrou

gh

conv

eyor

bel

t

Physico- Chemical Environment

Climate

Hydrology

Water Quality

-

- - -

Geology/Soil - - - - - -

- - -

Topography

-

Air - -

- - - -

- - - - -

Noise - - - - - - -

- - -

-

Vibration - - - - - - -

-

Biological Environment

Ennore Creek

Mangrove

Flora -

Fauna -

Marine Environment

Activity P

aram

eter



Construction Phase Operational Phase

Si

te c

lear

ance

Dem

olit

ion

of e

xist

ing

PIO

and

Sub

-st

atio

n bu

ildin

gs

Rem

oval

of

exis

ting

sho

re p

rote

ctio

n st

ruct

ure

near

the

CB

1

Con

stru

ctio

n of

acc

ess

road

fro

m

CIC

TP

L b

erth

end

to

CB

1 &

2

C

onst

ruct

ion

of e

arth

ret

aini

ng

stru

ctur

e

Dre

dgin

g th

e ch

anne

l fro

m t

urni

ng

basi

n to

the

inne

r do

ck b

asin

of

the

CB

3

Tra

nspo

rtat

ion

of c

onst

ruct

ion

mat

eria

ls

Doc

king

of

ship

s la

den

wit

h co

al in

th

e pr

opos

ed b

erth

s

Unl

oadi

ng o

f co

al f

rom

the

shi

p

Tra

nsfe

r of

the

unl

oade

d co

al o

nto

the

conv

eyor

bel

t

Unl

oadi

ng a

nd lo

adin

g of

coa

l in

the

coal

yar

d

Stor

age

of c

oal i

n co

al y

ard

Tra

nspo

rtat

ion

of c

oal f

rom

the

bert

h ar

ea/ c

oal s

tora

ge y

ard

to t

he

The

rmal

Pow

er S

tati

on t

hrou

gh

conv

eyor

bel

t

Shoreline

-

Marine Water Quality

-

- - - - -

-

Marine Sediment Quality

- - -

Marine Ecology

- - -

Socio-Economic Environment

Employment + + + + + + + + + + + +

Economy

+

Culture

Population

Health of the local people - - - - - -

- -

Land Use


Health of the employees - - - - - -

- - - -

Accidents - - - - - -

- - - -

- Adverse Impact

+

Beneficial Impact

Activity P

aram

eter



In general, during the construction phase, dredging, demolition activities, construction of access roads, earth retaining structure will have the maximum potential impact, especially on air, noise, vibration and water.

On the other hand, during the operational phase, air will be the most affected, due to the handling and transportation of coal.

Significant potential adverse impact on Ennore creek or wild flora/ fauna is not envisaged as the proposed project site is within existing and operational port area, which consists of scattered shrubs and is devoid of wild fauna.

With respect to occupational health, adverse impacts are anticipated on the health of the employees during operation phase, due to dust emerging out of coal handling and transportation. However, all these potential impacts can be prevented or controlled with the proposed mitigation measures. In general, the proposed project will be helpful in meeting the power demand of this Country. This project will also generate employment opportunities in the local area.

The identified potential impacts and mitigation measures are discussed in the following section in detail.

4.3 Comprehensive Impact Assessment

During the study period of this report (August 2013 – May 2014), the following terminals / berths were constructed:

Coal Berths 1 (8 MTPA) and 2 (4 MTPA) (used by TANGEDCO).

Coal Berth of Chettinad International Coal Terminal (CICT) of 8 MTPA capacity.

Iron Ore Terminal (12 MTPA) of Sical Iron Ore Terminal Limited (SIOTL) – Not operational due to the ban on export of Iron Ore.

Marine Liquid Terminal (Ennore Tank Terminal Pvt. Ltd.) of 3 MTPA capacity.

General Cargo Berth (3 lakh cars/annum).

The existing environmental baseline condition delineated in Chapter 3 provides an outline of the comprehensive pollution load of the operational terminals/berths. A summary of the same is given in the following sections.

4.3.1 Air Environment

The concentration of air pollutants, namely PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NO2 and CO was within the permissible limits of National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS), 2009.

Similar to the existing coal berths, the proposed project envisages transfer of coal by automated hopper and through closed conveyor belt system. In case of CB 3, the coal is transported to nearby NCTPSC area via closed/fully covered conveyor belt. While, coal from CB 4 will be transported to the proposed coal stackyard near the existing CICTL’s coal stackyard with a stacking capacity of 0.14 Million Metric Ton. The anticipated PM10 and PM2.5 generation, from storage and handling of 0.14 Million Metric Ton of coal, is about 83.0 g/annum and 12.6 g/annum, respectively (Section 13.2.4 Aggregate Handling and Storage Piles, Chapter 13, AP 42, Fifth Edition, Volume I).



4.3.2 Water Environment

4.3.2.1 Ground Water

Ground water is not abstracted for the operation of the Port. The proposed project does not envisage ground water abstraction. Due to the proximity of Bay of Bengal, the ground water within the port area naturally had high TDS, Conductivity and Hardness.

4.3.2.2 Surface Water

The nearest surface water body to the port is the Buckingham Canal adjacent to the road along the Western Boundary of the Port. Parallely next to the Buckingham Canal is a branch of Ennore Creek. The mouth of Ennore Creek is located about 2-3 km towards the South West direction. The water quality at the mouth of Ennore Creek is deteriorated due to discharge of untreated effluents from the nearby industries.

Bilge oil and other oil laden wastes are being sold to authorized recyclers/ treatment facilities. The sewage is collected in septic tanks. As no wastewater is being discharged into the neaby surface water bodies, no significant impact had taken place due to the operational Port. Also, the proposed project does not envisage discharge of effluent/ sewage into the nearby surface water bodies, hence any significant impact on the surface water bodies is not envisaged.

4.3.2.3 Marine Water

Ennore Port is an International Maritime Organization (IMO) compliant port. Hence, discharge of any ship wastes or shore wastes into the marine water body is forbidden. The present marine water quality within the Port area is complying with the Harbor Water Quality as given in EIA Guidance Manual,

The same will be followed for the proposed project as well. Hence, any significant impact on the marine water body is not envisaged.

4.3.3 Shoreline Change

The shoreline change assessment due to the presence of Ennore Port, located on the coast of Tamil Nadu from the southern breakwater of L & T shipyard up to Ennore creek has been carried out for a period of 23 years from 1990 to 2013. Ennore Port was operational from the year 2001. The breakwaters of L & T shipbuilding yard located at the North of North Breakwater of Ennore Port were constructed in the year 2011- 2012.

This Shoreline change evaluation study was based on comparison of four historical shorelines extracted from satellite imageries. The satellite imageries used for this interpretation are Landsat-5(30m) for the year 1990, 2000, 2007 and Landsat-8 (15 m) for the year 2013.

The total study area is divided into three zones (Zone-I, Zone-II and Zone-III) as shown in Figure 4.2.

Zone-I stretches from the Southern breakwater of L&T shipyard to Northern breakwater of Ennore port. Medium to high accretion was found in this zone from 1990 to 2013, which approximately varied between 0.13- 0.53 km. Sand bypassing was carried out in the North of Northern breakwater in 2010, which had increased the accretion and it is evident from the shoreline change between 2007 and 2013 as shown in the Figure 4.3.



Zone-II stretches from the Northern breakwater of Ennore Port to South of the Southern breakwater of Ennore Port. This is the zone of medium erosion and high accretion. Medium erosion was found in South of the Northern breakwater of Ennore Port, which is approximately 0.27 – 0.20 km. High accretion was found in South of the Southern breakwater of Ennore Port, which is approximately 0.61 km. The changes observed within the Port Area with respect to shoreline change were due to the anthropogenic activities involved in the construction of the Port. Shoreline change within the Port Area is shown in Figure 4.4.

Zone-III stretches from South of the Southern breakwater of Ennore port to South of the Ennore creek. The respective shoreline change is shown in Figure 4.5. This is the zone of medium accretion to medium erosion. Accretion varies from 0.32 to 0.09 km, approximately. Medium erosion was found around Ennore creek, which varied between 0.19 to 0.05 km, approximately.

Figure 4.2: Study Area for Shoreline Change Assessment Showing Zone I, II and III



Figure 4.3: Zone I of Shoreline Change Assessment Study

Figure 4.4: Zone II of Shoreline Change Assessment Study



Figure 4.5: Zone III of Shoreline Change Assessment Study

4.3.4 Land Environment

4.3.4.1 Potential Impact during Construction

As the proposed coal berths CB 3 and CB 4 are to be constructed additionally, adjacent to the existing coal berths CB 1 and CB 2, within the port area, no significant change in the present land use pattern is envisaged.

The topography of the inner dock basin will change as the land area will be dredged to accommodate ship berthing.

Disposal of unwanted solid waste/sewage on the land will lead to contamination of soil.

Site clearance/ preparation will lead to removal of top soil.

Movement of vehicles and heavy construction equipments will lead to compaction of soil.

Mitigation Measures

Proper sanitation facilities, bins, construction waste storage yards will be provided in the construction site for collection of sewage/solid waste/construction wastes.

The generated sewage will be collected in septic tanks, which will be emptied regularly.

The removed top soil during the site clearance will be stored and later used for landscaping purpose.



Landscaping will be carried out along the boundary of the port area, to increase the aesthetics as well as the soil stability.

4.3.4.2 Potential Impact during Operations

Compaction of soil due to movement of vehicles. This impact is permanent but insignificant. Since, the land for the proposed project site is within port area, where no agricultural activity is allowed.

Disposal of sewage/ solid waste onto the land will lead to land pollution.

Mitigation Measures

Proper sanitation facilities and bins will be provided in the port area for collection of sewage/solid waste.

The generated sewage will be collected in septic tanks, which will be emptied regularly.

Movement of vehicles to be restricted to paved road only.

Landscaping will be carried out along the boundary of the port area, to increase the aesthetics as well as the soil stability.

4.3.5 Water Environment


About 30 m3/day of water will be used in the construction phase for the proposed project. Consumption of water will lead to increase in pressure on the local water demand, especially during the summer season.

Mitigation Measures

Only 30 m3/day of water will be used during construction phase.

No ground water will be extracted during the construction phase.

Appropriate sanitation facilities to be provided at the construction site for the proper collection and disposal of sewage.


About 100 lit/day of water for drinking & sanitation purpose and 2000 m3/day of fire water will be used in the operation phase for the proposed project. Consumption of water will lead to increase in pressure on the local water demand, especially during the summer season.

Discharge of contaminated storm water onto the water body or on land, will also lead to water pollution.

Mitigation Measures

Water consumption will be restricted to the required quantity only during the operation phase.

No ground water will be extracted during the operation phase.



A proper storm water drainage system with pre treatment for removal of coal dust will be installed, prior to its discharge into rain water harvesting system.

4.3.6 Marine Environment (Coastal Hydrology/Bottom Contamination, Sea/ Harbor Water Quality)


The proposed project site is within the existing port area, adjacent to the operating coal berths 1 & 2 and well sheltered by the Northern and Southern breakwater. Dredging will result in increase in suspended solid concentration in the coastal water within the sheltered area, leading to increase in concentration of organic matter and heavy metals in the coastal water.

Suspension of the sediment in coastal water will lead to decrease in sunlight penetration, which will affect the primary productivity as well as marine fauna in that area.

Dredging will also lead to removal of sediments from the sea bed, which will also affect the benthic organisms.

Dredging will result in change in current pattern as well as littoral drift.

Dredging in inner dock basin might result in erosion of soil from the shoreline/ boundary line into the water.

Mitigation Measures

Silt curtains must be used to contain the spreading of suspended sediment during dredging within the dredging area.



Change in shoreline of the project site.

Contamination of marine water and bottom sediment due to discharge/ disposal of untreated sewage/ garbage from the ships/ port area into the marine environment.

Any spillage/ runoff from the coal unloading/handling area, windblown dust might also contaminate the marine water quality and sediment quality.

Mitigation Measures

Sewage must be treated prior to its disposal into the marine water. The treated sewage must meet the standard given in column 3 (d) of General Standards For Discharge Of Environmental Pollutants Part-A : Effluents, Schedule VI, The Environment (Protection) Rules, 1986.


Surface water runoff drainage system must be installed to avoid mixing of coal contaminated runoff water into the marine water body.



4.3.7 Biological Environment (Coastal and Marine Ecology)


During site clearance, the existing trees and shrubs will be removed.

Disturbance due to dredging activity will cause migration of marine faunal species to other areas. As the proposed project site is within the breakwater sheltered area, significant major impact on the aquatic organism is not envisaged.

Mitigation Measures

To compensate the loss of vegetation during site clearance and to increase the aesthetics of the area, green belt development will be carried out in the port area as per the green belt development plan in the Environment Management Plan.

Silt curtains will be used during dredging in marine area to contain the spread sediments, which might cause disturbance to marine faunal species.


As the transportation of coal will be carried out through conveyor belts within the port area, no significant impact on flora/fauna due to loading, unloading of coal from the ships and its transportation through conveyor belt is envisaged.

Storage of coal in coal yard might result in coal dust generation, which will increase the particulate matter concentration in the nearby areas, which might affect the flora and fauna in the area adjacent to port.

Similar to capital dredging, maintenance dredging might also lead to migration of marine faunal species to other areas. As the proposed project site is within the breakwater sheltered area, significant major impact on the aquatic organism is not envisaged.

Mitigation Measures

Coal dust suppression mechanism will be established in the coal storage yard to avoid generation of coal dust.

Green belt development will be carried out in the port area to contain dust generation and to enhance the aesthetics of the area.

Silt curtains will be used during maintenance dredging in marine area to contain the spread sediments, which might cause disturbance to marine faunal species.

4.3.8 Air Environment


Dust generation during site clearance, dredging and dredged material handling will result in air pollution.

Dust generation from construction material handling.

Movement of vehicles in unpaved road will also result in dust generation.



Emission of air pollutants like CO, SO2, NOx from vehicles, heavy machineries and DG sets.

Mitigation Measures

Water sprinkler system is to be used to avoid dust generation.

Paved road will be constructed initially to prevent dust generation due to vehicular movement.

The construction material will be covered with sheets/enclosed during transportation and storage to avoid dust generation.

The generator set will be used only during power cut.

Low sulphur content diesel will be used as fuel for generator set.

All the labours/employees working in and around dust generating area will compulsorily wear Personal Protective Equipments like dust masks and safety goggles to avoid respiratory ailments and eye irritation, respectively.

Diesel generator and vehicles to be serviced and maintained regularly to avoid generation of dust and other air pollutants.

Only vehicles with valid Pollution Under Control (PUC) certificate from CPCB authorized testing center will be used for transportation purpose.


Coal loading, unloading and transportation might result in coal dust generation.

Coal dust generation is anticipated during handling and storage of coal in coal storage yard. The anticipated PM10 and PM2.5 generation, from storage and handling of 0.1 Million Metric Ton of coal, is about 83.0 g/annum and 12.6 g/annum, respectively (Section 13.2.4 Aggregate Handling and Storage Piles, Chapter 13, AP 42, Fifth Edition, Volume I).

Emission of air pollutants like CO, SO2, NOx from vehicles, heavy machineries and DG sets.

Mitigation Measures

Coal will be transported through closed conveyor system to avoid coal dust generation while transportation of the same.

Coal dust suppression mechanism will be installed in coal storage yard to contain coal dust.

Workers handling coal will compulsorily wear Personal Protective Equipments like dust masks and safety goggles to avoid respiratory ailments and eye irritation, respectively.

Diesel generator and vehicles to be serviced and maintained regularly to avoid generation of air pollutants.

The generator set will be used only during power cut.

Low sulphur content diesel will be used as fuel for generator set.



Only vehicles with valid Pollution Under Control (PUC) certificate from CPCB authorized testing center will be used for transportation purpose.

4.3.9 Noise


Movement of vehicles and operation of heavy machineries might generate in noise and vibration. However, the generated vibration will be insignificant.

Dredging activity will result in noise generation, which will be for short term only.

Noise and vibration will be generated from the generator sets also. The vibration will be minimal for generator set.

Construction activities will also result in increase in noise level and activities like hammering, operation of heavy machineries will generate vibration, which might affect the user/operator.

Mitigation Measures

Vehicles and generator sets will be serviced regularly and maintained properly to avoid any unwanted generation of noise from them.

Wherever possible, acoustic enclosures will be used in heavy machineries to contain the noise level.

Diesel generator will be kept in an acoustic enclosure to contain the generated noise.

Employees working in noisy environment will be made to wear ear muffs/ear plugs to avoid any adverse impact of noise on them.

Workers involved in continuous hammering will be provided with anti-vibration gloves to avoid white finger effect.

The workers exposed to whole body vibration during operation of heavy machineries will be given regular intervals to avoid adverse impact due to continuous exposure to whole body vibration.


Operation of heavy machineries and generators will result in generation of noise and vibration. The vibration arising out of generator will have insignificant impact when compared to heavy machineries.

Movement of vehicles will also contribute to noise and vibration. Though, the generated vibration will be insignificant.

Mitigation Measures

The machineries and generators used will be serviced and maintained to control generation of noise and vibration.

Diesel generator set will be kept in acoustic enclosure to contain noise.

Diesel generator will be used only during power failure.



Vehicles used for transportation will be serviced regularly and maintained properly to avoid generation of unwanted noise.

Employees working in noisy environment will be made to wear ear muffs/ear plugs to avoid any adverse impact of noise on them.

Employees exposed to hand vibration while handling/operating of heavy machineries will compulsorily wear anti vibration gloves made up of visco elastic material.

4.3.10 Socio-Economic Environment


Generation of employment opportunities, especially to the local villagers, will be positive impact and preference will be given to local people during the employee selection process. The total number of workers to be employed during construction phase is about 250 numbers of persons. Almost all the labours will be recruited from nearby villages.

As the nearest habitation is located about 2-3 km (South) from the port boundary separated be Ennore Creek and NCTPS, No significant adverse impact is envisages due to proposed project.

4.3.10.2 Potential Impact during Operation

Increasing coal demand for thermal power stations will be met by transportation of coal from Odissa to Ennore and unloading of the same in the proposed coal berths. As the amount of coal received increases, the thermal power generation will also increase facilitating suffice of power requirement of the nation.

As the proposed additional coal berth are to be located adjacent to the existing coal berth within the port area and as the nearest habitation is located about 2-3 km (South ) from the port boundary separated be Ennore Creek and NCTPS, No significant adverse impact is envisages due to proposed project.

Similar to the construction phase, employment generation will be a positive impact in the operation phase as well.

4.3.11 Occupational Health and Safety


Generation of dust during construction and dredging activity might lead to respiratory ailments in labours/ workers.

Noise generated during the construction activities, operation of DG sets might lead to auditory ailments. But the impact will be of low intensity when compared with impact due to dust generation.

Mitigation Measures

Workers will be strictly enforced to wear personal protective equipments like dust mask, ear muffs or ear plugs, whenever and wherever necessary/ required.




Generation of dust during handling and storage of coal will lead to respiratory ailments.

Fire hazard due to coal handling and storage.

Mitigation Measures

Workers will be strictly enforced to wear personal protective equipment like dust mask and safety goggle.

Safety training will be given to all workers exposed to fire hazards and mock drills will be conducted regularly.

Display of visible signages at places of fire hazard.

Cordoning of coal handling area, transportation area and storage area as No Smoking Zone.

4.4 Assessment of Impacts

After identification of impacts during construction and operation phases, the significance of potential impacts are analysed based on the following criteria:

a. Intensity of the impact: This classification is based on the intensity, whether the impact has high, moderate or low intensity.

b. Spatial distribution: The impacts are further classified based on their spatial distribution, i.e. local, when impacting an area of approximately 1 km radius from the project area, moderate spread, when impacting an area of 1 to 2 km radius and regional beyond 2 km.

c. Temporal scale: The impacts are classified as short term, moderate term and long term in terms of their existence in temporal scale. Impacts less than 1 year existence is short term, while those with 1 to 3 years is of moderate term and more than 3 years is of long term.

d. Nature of impact: The negative impacts are termed as adverse impacts while positive impacts as beneficial.

After analysing the impacts with respect to the above mentioned criteria, the significance of impacts is arrived at for both construction and operation phases. The coding for the significance of impacts is given in Table 4.2. The significance impacts for the construction and operation phases are given in Table 4.3 (a) and Table 4.3(b) respectively. The potential environmental impacts during Operation Phase without and with implementation of the proposed measures are given in Table 4.4 (a) and Table 4.4 (b) respectively. From the tables it is inferred that the implementation of the proposed mitigation measures will nullify the adverse impacts to a significant level.

Table 4.2: Colour Coding for Impact Significance

Impact Significance

Criteria

Major Adverse When the impact is of high intensity with high spread and high duration or of high intensity with medium spread and medium duration

Moderate Adverse When the impact is of moderate intensity with high spread and high duration or of high intensity with low/ moderate spread and



low duration Minor Adverse When the impact is of low intensity but with moderate spread and

moderate duration or of moderate intensity with low spread and low duration

Insignificant Adverse

When the impact is of low intensity low spread and low duration

Beneficial When the impacts are positive

Table 4.3 (a): Potential Environmental Impacts during Construction Phase (Without Mitigation Measures)

Environmental Sensitivities Nature of Likely Impacts Impact

Significance

Low

Inte

nsity

Mod

erat

e In

tens

ity

Hig

h In

tens

ity

Loca

l M

oder

ate

Spre

ad

Reg

iona

l

Shor

t Ter

m

Mod

erat

e Te

rm

Long

Ter

m

Adv

erse

Ben

efic

ial

Insi

gnifi

cant

Min

or

Mod

erat

e

Maj

or

Physico-Chemical Water Quality Geology/Soil Air Noise Vibration

Socio-Economic Employment

Occupational Health Health of the labours Accidents

Table 4.3(b).: Potential Environmental Impacts during Construction Phase

(with Mitigation Measures)

Environmental/ Social Component

Nature of Likely Impacts Impact Significance

Low

Inte

nsity

Mod

erat

e In

tens

ity

Hig

h In

tens

ity

Loca

l

Mod

erat

e Sp

read

Reg

iona

l

Shor

t Ter

m

Mod

erat

e Te

rm

Long

Ter

m

Adv

erse

Ben

efic

ial

Insi

gnifi

cant

Min

or

Mod

erat

e

Maj

or


Socio-Economic Employment

Occupational Health Health of the employees Accidents



Table 4.4 (a): Potential Environmental Impacts during Operation Phase (Without Mitigation Measures)

Environmental/ Social Component Nature of Likely Impacts Impact

Significance

Low

Inte

nsity

Mod

erat

e In

tens

ity

Hig

h In

tens

ity

Loca

l

Mod

erat

e Sp

read

Reg

iona

l

Shor

t Ter

m

Mod

erat

e Te

rm

Long

Ter

m

Adv

erse

Ben

efic

ial

Insi

gnifi

cant

Min

or

Mod

erat

e

Maj

or


Socio-Economic Economy Health Employment

Occupational Health and Safety Health of the employees Accidents

Table 4.4 (b): Potential Environmental Impacts during Operation Phase

(With Mitigation Measures)

Environmental Sensitivities Nature of Likely Impacts

Impact Significance

Low

Inte

nsity

Mod

erat

e In

tens

ity

Hig

h In

tens

ity

Loca

l M

oder

ate

Spre

ad

Reg

iona

l

Shor

t Ter

m

Mod

erat

e Te

rm

Long

Ter

m

Adv

erse

Ben

efic

ial

Insi

gnifi

cant

Min

or

Mod

erat

e

Maj

or


Socio-Economic Economy Health Employment

Occupational Health and Safety Health of the employees Accidents



2. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN

5.1 INTRODUCTION

An Environmental Monitoring Plan provides a delivery mechanism to address the adverse environmental impacts of a project during its execution, to enhance project benefits and finally to introduce standards of good practice to be adopted. An environmental monitoring plan is important as it provides useful information and helps to:

Assist in detecting the development of any unwanted environmental situation during construction or operation phases, and thus, provides opportunities for adopting appropriate control measures.

Define the responsibilities of the project proponents, contractors and environmental monitors and provides means of effective communication of environmental issues among them.

Define monitoring mechanism and identify monitoring parameters.

Evaluate the performance and effectiveness of mitigation measures proposed in the Environment Management Plan (EMP) and suggest improvements in management plan, if required.

From the monitoring point of view, the important parameters are water quality, air, noise, land and marine components. The suggested monitoring details are outlined in the following sections. All the analysis will be carried out as per the MoEF guidelines in MoEF approved or NABL accredited laboratories only.

5.2 AIR QUALITY MONITORING

Construction Phase:

Monitoring of air quality (PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NO2) will be carried out once in a month.

The monitoring will be carried out at three locations:

o In the building demolition area (one location). o In the dredging area (one locations location). o In the berth facility installation area (one location).

Operation Phase:

Monitoring of air quality (PM10, PM2.5, SO2, CO and NO2) will be carried out on monthly basis at the following locations:

o Coal unloading area. o Coal storage area. o Near conveyor belt (transfer points).

55



5.3 NOISE MONITORING

Construction Phase:

Noise monitoring will be carried out once in a week at the following area:

o Near construction activity. o Near DG set (during operation). o Near dredging area.

Operation Phase:

Noise monitoring will be carried out once in a month in the following area: o Near coal unloading area. o Near conveyor belt. o Near DG set (during operation).

5.4 WATER QUALITY MONITORING

Construction Phase:

Physico-chemical characteristics of the water from one well within the port area will be monitored once in a month.

Operation Phase:

Physico-chemical characteristics of the water from one well within the port area will be monitored once in a month.

Drinking water supplied to the workers will be monitored once in a month.

5.5 SOIL QUALITY MONITORING

Construction Phase:

Soil quality monitoring will be carried out once in each season at one location in the project site.

Operation Phase:

Soil quality monitoring will be carried out once in an year at coal storage yard in the project site.

5.6 MARINE ENVIRONMENT

Construction Phase:

Physico–chemical as well as biological characteristics like water, sediment, plankton, benthos and fishes will be monitored.

Monitoring of these parameters will be carried out monthly.

Operation Phase:

Physico–chemical as well as biological characteristics like water, sediment, plankton, benthos and fishes will be monitored.



Monitoring of these parameters will be carried out seasonally.

5.7 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH

The health of the employees working in and around the coal handling and coal storage area will be monitored through general periodical check up and also for respiratory as well as auditory ailments annually.

The Environmental Monitoring Programme for the Construction and Operation Phase is given in the Table 5.1 and Table 5.2

Table 5.1: Environmental Monitoring (Construction Phase)

Item Parameters Frequency Location

Air PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NO2 Monthly In the building demolition area.

In the dredging area. In the berth facility

installation area. Noise Equivalent noise level Monthly Near construction activity.

Near DG set (during operation).

Near dredging area. Land Soil

Once in a season

One location within project site.

Water/ wastewater

Ground water: parameters as per IS 10500: 2012 standards



Once in a season


Table 5.2: Environmental Monitoring (Operation Phase)


Air PM10, PM2.5, SO2, CO and NO2

Once in a month

Coal unloading area. Coal storage area. Near conveyor belt

(transfer points). Noise Equivalent noise level Once in a

month Near coal unloading area. Near conveyor belt. Near DG set (during

operation). Land Soil Annual One location within

project site.




Water/ wastewater

Ground water and drinking water: parameters as per IS 10500: 2012 standards


One sample of drinking water provided to the workers.


Once in a season




Annual All employees working in and around coal handling and storage area as well as noisy area.

5.8 BUDGET

The monitoring and evaluation process will require additional and at times, extensive surveys and primary data collection, either to establish a baseline or to measure changes. In order to respond to evolving management needs, a contingency budget will be required. The cost required for the Environmental Monitoring Plan both for Construction and Operation phases are given in Table 5.3 and 5.4 respectively.

Table 5.3: Budget for Environmental Monitoring Plan during Construction Phase

Attribute Parameters Monitoring cost for one time in

Rs. (A)

Total cost per Annum in Rs. (A x Frequency=

Total cost )

Air PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NO2

5000 × 3 = 15,000 15,000 × 12 = 1,80,000

Noise Equivalent noise level 2000 × 3 = 6,000 6,000 × 12 = 72,000

Land Soil 5000 × 1 = 5,000 5000 × 3 = 15,000

Water/ wastewater

Physico-chemical and biological

7000 × 3 = 21,000 21,000 × 12 = 2, 52,000

Marine Physico-chemical and biological characteristics

20,000 × 1 = 20,000

20,000 × 3 = 60,000

TOTAL 5,79,000/-

Table 5.4: Budget for Environmental Monitoring Plan during Operation Phase

Attribute Parameters

Monitoring cost for one time in

Rs. (A)

Total Cost per Annum in Rs.

(A x Frequency = Total cost )

Air PM10, PM2.5, SO2, CO, and 6,000 × 3 = 18,000 × 12 =



Attribute Parameters

Monitoring cost for one time in

Rs. (A)

Total Cost per Annum in Rs.

(A x Frequency = Total cost )

NO2 18,000 2,16,000

Noise Equivalent noise level 2000 × 3 = 6,000

6,000 × 12 = 72,000

Land Soil 5000 × 1 = 5,000

5000 × 1 = 5,000

Water/ wastewater

Physico-chemical and biological characteristics

7000 × 4 = 28,000

28,000 × 12 = 3, 36,000

Marine Physico-chemical and biological characteristics

20,000 × 1 = 20,000

20,000 × 3 = 60,000



L.S. 2,00,000

TOTAL 8,89,000

An amount of approximately INR 5.79 lakh/annum will be spent for the compliance of environmental quality monitoring plan during construction phase and INR 8.89 lakh /annum during operational phase of the project.



1. PROJECT BENEFITS

7.1 PROJECT BENEFITS

The proposed project will lead to the following benefits:

The proposed additional coal berths will suffice the increasing demand for coal for thermal power plants.

This project will lead to increase in thermal power generation, which will benefit the nation.

The proposed project will generate employment opportunities for both, skilled and unskilled labours, which will improve the quality of life of employed people with better income.

77



1. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

8.1 STRUCTURE OF EMP

Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is the key to ensure a safe and clean environment. The desired results from the environmental mitigation measures proposed in the project may not be obtained without a management plan to assure its proper implementation and function. The EMP envisages the plans for the proper implementation of mitigation measures to reduce the adverse impacts arising out of the project activities. EMP has been prepared addressing the issues like:

Pollution control/mitigation measures for abatement for the undesirable impacts caused during the construction and operation stages.

Details of management plans (Dredged material management plan, sewage management plan, solid waste management plan, green belt development etc.).

Post project environmental monitoring programme to be undertaken (Chapter 5).

Expenditures for environmental protection measures and budget for EMP.

8.2 PROPOSED ENVIRONMENTAL MITIGATION MEASURES

The details of the impacts resulting due to different activities during construction and operation phases are given in Chapter 4. Based on these mitigation measures Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is drafted. The environmental mitigation measures for construction and operation phases are briefly listed in Table 8.1.

Table 8.1: Proposed Environmental Mitigation Measures

Sl. No. Component Impact Mitigation Measures

Construction Phase

1. Land Change in topography of inner dock basin, which will be dredged and converted into marine berthing area.

No change in land use land cover as the proposed project site is located within port area, adjacent to the existing coal berths CB 1 and CB 2.

Land pollution due to discharge of sewage and

Use of removed soil (top soil only) for green belt development.

Sanitation facilities to be provided at the construction site.

Disposal of sewage and solid waste through CPCB authorized recyclers/ contractors.

88




solid waste onto land. 2. Water Water pollution due to

disposal of sewage and construction waste into water body.

Proper sanitation facilities to be provided at the construction site.

Construction wastes, if possible must be re-used for the construction of PIO building in another place, or must be sold off to recyclers.

3. Air Generation of PM2.5, PM10, CO, SO2, NO2

Use of water sprinklers. Covering of construction and

dredged material with sheets while transportation and storage.

Low sulphur content diesel for DG sets.

Regular servicing of vehicles and DG sets.

Compulsory wearing of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) like dust mask by workers.


Increase in the noise level due to movement of vehicles and construction activities.

Vibration due to movement of vehicles and construction activities.

Regular servicing and maintenance of construction machineries, equipments and vehicles to control noise.

Compulsory wearing of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) like ear plugs or ear muff by workers.

The impact due to vibration

from vehicular movement will be insignificant.

Anti-vibration gloves made of visco-elastic material will be compulsorily worn by Workers exposed to hand vibration due to continuous hammering etc.

5. Marine Environment

Increase in suspended solid concentration due to dredging in the marine water body.

Adverse impact on marine flora and fauna, but restricted to port area due to the breakwaters.

Change in shoreline.

Usage of silt curtains to contain spread of suspended sediment in marine water body.

Earth protection work to avoid erosion of soil from the shoreline/ boundary line from the land area into the marine water body.


Site clearance. Disturbance due to

increase in noise.

Green belt development.




7. Socio-Economic

Employment generation. People from the study area to be employed as far as possible.


Respiratory disease due to inhalation of dust.

Auditory ailment due to noise.

The use of personal protective equipments like ear muffs and dust mask will be made stringent.

Water sprinkling system for dust generating area.

Operation Phase 9. Land Pollution due to

discharge of sewage.

Proper sanitation facilities will be provided.

Sewage will be collected in septic tank, which will be emptied regularly by contractor.

10. Water Consumption of water. Contamination of water

body by discharge of untreated sewage.

Contamination of water body due to discharge of contaminated storm water runoff.

Water consumption will not exceed the required quantity.

Sewage will be collected in septic tank, which will be emptied regularly by contractor.

Storm water drainage system.

11. Air Coal dust generation. Emission of air pollutants

like CO, SO2, NOx from vehicles, heavy machineries and DG sets.

Installation of coal dust suppression mechanism.

Transportation of coal in closed conveyor system.

Dust masks for workers. Regular servicing and

maintenance of DG set and vehicles.


Operation of heavy machineries will result in generation of noise and vibration.

Use of acoustic enclosure, wherever possible.

Ear muffs for workers working near noisy environment.

13. Marine Environment

Change in shoreline of the project site.

Contamination of marine water and bottom sediment due to discharge/ disposal of untreated sewage/ garbage from the ships/ port area into the marine environment.

Any spillage/ runoff from the coal unloading/handling area, windblown dust might also contaminate the

Shoreline protection work. Treatment of sewage prior to its

disposal. Storm water drainage system.




marine water quality and sediment quality.

Biological Flora Fauna

Dust emission due to storage and handling of coal.

Coal dust suppression. Green belt development.

Socio-Economic

Employment opportunity. Increase in thermal

power generation.

Preference to local people.


Generation of dust during handling and storage of coal leading to respiratory ailments.

Fire hazard due to coal handling and storage.

Usage of personal protective equipment like dust mask and safety goggle.

Safety training. Display of visible signages at

places of fire hazard. Cordoning of coal handling

area, transportation area and storage area as No Smoking Zone.

8.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

8.3.1 Labour Management Plan

The total number of workers to be employed during construction phase is about 250 no. of persons. Almost all the labours will be recruited from nearby villages, hence temporary labour camp/ residential colony has not been proposed for this project.

The basic facilities required for the labours at the work place as per the Contract Labour (Regulation & Abolition) Act, 1970 is delineated in this section.

Potable Water Requirement:

The potable water required for 250 no. of labours during the construction period will be met from the Metro Water, Chennai.

Canteen Facility:

If the work regarding the employment of contract labour is likely to continue for six months or more and since the no. of labours exceed 100, an adequate canteen shall be provided by the contractor for the use of such contract labour within 60 days of the commencement of the employment of contract labour.

Sanitation Facility:

There will be one latrine for every 25 males or females, as the case may be, up to the first 100, and one for every 50 thereafter.

Every latrine shall be under cover and so partitioned off as to secure privacy, and shall have a proper door and fastenings. “For Men only” and “For Women only” must be displayed in the



local language in the door of the latrines. The notice shall also bear the figure of a man or of a woman, as the case may be.

The sewage will be collected in portable septic tanks and the same must be emptied through external agencies by the contractor. The budget estimation for the sanitation facility is given in Table 8.2.

Table 8.2: Estimated Budget for Sanitation Facilities

Unit No. Unit cost (Rs.) Total cost (Rs.) Toilets 7 15,000 105000 Portable Septic tanks 2 5,00,000 10,00,000 Total Cost 11,05,000

First Aid Box:

First aid posts will be provided at the construction site to attend the workers on immediate basis in case of an injury or accident. This first-aid post will have the following facilities:

a) First aid box with essential medicines including ORS packets. b) First aid appliances-splints and dressing materials. c) Stretcher, wheel chair, etc.

The first aid box must contain the following:

12 small sterilized dressings, 6 medium size sterilized dressings. 6 large size sterilized dressings, 6 large size sterilized burn dressings, 6 (15 gms.) packets sterilized cotton wool. 1 (60 ml.) bottle containing a two per cent alcohol solution of iodine, 1 (60 ml.) bottle containing salvolatile having the dose and mode of administration indicated on the label, (viii)1 roll of adhesive plaster, A snake-bite lancet. 1 (30 gms.) bottle of potassium permanganate crystals, 1 pair scissors, 1 copy of the first-aid leaflet issued by the Director General, Factory Advice Service and Labour Institutes, Government of India, A bottle containing 100 tablets (each of 5 grains) of aspirin, Ointment for burns. A bottle of a suitable surgical anti-septic solution

A person incharge of the First-Aid Box shall be a person trained in First-Aid treatment, in establishment where the number of contract labour employed is 150 or more. The first aid post will be housed in temporarily erected structure and managed by one Health Assistant and one attendant. The first aid post will have adequate communication facility to link with the nearest health centre/hospital in case of an emergency. One doctor from the Hospital may



visit the medical post once in a week. The capital cost for development of first-aid posts is about INR10 lakh.

8.3.2 Dredged Material Management Plan

Initial dredging of 3.7 million m3 has been identified for the proposed project. This includes land based dredging, marine based dredging with respect to the berthing area and dredging of approach channel.

The excavated soil from the inner dock basin i.e. the land based dredging is proposed to be used for land reclamation outside the Port main gate along the Port access road between NCTPS Railway line, NCTPS road and East if Ennore Creek. The quantity of land based dredging is 0.6 million m3.

Part of the remaining dredged material, which is to be dredged will be disposed in the proposed reclaimed area near Port main gate and adjacent of existing coal/iron ore stack yard, which is located about 2.5 km away from the Port boundary towards West, through pipelines.

The dredged material left after the disposal of above mentioned methods, will be disposed of in the marine disposal area as identified in Report for Phase II Development of Ennore Port, NIOT, 2004, which is located about 4 to 5 km away from Ennore Port in the perpendicular direction.

Figure 8.1: Marine Dredged Material Dumping Location (Source: Detailed Feasibility Report, Development of CB 3 and CB 4 at Ennore Port for TANGEDCO,

2013)



8.3.3 Sewage Management

About 80 lit/day of sewage will be generated during the operation phase of the proposed project. The generated sewage will be collected in septic tanks, which will be regularly emptied by contractors through external agencies.

8.3.4 Solid Waste Management

Demolition waste consisting of bricks, stones, pipelines etc. will be generated during the demolition of PIO and canteen building. Out of which, some portion will be used for the construction of PIO Building. The remaining waste will be sold to recyclers/vendors. The ship related solid wastes are sold to authorized recyclers/ vendors.

8.3.5 Air Pollution Management

The details about the air pollution control system in the existing Coal Berths are given in Chapter 2. The air pollution control measures for the proposed project will be similar to that of the existing system. The general air pollution management measures, which will be adopted to reduce/ contain air pollution for the proposed project:

Transportation and heavy machineries:

All vehicles used will have a valid Pollution Under Control Certificate. Regular servicing and maintenance of machineries as well as vehicles to control

unwanted air pollutant emission.

Diesel Generator:

Low sulphur content (<0.5%) diesel must be used. The stack height of the DG set must be minimum 30 m. Monitoring of DG set emission must be carried out regularly as specified in the

Environment Monitoring Plan. DG set must be serviced regularly. DG set must be used only during power cut.

Fugitive Coal Dust Control:

Dry Fog Dust Control System: One of the widely used and effective dust control system is the dry fog dust control system. The basic principle is the formation of dry fog with the help of air atomizing nozzle to agglomerate and remove airborne dust particles from various material handling and processing operations. Compressed air and water is used in this system to produce droplets of 1 – 10 micron, which is equivalent to fog. Only the dust in the air gets attached with the ultra-fine water droplets and fall onto the surface due to increase in size, whereas the material does not get wet in this process. Since, no chemical suppressants are used, this method is safer to use. Dry fog dust control system must be installed in coal unloading/loading areas, to control fugitive emission.



Dry Fog Dust Control System

Closed Conveyor System: During transportation of coal from one place to another through conveyor belt, coal dust might get generated due to the movement and wind. Hence, it is essential to transport coal by closed conveyor system, to avoid coal dust generation.

Water Sprinkler System: Due to the large area of the coal stock pile to be stored in the coal storage yard, water sprinkler system is proposed to control coal dust emanation from the stockpile. Care must be taken not to over wet the coal stockpiles, leading to runoff of coal contaminated water.

Water Sprinkler System in Coal Storage Yard

8.3.6 Rainwater Harvesting System

The port has Rainwater Harvesting System in its Administrative Building, Car Parking Yard and Control Tower Building. The details about the same are given below:



Administrative Building:

i. Consists of Open well, created by submerging RCC ring of dia 3’- 0” into a pit of 3 m depth.

ii. Consists of filter chamber of size 0.6 x 0.6 x 0.9 m in brickwork CM 1:5.

iii. The filter chamber has the following filter media:

(a) River sand to a depth of 0.15 m (b) Pebbles to a depth of 0.15 m (c) Nylon mesh between river sand and Pebble stone.

iv. PVC pipes of 110 mm dia connecting terrace, well and filter chamber have been laid.

v. The well is covered with RCC precast slab with a provision of covered manhole.

Car Parking Yard and Control Tower Building:

i. Consists of percolation/ recharge well, created by submerging RCC ring of dia 2’- 0” into a pit of 3 m depth.

ii. The percolation/ recharge well consists of the following filter media:

(a) River sand to a depth of 0.15m (b) Pebbles to a depth of 0.15m (c) Nylon mesh between river sand and Pebble stone.

iii. PVC pipes of 110 m dia, connecting the terrace and the recharge well has been laid.

vi. The well is covered with RCC precast slab with a provision of covered manhole.

8.3.7 Storm Water Drainage System

The rain water on the concrete deck of the berth is drained to the sea by providing slope on the deck surface.

8.3.8 Green Belt Development

A green belt will be developed around the proposed project area, along the road side, around the coal stock pile and office area to contain dust emission and to improve the aesthetics of the area.

Area around the proposed project site has been allocated for green belt development. It is proposed to plant more than 1,500 trees per ha of land area. The list of plant species, which is proposed to be used for the green belt development, is given in Table 8.3.

Table 8.3: Plant Species Proposed to be Planted for Green Belt Development

Sl. No. Local Name Scientific Name 1 Veppa Maram Azadirachta indica 2 Karuvelam Acacia nilotica 3 Peepal Ficus religiosa 4 Erukkan Calotropis gigantea 5 Savukku Maram Casuarina equisetifolia 6 Siridam Albizia lebbeck



The pit size for the plantation of saplings will be about 1 m × 1 m × 1 m. These pits will be filled with soil and manure upto 2/3rd of its depth, about 5 to 10 days in advance before plantation.

The plantation will be carried out in five years, after fifth year, efforts will be taken to replace the dead plants, which have been planted during the five years.

8.4 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL

An Environment Management Cell (EMC) will be formed, which will be responsible for implementation of the aforesaid post project monitoring/management plan. The composition of the Environment Management Cell and responsibilities of its various members are given in Table 8.4.

Table 8.4: Environment Management Cell

Sl. No. Designation Proposed Responsibility

1. General Manager Policy decisions and overall responsibility with respect to implementation of the EMP.

2. Deputy General Manager (Environment)

Responsible for management and implementation of EMP.

3. Site Engineer/ Environmentalist

Day to day monitoring of the implementation of EMP.

8.5 EMP BUDGET

The total cost for the EMP implementation is INR 47.2 lakh. The detailed split up of the same is given in Table 8.5.

Table 8.5: Environmental Budget

S.No. Construction Phase

Cost ( in INR Lakh)

Operation Phase Cost

( in INR Lakh)

1 Solid waste Management

1.0 Sanitation facility and sewage collection system

3.0

2 Green belt development

1.0 Maintenance of green area

1.0

3 Environmental monitoring plan

5.8 Environmental Monitoring Plan

8.9

4 Air pollution control equipments

5.0 Maintenance of air pollution control system

5 Labour management

21.5

Total 34.3 Total 12.9



SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION

9.1 INTRODUCTION

Ennore Port is the 12th major port of India, which is located on the Coromandel Coast about 20 km North of Chennai Port, Chennai, Tamil Nadu. This port is also the first port to become a public enterprise. At present, it is viable to develop about 20 more berths for handling a variety of bulk, liquid, automobile and container cargo. The port is an artificial port with features including all-weather, round-the-clock operations, a large back-up land, eco-friendly environment, state-of-the-art navigational facilities, well-organized logistics systems and transport interface.

To facilitate the increase in power production by TANGEDCO, Ennore Port Ltd. (EPL) had proposed to construct two additional coal berths CB 3 and CB 4 each of 9 MTPA capacity dedicated to TANGEDCO.

This Environmental Impact Assessment Report has been prepared for the above proposed project in line with the MoEF approved Terms of References (TORs) vide F.No.11-51/2012-IA.III dated 21.08.2012.

9.2 SUMMARY

The EIA study includes establishment of the present environmental scenario in the proposed project area. EIA report consists of study of the specific activities related to the project and evaluation of the probable environmental impacts, thus leading to the recommendations of necessary mitigation measures. The entire EIA study has been carried out on the basis of the applicable environmental legislation, regulations and guidelines of the MoEF.

As per the EIA guidance manual for Ports and Harbors published by MoEF, Government of India in 2010, the area for primary data collection for an EIA study is given as five kilometer radial distance from the project site, however, 10 km radial distance has been taken up as study area for the environmental quality monitoring for the proposed project. The environmental status of the proposed project site and study area of 10 km radius is delineated with respect to air, noise, water, land, biological and socio-economic environment. The different project activities in the construction and operation phases are identified. To identify the impacts, the interaction between the project activities and different components of environment are classified phase wise. A summary of the identified impacts are given in the following paragraphs.

In the construction phase, the transportation of coal could have an impact, especially on air, noise, vibration. However, since this project site is devoid of any critically endangered/ vulnerable species. Since the land for the project proposed project site is within port area, where no agricultural activity is allowed. As the proposed coal berths CB 3 and CB 4 are to be constructed additionally, adjacent to the existing coal berths CB 1 and CB 2, within the port area, no significant change in the present land use pattern is envisaged.

99








Additional strength of labors could temporarily increase the pressure on the resources of the area. But as almost all the labors will be employed from nearby villages, this impact is avoidable. During the operational phase, there could be minor change in air quality and water quality due to coal loading, unloading and transportation which cause a temporary disturbance to environment variables which will be prevented with the proposed mitigation measures proposed in Chapter 4. With respect to occupational health, minimal impacts are anticipated on the health of the employees during operation phase.

9.3 CONCLUSION

From the Environmental Impact Assessment study, it can be concluded that this project under consideration will not have any major significant negative impacts. The minor impacts arising out during construction and operation phases can be mitigated with the help of the proposed Environmental Management Plan.

The proposed additional coal berths will suffice the increasing demand for coal for thermal power plants and also will lead to increase in thermal power generation, which will benefit the nation. The proposed project will generate employment opportunities for both, skilled and unskilled labours, which will improve the quality of life of employed people with better income.



DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED

10.1 INTRODUCTION

Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd. (ACE) is an independent consulting company in the field of water and environment engineering with its headquarters located in New Delhi, India. ACE provides consulting services and sustainable solutions for infrastructure projects (roads, railways, ports, hydropower, water resources and other urban infrastructural plan outs), industrial projects (refineries, petrochemicals, gas pipelines, offshore and onshore oil & gas exploration, fertilizers, steel plants, power plants, textiles, hotels, distilleries and tanneries) and social development projects.

ACE is committed to provide consultancy services of international quality at local costs to suit its client’s requirements. ACE believes that the key to success is the ability to work effectively with clients to understand, define, and resolve their environmental concerns. ACE offers technical talent, specialized expertise, physical resources, and requisite facilities that are important in responding to water and environmental issues, the world faces today. The quality of work and timely completion of project are of paramount importance in each assignment that ACE undertakes.

We, at ACE, know what makes for a successful project. Clients turn to ACE because

We understand the issue at hand Have the required experience and expertise to develop unique solutions Complete work on time and within budget Work towards client satisfaction as our ultimate goal

ACE offers this combination of quality and performance through its professionals, managers and support personnel. Our people are equipped with state-of-the-art technologies and they are motivated to implement the project to the satisfaction of the client.

10.2 QUALITY OF SERVICES

ACE is committed to providing a high quality consultancy service. As a recognition of same, ACE has been awarded ISO 9001: 2008 certified (Certificate no: 22340/10/S) by RINA, to provide consultancy services for water supply, waste water treatment, municipal solid waste management, environment and social impact assessment, environment impact and audit, remote sensing and geographical information systems. In addition to this, ACE is also accredited with Quality Council of India for preparation of EIA Report for Ports, Harbours, Jetties, Marine Terminals, Break Waters and Dredging (Category A).

10.3 AREA OF SPECIALIZATION

Water Resources Engineering Water Supply Wastewater Management

1100



Urban Environment Improvement Environmental Management Social Development GIS and Remote Sensing

10.4 RESOURCES

Panel of Experts

ACE has experts in the following specialized areas:

Water supply engineering Water resources engineering Wastewater engineering Solid waste management Public Health and Sanitation Environmental Management Forestry and Wildlife Environmental modeling Fisheries Aquaculture Social development

Infrastructural Resources

Following facilities are available with ACE:

Air quality models Noise quality models Water quality models Water distribution analysis software Sewer network analysis software

Software Availability

AERMODE CALINE 4 Erdas Imagine Arc GIS AutoCAD Map Info

AANNNNEEXXUURREE –– 11..11

Point wise compliance report on Ministry’s guidelines for the Ennore Port Expansion Proposals-Development of Terminals for marine liquids, coal, iron and containers in Second phase and associated dredging at Ennore Port Environmental clearance. Ref: MoEF’s Notification No. 10-28/2005–IA-III dated 19th May 2006

After the commissioning of satellite port in June 2001, Ennore Port has proposed for expansion for the development of the following projects. MoEF had accorded clearance vide letter No. 10-28/2005–IA-III dated 19th May 2006.

i. Marine Liquid Terminal to handle 3 mtpa.

ii. Coal Terminal other than TNEB Users to handle 8 mtpa.

iii. Iron Ore Terminal to handle 12 mtpa.

iv. Container Terminal for a quay length of 700m to handle 12 mtpa

v. Associated Capital Dredging of 15.50 million cubic metres.

Status of various projects accorded clearance by MoEF. Marine liquid terminal: The project was developed on BOT basis to handle Marine liquids and chemicals to a capacity of 3 MTPA. The license Agreement was signed during November 2004 with Ennore Tank Terminals Private Limited. The project was commissioned on 18.1.2009. Coal Terminal The project was developed on BOT basis with M/s. Chettinad International Coal Terminal to handle 8MTPA of coal for non TNEB users with an approved project cost of Rs.400 crores. Constructions were completed and commercial operations from March 2011. Iron Ore Terminal The project was developed on BOT basis and the agreement was signed with M/s. SICAL Iron Ore Terminals Limited at an approved project cost of Rs.480 crores with a capacity of 12 MTPA. Constructions were completed. Load trail and commercial operations will be started on lifting of ban of Iron ore by State Government of Karnataka.

Container Terminal Development of World Class Container Terminal with a capacity of 18MTPA (1.5 million TEUs) per annum is planned on BOT basis through Public Private Partnership (PPP). Public Private Partnership Appraisal Committee (PPPAC) accorded project approval on 13th January 2009. The Environmental Clearance was received vide MoEF communication dated 19th May 2006 originally for 700m quay length and further clearance for extending to 1000m quay length from 700 m was received vide MoEF communication dated 10th September, 2007. After global bidding the concession has been awarded to M/s. Bay of Bengal Gateway Terminal Private Ltd (BOBGTL) for a period of 30 years. BOBGTL has failed to achieve the financial closure as per the concession agreement the concession agreement signed between EPL and M/s. BOBGTL was terminated on 28.9.2012. EPL decided to re-bid the project. Hence, EPL invited Expression of Interest (EOI) on 28.12.2012. Notice Inviting Tender for Request for Qualification (RFQ) was invited on 24.5.2013. At present 11 bids for qualification have been received for development of container terminal of 730 mtrs quay length with a capacity of 16.8 MTPA (1.4 million TUEs). EPL has awarded the work of development of Container terminal to M/s. Adani Ports and Special Economic Zone Ltd., Gujarat on 14.2.2014 and completion of the construction is expected by end of 2016.

Capital dredging Capital Dredging: The total quantity of dredging for which environmental clearances obtained are as follows:

(i) 15.5 million m3 (dredging associated with second phase expansion proposals, viz. iron ore, coal, MLT and container terminal of 700m quay length with a depth of (-) 15.0 m) MoEF communication No. 10-28/2005–IA-III dated 19th May 2006.

(ii) 4.0 million m3 (dredging associated with reconfiguration of the container terminal

from approved quay length of 700m to 1000m) MoEF communication. No. 10-28/2005-IA-III dated 10.9.2007.

(iii) 4.5 million m3 (dredging associated with reconfiguration of the container terminal from approved quay length of 700m to 1000m and with a depth of (-)16.0 m from approved depth of (-)15.0 m). The proposal was cleared in the 66th Meeting of the

experts committee on Infrastructure Development and Miscellaneous projects held on 2nd and 3rd July, 2009 in Goa.

Dredging Phase I: The project involves dredging of 4 million cum to provide -15 meters depth at the Marine Liquid, Coal and Iron Ore berths and approaches and to raise the land for coal and iron ore stackyards by using the dredge material. The work commenced on October, 2007 and completed by January, 2009. Dredging Phase –II The project work involves dredging of 9.5 million cu.m of to provide a depth of -18.5m at basin and -20.0 m at channel. The work was awarded to Dredging Corporation of India (A Govt. of India Undertaking) and the work commenced on 22.2.2011 and the work is in progress.

Compliance report Sr.No MoEF Guidelines Compliance report

1 All the conditions stipulated in the No Objection Certificate from “Tamil Nadu State Pollution Control Board vide their letter No.T12/TNPCB/Misc/F.3322/ TVLR/05 dt. 7/12/06 should be strictly implemented.

Please find enclosed the compliance report at Annexure I

2 Groins and other suitable structures should be constructed to prevent the closing of the mouth of Ennore creek.

In this regard the report of the study carried out by CWPRS (report Nos.4657 & 4658) has been sent to MoEF, vide our letter No. EPL/49/MS/2007 dated 8.12.2009. The study recommended to create a sand trap at the channel entrance and dredging the sand accumulated at the mouth of the creek. Creation of sand trap is in progress.

3 The DPR and the technical details to be awarded to the BOT operators should provided to MoEF for post project monitoring within 6 months from the date of receipt of this letter.

DPR for Marine Liquid terminal was submitted to Regional Office, MoEF, Bangalore vide our letter dated EPL/MS/49/2007 dated 3/7/2007. The DPR for Iron ore and Coal terminals were submitted to Regional Office, MoEF Bangalore vide Ltrs .No EPL/MS/49/2008 dt. 13/3/2008.

4 The marine terminal should be set up outside CRZ area

The terminal area has been developed outside CRZ area as stipulated.

5 Recommendations of Risk analysis report should be strictly implemented and a comprehensive quantitative Risk Analysis should be carried out before operationalizing the project.

Since the projects are at different stages of construction, once commissioned the risk analysis will be carried. EPL will ensure that the BOT operators will submit the risk analysis report.

6 Approval from Chief Controller of Explosives should be obtained for hazardous chemicals storage, transfer and related activities.

For the Marine Liquid Terminal, license was obtained for the Storage Terminal from the Chief controller of Explosives Licence No. P/HQ/TN/15/4648(P191324) dated 18/10/08.

7 The reclamation of the port area should be carried out with the dredged material. Dredged material should not be dumped into the sea. No reclamation should be carried outside the port limits

Complied. Further, Ministry of Environment and Forests vide their letter dated 6th September, 2006 has advised subsequently that dredged material not suitable for reclamation and beach nourishment should be disposed of in the sea.

8 The coastal protection works should be carried out after detailed hydrodynamic modeling studies and it should be ensured that no erosion or accretion takes place in other areas due to the shore protection works.

EPL has carried out the study through CWPRS. The study reports were submitted to MoEF vide our letter No. EPL/49/MS/2007 dated 8.12.2009. Necessary action will be taken as per the findings of the study report.

9 Reclamation of 500 acres should be carried out only for port development. The height of the reclaimed area will be maintained above the maximum flood level.

Being complied with. The reclaimed area will be used for port development. The height of the reclaimed area will be maintained

about 2 m above flood level. Overall the height of the reclaimed area is 4.5m.

10 The wave tranquility study and the ship maneuvering studies carried out should be taken into account while operating the port.

Necessary studies have been done through CWPRS.

11 The project proponent should ensure that during construction and operation of the port there will be no impact on the livelihood of the fisherman. The fisherman should be provided free access to carry out the fishing activity.

Due to port operations there is no adverse impact on fishing activities. However, they are expected not to do fishing in the channel and anchorage area considering safety and security aspects.

12 All necessary precaution while undertaking construction and operation of the port should be taken keeping in view the bathymetric changes caused due to tsunami.

There was no bathymetry changes due to Tsunami.

13 All development in the port should be carried out in accordance with the Coastal Regulation Zone Notification, 1991 and approved Coastal Zone Management Plan of Tamil Nadu.

Being complied with

14 The project proponent should undertake a comprehensive hydrodynamic modeling study with regard to river diversion and submit the report to the Ministry within 6 months from the date of receipt of this letter. Further, the unit should comply with all the findings/recommendations of the study.

The report of the hydrodynamic study, carried out by NIOT, Chennai was submitted to MoEF vide our letter No. EPL/49/MS/2007 dated 5/8/2008. Necessary action will be taken as per the findings of the study report.

15 Construction of labour camps should be located outside Coastal Regulation Zone areas and should be provided with adequate cooking and sanitation facilities.

Is being complied. It is also stated that no labour camps are located inside the port area.

16 The project-affected people, of any should be properly compensated and rehabilitated.

There are no project affected people.

B GENERAL CONDITIONS Compliance report 1 Development of the proposed channel should be

undertaken meticulously conforming to the applicable Central/ local rules and regulations including Coastal Regulation Zone Notification, 1991 and its amendments. All the construction designs/drawings relating to the proposed development activities must have approvals of the concerned State Government Department/Agencies.

Complied.

2 A well equipped laboratory with suitable instruments to monitor the quality of air and water shall be set up as to ensure that the quality of ambient air and water conforms to the prescribed standards. The laboratory will also be equipped with qualified manpower including a marine biologist so that the marine water quality is regularly monitored in order to ensure that the marine life is not adversely affected as a result of implementation of the said project. The quality of ambient air and water shall be monitored periodically in all the seasons and the results should be properly maintained for inspection of the concerned pollution control agencies. The periodic monitoring reports at least once in 6 months must be send to this Ministry (Regional Office at Bangalore) and Pollution Control Committee.

Ennore Port is monitoring the environment. Port has engaged M/s. Hubert Enviro Care Systems (P) Ltd, an MoEF and NABL accredited laboratory for sampling and testing of various environmental parameters inside the port and hence may be allowed avail the services. The reports are submitted to state Pollution Control Board every month and a copy of the report is forwarded to Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment & Forests, Bangalore once in six months.

3 Adequate provisions for infrastructure facilities such as water supply, fuel for cooking, sanitation etc. must be provided for the laborers during the construction period in order to avoid damage to the environment. Colonies for the laborers should not be located in Coastal Regulation Zone area. It should also be ensured that the construction workers do not cut trees including mangroves for fuel wood purpose.

No labour colonies are located inside the CRZ area. It is also ensured that the workers do not cut trees including mangroves for fuel purpose.

4 To prevent discharge of sewage and other liquid wastes into the water bodies, adequate system for collection and treatment of the wastes must be provided. No sewage and other liquid wastes without treatment should be allowed to enter into the water bodies.

The license agreement of various terminals provides for collection and treatment of sewage and any liquid waste generated. Licensees will not be allowed to dispose such wastes without treatment into the water bodies. No other liquid wastes are generated inside the port.

5 Appropriate facility should be created for the collection of solid and liquid wastes generated by the barges/vessels and their safe treatment and disposal should be ensured to avoid possible contamination of the water bodies.

Facilities are available for the reception and disposal of solid waste and waste/used oil. the facility is outsored to external agencies approved by Central Pollution Control Board for recycle / reprocessing of waste oil.

6 Necessary navigational aids such as channel markers should be provided to prevent accidents. Internationally recognized safety standards shall be applied in case of barge/vessel movements

Navigational aids are available. Additional navigational aids will be provided when the channel length increases.

7 The project authorities should take appropriate community development and welfare measures for villagers in the vicinity of the project site, including drinking water facilities. A separate fund should be allocated for this purpose.

As part of community development and welfare measures, EPL has constructed new school building at a neighboring Kattupalli village. Ennore port has also provided access road and street light facility to the nearby Kattupalli village. A school building for Attipattu village was constructed during the year 2010-11 under

CSR and provided furniture, toilet facility for school during 2011-12 under CSR. Road improvement work at Attipattu Pudu Nagar village was carried during 2011-12. EPl has engaged 20 members of women Self Help Group belonging to Attipattu village during September 2011. EPl has engaged 100 members of women Self Help Group belonging to the nearby Kattupalli village for taking up of plantation and maintenance of green belt. The list of CSR activities carried out during 2012-13 & 2013-14 are enclosed at Annexure III.

8 The quarrying material required for the construction purpose shall be obtained only from the approved quarries/borrow areas. Adequate safeguard measures shall be taken to ensure that the overburden and rocks at the quarry side do not find their way into water bodies.

There is no requirement of quarrying material for this project.

9 For employing unskilled, semi skilled and skilled workers for the project, preference shall be given to local people.

Local people are given preference in employment.

10 The recommendations made in the Environmental Management Plan and Disaster Management Plan, as contained in the Environmental Impact Assessment and Risk analysis Reports of the project shall be

Being implemented.

effectively implemented. 11 A separate Environmental Management Cell with

suitable qualified staff to carry various environments should be set up under the charge of a senior Executive who will report directly to the Chief Executive of the Company.

A qualified Environment officer is in-charge of Environment Management Cell to monitor various environments inside the port. In addition EPL has engaged M/s. Hubert Enviro Care Systems (P) Ltd, an MoEF and NABL accredited laboratory for sampling and testing of various environmental parameters inside the port premises.

12 The funds earmarked for environment protection measures should be maintained in a separate account and there should be no diversion of these funds for any other purpose. A year-wise expenditure on environmental safeguards should be reported to this Ministry.

The Environmental expenditure for the year 2012-13 is Rs.33,90,570/- (Rupees Thirty three lakhs ninety thousand five hundred and seventy only). The expenditure for the year 2013-14 is Rs.38,99,364/-

13 Full support should be extended to the officers of this Ministry's Regional Office at Bangalore and the officers of the Central and State Pollution Control Boards by the Project proponent during this inspection for monitoring purposes, by furnishing full details and action plans including the action taken reports in respect if mitigative measures and other environmental protection activities.

Is being complied.

14 In case there is an intention of deviation or alteration in the project including the implementing agency, a fresh reference should be made to this Ministry for modification in the clearance conditions or imposition of new ones for ensuring environmental protection. The project proponent should be responsible for implementing the suggested safeguard measures.

Will be complied if required.

15 This Ministry reserves the right to revoke this Noted.

clearance, if any of the conditions stipulated are not complied with to the satisfaction of this Ministry.

16 This Ministry or any other competent authority may stipulate any additional conditions subsequently, if deemed necessary for environmental protection, which shall be complied with.

Noted.

17 The Project proponent should advertise at least in two local newspapers widely circulated in the region around the project, one of which shall be in the vernacular language of the locality concerned informing that the project has been accorded environmental clearance and the copies of clearance letters are available with the state pollution Control Board and may also be seen at web site of the Ministry of Environment & Forests at http://www.envfor.nic.in. The advertisement should be forwarded to the Regional office of this Ministry at Bangalore.

Complied. It was advertised in the vernacular Tamil and English newspapers on 2/6/2006. This was communicated vide EPL letter No. EPL/74/2005 dated 29/5/2006.

18 The project proponents should inform the Regional Office as well as Ministry the date of financial closure and final approval of the project by the concerned authorities and the date of start of development work.

Requisite reports have been furnished to Regional Office and Ministry. The details are enclosed at Annexure II.

http://www.envfor.nic.in/

Annexure I

Sr.No Guidelines issued by Tamil Nadu State Pollution Control Board vide their letter No.T12/TNPCB/Misc/F.3322/TVLR/05 dated 7/12/2006.

Compliance status

1 The unit shall provide adequate sewage Treatment Plant to treat the sewage generated.

No industrial sewage is generated inside the port. The sewage generated is of sanitary waste in nature and the buildings in the port are having soak pits and septic tanks. The newly developed coal terminal stack yard is provided with treatment plants. The iron ore terminal stack yard will be provided with sewage treatment plant.

2 Adequate dust control measures shall be provided for controlling the dust emanating from large stock piles of bulk cargoes such as coal, iron ore and other dusty cargoes.

The stock yards that are planned by the coal and iron ore (dry bulk) BOT operators have provisions for necessary dust suppression system.

3 The unit shall provide the following measures to control dust pollution from coal / iron ore handling activity, a) totally enclosed continuous loaders / unloaders and conveyor system should be adopted. b) dust extraction system should be provided at all transfer points. c) to minimize dust from the stack yard, proper water spraying should be done d) compound wall of adequate height shall be made around the stack yard area.

The loading system for iron ore will be provided with chutes and grab un-loaders will be used for unloading coal. Covered conveyors will be used. The dry bulk BOT operators have planned to install required dust extraction system at all transfer points and proper spraying of water for to minimizing dust at the stack yards. Compound wall of adequate height around the stack yard is planned.

4 Continuous Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations with computer printing arrangements shall be installed at strategic locations inside Port and neighbour hood for monitoring dust and shall be displayed online at the Main gate.

Port has installed two continuous on line ambient air quality monitoring stations to monitor PM10 & PM2.5

5 To contain noise levels within the prescribed standards roofed conveyor belts should be deployed. Noise pollution in the port area should be reduced by putting up sound barriers at suitable locations. To protect the workers from high noise levels ear muffs / plugs should be provided.

Being provided

6 The unit has to furnish the ROA of the split coal collected from seabed during annual maintenance / periodic maintenance dredging analyzed for heavy metals and other toxic metals.

Being complied. Ennore Port will carryout the analysis of seabed for heavy and toxic metals during periodic maintenance dredging. The analysis of seabed will be carried out during the maintenance dredging which is likely to take place during the year 2013.

7 Water quality monitoring stations at strategic points must be set up in the project area to monitor water quality and marine pollution at regular intervals.

Being complied. Marine water and ground water quality is being monitored inside the port premises.

8 The quality of treated effluents solid wastes, emissions and noise level etc must confirm to the standards laid down by the competent authorities including Central / State pollution Control Board and under the Environmental (Protection Act) 1986 whichever are more stringent.

There is no generation of effluents by port operations. Solid wastes are collected by and disposed of at approved dumping yards. EPL is regularly monitoring emission and noise levels inside the port premises and found to be within the standards prescribed by TN Pollution Control Board.

9 Dredging operations must be undertaken in stages in consultation with some expert institution like CWPRS, in such a way as to ensure that these operations do not deteriorate the surface water quality which must be maintained within the prescribed standards. Water

Water quality is regularly monitored. Dredged material is not used for filling up any water body.

parameters should be measured on regular intervals to monitor water quality. Dredging material should not be used for filling up any water body.

10 The port shall ensure that no spillage of POL/Chemicals handled is occurred in sea while unloading them either from ship or barge vessels to pipeline/road vessels.

POL/Chemicals are being transferred from the ships to the land through unloading arms having leak proof systems. Any eventual spill will be tackled with required booms, chemicals and skimmers.

11 The port shall have adequate contamination boom facility with skimmer to contain and recover the spillage of POL in the sea if any.

Complied. BOT operator has provided facilities like booms, skimmers to contain any eventual oil spill.

12 A proper safety audit should be carried out by specialized agency and their recommendations should be implemented.

Will be complied.

13 An environment division must be set up in Ennore port headed by Environment Manager with appropriate strength of Environment Engineers, Forest officers, forest guards and other laboratory staff. An environmental laboratory for Air Water and solid waste monitoring must be set up with adequate equipment and qualified staff.

Ennore Port has appointed an Environmental officer. EPL has engaged M/s. Hubert Enviro Care Systems (P) Ltd, an MoEF and NABL accredited laboratory for sampling and testing of various environmental parameters inside the port premises.

14 The unit must ensure that all activities carried out in the area falling under coastal Regulation Zone are regulated as per the provision contained in the CRZ Notification 1991 as amended.

Being complied.

15 The unit has to implement Environmental Management Plan as envisaged under Environmental Impact assessment study as Per EIA Notification, 1994 as amended by the Ministry of Environment and Forest, Government of India.

Being complied.

16 The port shall maintain the marine eco system

Being complied.

17 The project authorities must ensure that no cutting of trees takes place in the project area and shall develop green belt.

Will be complied as much as possible. In case cutting becomes essential, equivalent

plantation will be made. 18 No reclamation of water bodies should be undertaken in

CRZ using dredged materials.

No reclamation of water bodies is undertaken in the CRZ areas using dredged material.

19 The nature of drainage of the terrain should not be affected by filling of low lying areas with dredged material.

Being complied.

20 The possibilities of dumping the dredged spoil north of northern breakwaters in areas prone to sea erosion by creating sand dunes and / or for beach nourishment may also be explored.

About 1.6 million m3 of dredged material was dumped in the north of northern breakwater for beach nourishment during 2009. The material was dumped to a average distance of 1.2 km from the breakwater towards north and upto a distance of 500m from the eroded land towards sea. The total coved by the dredged material is about 0.5 sq. km. About 2.0 million m3 of dredged material is being dumped for the nourishment of the northern beach since September 2011 under the phase II dredging project.

21 Wherever mangroves are present within the project area, it should not be disturbed.

Mangroves present in the project area are not disturbed.

22 The Ennore Port Limited shall develop additional green belt in an area of 150 hectares and install additional air quality monitoring stations with continuous display as assured vide letter dated 7.11.2005.

Green belt being developed inside the port in a phased manner. Port has installed three continuous Ambient Air Quality monitoring stations. Two near the coal berths and one at the General Cargo Berth.

23 The port shall adopt the additional dust suppression measures in iron ore and coal handling areas as assured vide letter dated 7.11.2005.

The loading system for iron ore will be provided with chutes and grab un-loaders will be used for unloading

coal. Covered conveyors will be used. The dry bulk BOT operators have planned to install required dust extraction system at all transfer points and proper spraying of water for to minimizing dust at the stack yards.

Annexure II

Project

Date of approval by Competent Authority

Date of Financial Closure

Date of start of development work

Marine Liquid Terminal 16-02-2004. September 2006

Work commenced on 09-06-2006 and the

terminal commissioned on 18.1.009

Coal Terminal 04-07-2006. 27 September 2007 06.02.2007

Iron ore Terminal 20-06-2006. 27 September 2007

(in-principal approval accorded )

06.02.2007

Container Terminal

Capital Dredging (Phase – I) 16-04-2007. --- Dredging commenced

on 16/2/2008 and completed on 31.1.09

Capital Dredging (Phase – IIA)

5-12-2009

---

Dredging commenced on 22.2.2011.

Annexure –III

Name and Location of Project Financial Year Fund Alloted Funds Utilised

Construction of Bus shelter at Athipattu pudhu nagar

2012-13

16,00,000.00

-

Imparting skills training to the wards of fishermen through the Institute of Fisheries Technology, Ponneri

4,82,500.00

5,00,000.00

Improvement of road in Athipattu village -Development of village road from stackyard to Athipattu Rly Station

96,00,000.00

74,35,593.00

Construction of laboraratory block at Athipattu high school, Ponneri TK

25,00,000.00

24,33,356.00

Providing facilities with PHC at Athipattu village under health and family welfare

5,82,500.00

4,01,679.00

Road from pump house of NCTPS to Nandiampakkam village

86,00,000.00

79,98,033.00

Promotion of Education through award programme on Knowledge competition for children, youth and women through NGO, Myali Thiruvallur Tamil Sangam

7,00,000.00

7,00,000.00

Education and health through NGO Deva Seva Palam, Chartiable Trust

3,15,000.00

3,15,000.00

Sponsoring community health and Education services to NGO Udhavum Karangal, Chennai

1,26,500.00

1,65,600.00

Sponsoring for paper processing machine to NGO M/s. Anna Tilou Cottage, Chennai

2,87,000.00

-

Improvement work to NGO Annai Fathima Child Welfare Centre

6,05,683.00

7,20,962.00

Providing Transport infrastructure to higher secondary Schools of M/s. Sivananda Orphanage

18,00,000.00

16,04,000.00

Contribution towards the construction of Nurses Hostel to Cancer Institute (WIA), Adyar, Chennai-20

20,00,000.00

20,00,000.00

Presenting cash prize award for the top ranker in the All-India Chartered Accountancy Exam

5,00,000.00

5,00,000.00

Base line survey for the year 2013-14 and evaluation of CSR activities for the year 2012-13 through M/s. Madras School of Social Work, Chennai

7,16,800.00

7,16,800.00

Total 3,04,15,983.00

2,54,91,023.00

CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY (CSR) PROJECTS UNDER TAKEN BY KAMARAJAR PORT LIMITED FY 2013-14

S.No School/Institution CSR activities Estimated cost (in Rs)

CSR Activities planned for the year 2013-14

A - Drinking water facility

1 Vallur Adi Dravidar High School

Sinking bore well and providing safe drinking water in sintex tank 2,30,000.00

2 Nandiampakkam Middle School

Installation of RO for providing safe drinking water 60,000.00

3 Irular Colony, Ponneri Taluk Construction of LLR and laying pipeline 7,70,000.00

4 Vannipakkam Primary School Provision of water purifier to the school 1,70,000.00

5 Kattupalli High School General water facilities 60,000.00

6 Aryanvoyal Supply of adequate safe drinking water to the village 15,00,000.00

7 Aryanvoyal Construction of sump and over head tank in the school campus 7,75,000.00

8 Kattupalli Village, Ponneri Taluk

Construction of small over head tank and pipeline connection 7,75,000.00

9 St.Lazarus Middle School,R.A.Puram., Chennai

Providing R.O drinking water facility 6,60,000.00 uniform clothes

Total 50,00,000.00 B -Education

1 Adi Dravidar High School, Vallur Village, Ponneri Taluka

Providing two computer systems for the school 70,000.00

2 Middle Shool , Nandiampakkam Village, Ponneri Taluka,

Providing play equipment for ICDS centre 10,000.00

To provide 1 table, 2 chairs and 2 fans for ICDS Anganwadi Centre 15,000.00

New building for ICDS Anganwadi Centre at Nandiyambakkam 6,25,000.00

3 Irular Colony , Nandiampakkam Village, Ponneri Taluka

New building for ICDS Anganwadi Centre 6,25,000.00

Provision of play equipments and furniture for ICDS centre 10,000.00

4 Ennore –Middle School, Nehru Nagar

To provide sintex tanks for water storage to Middle School of Nehru Nagar 70,000.00

5 Nos. Of computers to Middle School 1,75,000.00

5 Pazhaverkadu – Anganwadi Centre

To provide play equipments for 8 ICDS centre 80,000.00

Providing cupboard for the ICDS at Koonankuppam 10,000.00

6 Vannivakkam Village Primary School

Repair to primary school main gate and the existing toilets 80,000.00

Construction of compound wall in the rear side of the primary school building 3,25,000.00

7 Vellampakkam Village – ICDS Centre

Providing in wall built cupboard to IDCS centre 45,000.00

Re-laying the ICDS kitchen floor 25,000.00

8 Kattupalli Village – High School

Toilet for boys and girls separately 7,00,000.00 Installation of incinerator 50,000.00 Providing bench and tables for students 5,45,000.00

9 Nallur Village – Colony – ICDS

Providing water line with tap to ICDS Centre 5,000.00

Cooking vessels & furniture 25,000.00 10

Ponneri – Jaigopal Garodia Girls High School

To install incinerator 50,000.00 Providing sports equipments 15,000.00 10 computers with table and chair 3,50,000.00 Installation of RO plant with plumping 50,000.00 To provide a caution board for indication of school to the vehicle drivers 10,000.00

11 Vallur Village, Ponneri Taluk – Adi Dravidar High School

To provide weighing machine with hanging spring 5,000.00

12 Thiruvellaivoyal Village – Adi Dravidar Colony Construction of Anganwadi Centre 6,25,000.00

13 Saidapet South India Scheduled Tribes Welfare Association

Providing sick room 2,00,000.00 Furniture for school and hostel 13,88,000.00 Vessels with all accessories for hostels 75,000.00 Compound wall with gate to a length of 250m 14,36,500.00

Brick partitions for class rooms 2,40,000.00

14 Balamandir Kamaraj Trust, T. Nagar

2 Nos. Computer systems 70,000.00

RO Water purifier including plumbing 50,000.00 Provision of refrigerator & cupboard 50,000.00

15 Loganatha Arts College, Ponnei Construction of two classrooms 27,50,000.00

16 Bentinck Higher SecondarySchool for Girls, Vepery, chennai

Construction of four classrooms 41,00,000.00

17 Fathima Matriculation Higher Secondary School, Kodambakkam

Providing computer systems 5,00,000.00

18 `Disha Foundation, Royapettah

for establishing Mobile Maths 16,00,000.00 and Science Lab Van Project

19 Town Panchayat School, Kumbakonam

Construction of classroom and toilet for girls 20,00,000.00

Total 1,90,54,500.00 D -Health and Family Welfare

1 Vallur Village, Ponneri Taluka

Conduction De-addiction camps and awareness programme for make members. 1,00,000.00

Providing medical equipments to primary health centre 30,000.00

Conducting health camps 1,01,250.00

2 Nandiampakkam village, Ponneri Taluka

Providing health care facility 5,72,000.00

Providing counselling and de-addiction centres 1,00,000.00

3 Irular Colony, Ponneri Taluka

Conducting awareness programme on early marriage, safe delivery 1,00,000.00

Providing counselling and de-addiction centres 1,00,000.00

4 Thiruvottiyur, Chennai

Conducting counselling on family planning, prohibition of alcohol, drug addiction 2,00,000.00

Training in tailoring, data entry, embroidery and fishing related short term training for adolescent girls and boys

2,85,000.00

5 Ennore, Chennai

Providing water purifier to urban health centre 70000

Conducting Health Camps 101250 Conducting awareness camps on drug addiction, hygienic practices and HIV/AIDS 200000

6 Vaniaakkam Village, Ponneri Taluka

Conducting awareness and health camps for the senior citizen 200000

7 Kattupalli Village, Ponneri Taluka Organising health camps 101250

8 Vishranthi Oldage Home, Palavakkam, Chennai

Construction of Mortuary room and relaying of kitchen flooring 210000

9 Voluntary Health Services, Chennai Water and Sewerage facilities 5000000

10 Public Health Centre, West Mambalam Providing Hormone Analyzer 1450000

11 V.S.Medical Trust, Chetpet, Chennai

Providing P8 Ultrasound Medical equipment for treatment of Cancer 2500000

Total 1,14,20,750.00

E -Sanitation and Public Health

1 Irular Colony, Nandiambakkam Constructing integrated two toilets 1400000

2 Ennore ICDS Providing toilet for Anganwadi Children 490000

3 Pazhaverkadu Construction of Integrated two toilets 1400000 Providing Garbage bin for the Anganwadi and village 400000

5 Vallur Renovation of the existing toilet at Panchayat School 160000

Total 3850000

F- Promotion of Sports and Games

1 Thiruvottiyur, Chennai Providing sports infrastructure to youth welfare centre. 102900

2 Ennore, Chennai Developing a play ground in Chennai Middle School, Ennore 25000

3 Pazhaverkadu, Ponneri Taluk

Providing Gym for the youth welfare centre in Light House village 85000

4 Vallur village, Ponneri construction of compound wall for 1875000

TK playground 5 SCSTEDS, Vyasarpadi up gradation of Samanthipoo play ground 1548544 Total 3636444

G -Building of roads, pathways and bridges 1 Nandiampakkam Construction of Bus Shelter 220000 2 Thiruvottiyur Construction of Bus Shelter 220000

3 Vellambakkam Village Providing village road for vellambakkam village, kalpakkam panchayat for length of 1500m

6700000

4 Vallur Village Construction of Bus Shelter 220000 5 Kattupalli Village Construction of Bus Shelter 220000 6 Kalpakkam Village Construction of Bus Shelter 220000 7 Naloor village Construction of Bus Shelter 220000

8 Kodur Village

Providing approach road to burial ground for a length of 200 m 870000

Providing compound wall for burning ground 335000

Construction of burning ghat 120000 Total 9345000

H -Skill training / Vocational Training

1 Nandiyambakkam, Ponneri Taluk Training in Tailoring 201000

2 Pazhaverkadu Village, Ponneri Taluk Training in Embroidery (Saree works) 172000

3 Vallur Village, Ponneri Taluk Computer training 170000

1 Kulathumedu Village, Ponneri Taluk Value added fishery by product 135000

2 Ennore Kuppam, Chennai – 57. Value added fishery by product 175000

3 Hope vision India, Ponneri

provide 4Nos of desktop computers and 4 Nos of sewing machine 240000

Total 1093000

I Project management consultant for CSR projects 988000

J Base line survey and Evaluation of CSR activities for 2013-14 & for the year 2014-16 1300000

K Contribution towards self sufficiency schemes for Tiruvallur District under Drinking water facility, Education, Building of roadways under CSR scheme of Ennore Port Limited

19739000

GRAND TOTAL FY 2013-14 7,54,26,694.00

CSR Projects Expenditure during the year 2013-14:

1. Contribution towards self-sufficiency schemes for Tiruvallur District under CSR scheme of Ennore Port- Rs.1,97,39,000/-

2. Providing drinking water facility in the neighboring villages- Rs. 11,18,000/- 3. Providing educational infrastructure to neighboring schools and colleges –

Rs.32,00,000/- 4. Providing vocational/skill training to the men and women and Self Help Group-

Rs.7,60,000/- 5. Providing Road infrastructure and bus shelter to neighboring schools and colleges- Rs.

50,00,000/- 6. Expenditure spent for the CSR activities carriedout in the FY 2012-13 –

Rs.1,01,00,000/- Total expenditure for CSR projects during the financial year = Rs.3,99,17,000/-

Point wise compliance report on Ministry’s guidelines for the Ennore Port Expansion Proposals-Development of Terminals for marine liquids, coal, iron and containers in Second phase and associated dredging at Ennore Port Environmental clearance

Ref: MoEF Letter No. 10-28/2005-IA-III dated 10th September 2007. Back ground information MoEF had accorded environmental clearance vide letter No. 10-28/2005–IA-III dated 19th May 2006 for the following projects:-

1. Marine Liquid Terminal to handle 3 mtpa.

2. Coal Terminal other than TNEB Users to handle 8 mtpa.

3. Iron Ore Terminal to handle 12 mtpa.

4. Container Terminal for a quay length of 700m to handle 12 mtpa

5. Associated Capital Dredging of 15.50 million cubic metres.

Ennore Port Limited requested for modification of the above environmental clearance with respect to the Container Terminal, for the following reasons: Reason for Modification of Environmental Clearance

i. The draft policy for maritime sector (Ports, merchant Shipping and IWT) suggested that Port Planning for the Development of Container Terminal should have a quay length of 1000m and capacity of 1.50 million TEUs.

ii. In accordance the NMDP prepared by Dept. of Shipping included the Development of

Container Terminal at Ennore Port with 1000 metres.

iii. Department of Shipping has formulated an Action Plan for development of 18 Berths in various major Ports, which includes the Container Terminal of 1000 m quay length at Ennore Port during the financial year, 2007-08.

iv. Accordingly, it was proposed to reconfigure the container Terminal from 700 m to

1000m. v. Reconfiguration of the quay length of the proposed container Terminal from 700 m to

1000 m would require an associated capital dredging of additional 4 million cu.m

vi. Reconfiguration would revise the capacity of the Container Terminal from 1.0million TEUs to 1.50 million TEUs.

The Modification proposals were considered by Expert Appraisal Committee at its meeting held on 22nd to 24th August 2007 and recommend the following proposal Increase in quay length of the proposed container terminal from already approved

700 m to 1000m in order to handle additional 0.50 million TEU per annum Capital dredging for the above extension, additional 4 million cu.m on account of

additional 300 m of container quay length.

Approval of the Ministry of Environment & Forests.

MoEF had accorded environmental clearance vide letter No. 10-28/2005-IA-III dated 10th September 2007 and the validity of the same was extended for further period of 3 years, vide Ltr. No. 10-28/2005-IA-III dated 31.3.2014.

Status of the project: Container Terminal Development of World Class Container Terminal with a capacity of 18MTPA (1.5 million TEUs) per annum is planned on BOT basis through Public Private Partnership (PPP). Public Private Partnership Appraisal Committee (PPPAC) accorded project approval on 13th January 2009. The Environmental Clearance was received vide MoEF communication dated 19th May 2006 originally for 700m quay length and further clearance for extending to 1000m quay length from 700 m was received vide MoEF communication dated 10th September, 2007. After global bidding the concession has been awarded to M/s. Bay of Bengal Gateway Terminal Private Ltd (BOBGTL) for a period of 30 years. BOBGTL has failed to achieve the financial closure as per the concession agreement the concession agreement signed between EPL and M/s. BOBGTL was terminated on 28.9.2012. EPL decided to re-bid the project. Hence, EPL invited Expression of Interest (EOI) on 28.12.2012. Notice Inviting Tender for Request for Qualification (RFQ) was invited on 24.5.2013. At present 11 bids for qualification have been received for development of container terminal of 730 mtrs quay length with a capacity of 16.8 MTPA (1.4 million TUEs). EPL has awarded the work of development of Container terminal to M/s. Adani Ports and Special Economic Zone Ltd., Gujarat on 14.2.2014 and completion of the construction is expected by end of 2016.

Sr.No (A) Specific Conditions

Compliance report

(i) It should be ensured that no mangroves are destroyed during reclamation

No mangroves are destroyed.

(ii) The proposed extension to the project should not cause any shoreline change abutting Ennore Port.

Extension of the project will not cause any shore line changes.

(iii) Adequate provision for beach nourishment and sand by pass should be provided.

Complied with.

(iv) The dredged material obtained should be utilized for filling up of backup area.

Will be complied with. The dredge material will be utilized for land fill.

(v) All conditions stipulated in the environmental clearance letter of even number dated 19.5.2006 should be strictly complied with.

All stipulated conditions are being complied with and the compliance reports are regularly furnished to Regional office, Bangalore.

(vi) The additional dredged material of 4 million cu mts obtained from the project should not be disposed of into the sea.

Will be complied. The additional dredged material will not be disposed in the sea.

(vii) The reclaimed area should be used as container stackyards only.

Reclaimed area will be used for stackyard of container terminal which will come up in future.

(viii) Adequate drainage facilities should be provided in the reclaimed area along with collection and treatment system for treating the run off from the container stackyard.

Will be complied with.

(ix) Necessary approvals/clearances should be obtained from the Tamil Nadu Coastal Zone Management Authority and Tamil Nadu Pollution Control Board before implementing the project.

Tamil Nadu State Coastal Zone Management Authority in their 53rd meeting held on 28.8.2009 have accorded necessary clearance. Tamil Nadu Pollution Control

Board has accorded Consent to Operate to handle to a capacity of 18MTPA vide Consent Order No. 3437 and 3381 dated 19.1.2011 under Water and Acts.

B. General Conditions (i) Construction of the proposed structures should be

undertaken meticulously conforming to the existing Central/local rules and regulations including Coastal Regulation Zone Notification 1991 & its amendments. All the construction designs/drawings relating to the proposed construction activities must have approvals of the concerned State Government Departments/ Agencies.

It will be ensured that the conditions are complied with by the Project Concessionaire.

(ii) Adequate provisions for infrastructure facilities such as water supply, fuel, sanitation, etc. should be ensured for construction workers during the construction phase of the project so as to avoid felling of trees/mangroves and pollution of water and the surroundings.

Will be complied at the time of project construction.

(iii) The project authorities must make necessary arrangements for disposal of solid wastes and for the treatment of effluents by providing a proper wastewater treatment plant outside the CRZ area. The quality of treated effluents, solid wastes and noise level etc. must conform to the standards laid down by the competent authorities including the Central/State Pollution Control Board and the Union Ministry of Environment and Forests under the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986, whichever are more stringent.

The cargo to be handled in the project is containers. No effluents are generated inside the port due to operations. Port and ship generated solid wastes are collected and dumped in dumping yards approved by local bodies.

(iv) The proponent shall obtain the requisite consents for discharge of effluents and emissions under the Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 and the Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 from the Tamil Nadu Pollution Control Board before commissioning of the project and a copy of each of these shall be sent to this Ministry.

Obtained. Tamil Nadu Pollution Control Board has accorded Consent to Operate to handle to a capacity of 18MTPA vide Consent Order No. 3437 and 3381 dated 19.1.2011 under Water and Acts. Application was also submitted to TNPCB for the extension of the

consent to operate. (v) The proponents shall provide for a regular

monitoring mechanism so as to ensure that the treated effluents conform to the prescribed standards. The records of analysis reports must be properly maintained and made available for inspection to the concerned State/Central officials during their visits.

Only containers will be handled. No effluents will be generated.

(vi) In order to carryout the environmental monitoring during the operational phase of the projects, the project authorities should provide an environmental laboratory well equipped with standard equipment and facilities and qualified manpower to carryout the testing of various environmental parameters.

Will be complied.Port has engaged M/s. Hubert Enviro Care Systems (P) Ltd, an MoEF and NABL accredited laboratory for sampling and testing of various environmental parameters inside the port.

(vii) The sand dunes and mangroves, if any, on the site should not be disturbed in any way.

No sand dunes or mangroves are present in the project site.

(viii) A copy of the clearance letter will be marked to the concerned Panchayat/local NGO, if any, from whom any suggestion/representation has been received while processing the proposal.

No suggestion or representation was received from Panchayat/local NGO while processing the proposal.

(ix) The Tamil Nadu Pollution Control Board should display a copy of the clearance letter at the Regional Office, District Industries centre and Collectors Office/Tehsildars office for 30 days.

No action needed as far as EPL is concerned.

(x) The funds earmarked for environment protection measures should be maintained in a separate account and there should be no diversion of these funds for any other purpose. A year-wise expenditure on environmental safeguards should be reported to this Ministry’s Regional Office at Bangalore and the State Pollution Control Board.

The funds earmarked for environment protection measures will be maintained in a separate account. There will be no diversion of funds.

(xi) Full support should be extended to the officers of this Ministry's Regional Office at Bangalore and the officers of the Central and State Pollution Control Boards by the Project proponent during their inspection for monitoring purposes, by furnishing full details and action plans including the action taken reports in respect if mitigative measures and other environmental protection activities.

Being complied with.

(xii) In case of deviation or alteration in the project including the implementing agency, a fresh reference should be made to this Ministry for modification in the clearance conditions or imposition of new ones for ensuring environmental protection.

noted

(xiii) This Ministry reserves the right to revoke this clearance, if any of the conditions stipulated are not complied with to the satisfaction of this Ministry.

Noted

(xiv) This Ministry or any other competent authority may stipulate any other additional conditions subsequently, if deemed necessary for environmental protection, which shall be complied with.

Noted

(xv) The Project proponent should advertise at least in two local newspapers widely circulated in the region around the project, one of which shall be in the vernacular language of the locality concerned informing that the project has been accorded environmental clearance and the copies of clearance letters are available with the state pollution Control Board and may also be seen at web site of the Ministry of Environment & Forests at http://www.envfor.nic.in. The advertisement should be made within 7 days from the date of issue of the clearance letter and a copy of the same should be forwarded to the Regional office of this Ministry at Bangalore.

Complied. It was advertised in the vernacular Tamil and English newspapers on 17/9/2008.

(xvi) The project proponents should inform the Regional Office at Bangalore as well as the Ministry the date of financial closure and final approval of the project by the concerned authorities and the date of start of Land Development Work.

Will be complied.


Point wise compliance report on Ministry’s guidelines for the construction of General cargo berth at Ennore Port. Ref: MoEF Letter No. 11-21/2009-IA-III dated 23.7.2009 Back ground information MoEF had accorded environmental clearance vide letter No. 11-21/2009–IA-III dated 23rd July, 2009 for the development of a general cargo berth. The berth will be 250m length and 35m width to handle about 2 lakh cars per year and project cargoes & finished cargo of 0.5 million tons per year. Status of the project: A General Cargo Berth with Car parking area is being developed for the export of Cars and handling project cargo, etc. The berth will have a capacity to handle 2 lakh cars besides 0.5 MT general cargo per annum. The Environmental Clearance was received vide MoEF communication dated 23.7.2009. Contract for Construction of berth was awarded on 18th June 2009 and the berth was completed and inaugurated on 28.1.2011. Construction of parking yard is complete. Sl.No. Specific Conditions Remarks (i) As the Ennore expressway is very busy. It is

suggested to examine the details of traffic analysis and incorporate necessary improvement study the impact of additional traffic due to the proposed development

The report on traffic analysis was sent to MoEF vide our letter dated 17.2.2010.

(ii) No construction work other than those permitted in Coastal Regulation Zone Notification shall be carried out in Coastal Regulation Zone area.

Being complied.

(iii) Oil spills if any shall be properly collected and disposed as per the Rules.

Will be complied. Port is having Tier –I facility to handle eventual spills.

(iv) The project proponent shall set up separate environmental management cell for effective implementation of the stipulated environmental safeguards under the supervision of a Senior Executive.

Being complied. Port has engaged M/s. Hubert Enviro Care Systems (P) Ltd, an MoEF and NABL accredited laboratory for sampling and testing of various environmental parameters inside the port.

(v) The project proponent shall take up mangrove plantation/green belt in the project area, wherever possible. Adequate budget shall be provided in the Environment Management Plan for such mangrove development

Development of green belt is an ongoing process. About 30,000 trees in an area of 50 Ha is available inside the port at various pockets. Port is continuously developing green belt at various pockets

inside the port and maintaining.

(vi) The funds earmarked for environment management plan shall be included in the budget and this shall not be diverted for any other purposes.

Funds are earmarked in the budget for the various environmental activities like development of green belt, charges towards purchase of water for gardening, etc., on year to year basis.

Sl.No. General Conditions Remarks (i) The construction of the structures should be

undertaken as per the plans approved by the concerned local authorities/local administration, meticulously conforming to the existing local and Central rules and regulations including the provisions of Coastal Regulation Zone Notification dated 19.02.1991 and the approved Coastal Zone Management Plan of Tamil Nadu.

All constructions and plans are

approved by port itself as Port is

a regulatory authority by itself.

(ii) Provision shall be made for the housing of construction labour within the site with all necessary infrastructure and facilities such as fuel for cooking, mobile toilets, mobile STP, safe drinking water, medical health care, crèche etc. The housing may be in the form of temporary structures to be removed after the completion of the project.

No labour is staying inside the port area. Local labourers are engaged for various construction works.

(iii) Appropriate measures must be taken while undertaking digging activities to avoid any likely degradation of water quality.

Water quality is being monitored by port. Bottom sediment is fine sand, soft and silty clay in nature, hence, sediment suspension during dredging is medium. Moreover the type of dredgers used are Trailor Suction Hopper Dredger / Cutter Suction Hopper Dredger which minimised sediment suspension during dredging as it sucks the bottom sediments which carrying out dredging.

(iv) Borrow sites for each quarry sites for road construction material and dump sites must be identified keeping in view the following:

(a) No excavation or dumping on private property is carried out without written consent of the owner

No excavation or development is carried out on a private property.

(b) No excavation or dumping shall be allowed on wetlands, forest areas or other ecologically valuable

No wetlands, forest areas or other ecologically valuable or

or sensitive locations sensitive locations are present in the project area.

(c) Excavation work shall be done in close consultation with the Soil Conservation and Watershed Development Agencies working in the area, and

No excavation is taking place in the project area.

(d) Construction spoils including bituminous material and other hazardous materials must not be allowed to contaminate water courses and the dump sites for such materials must be secured so that they shall not leach into the ground water.

No construction spoils or any other hazardous materials are generated during the construction process.

(v) The construction material shall be obtained only from approved quarries. In case new quarries are to be opened, specific approvals from the competent authority shall be obtained in this regard.

Construction material does not involve any quarry. Only iron, steel are used for RCC.

(vi) Adequate precautions shall be taken during transportation of the construction material so that it does not affect the environment adversely.

The construction material which is transported is fully covered hence no emission of dust.

(vii) Full support shall be extended to the officers of this Ministry/ Regional Office at Bangalore by the project proponent during inspection of the project for monitoring purposes by furnishing full details and action plan including action taken reports in respect of mitigation measures and other environmental protection activities.

Being complied.

(viii) Ministry of Environment & Forests or any other competent authority may stipulate any additional conditions or modify the existing ones, if necessary in the interest of environment and the same shall be complied with.

Noted.

(ix) The Ministry reserves the right to revoke this clearance if any of the conditions stipulated are not complied with the satisfaction of the Ministry

Noted.

(x) In the event of a change in project profile or change in the implementation agency, a fresh reference shall be made to the Ministry of Environment and Forests.

Noted.

(xi) The project proponents shall inform the Regional Office as well as the Ministry, the date of financial closure and final approval of the project by the concerned authorities and the date of start of land

Complied. EPL has informed MoEF and RO of MoEF vide its letter No. EPL/MS/Env/GCB/1/08

development work.

Dt. 7.12.2009

(xii) Tamil Nadu State Pollution Control Board shall display a copy of the clearance letter at the Regional Office, District Industries Center and Collector’s Office/ Tehsildar’s Office for 30 days.

Not applicable

7 These stipulations would be enforced among others under the provisions of Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act 1974, the Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act 1981, the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986, the Public Liability (Insurance) Act, 1991 and EIA Notification 1994, including the amendments and rules made thereafter.

Noted.

8 All other statutory clearances such as the approvals for storage of diesel from Chief Controller of Explosives, Fire Department, Civil Aviation Department, Forest Conservation Act, 1980 and Wild (Protection) Act, 1972 etc. shall be obtained, as applicable by project proponents from the respective competent authorities.

These clearances are not required. In case of requirement will be taken as applicable.

9 The project proponent shall advertise in at least two local Newspapers widely circulated in the region, one of which shall be in the vernacular language informing that the project has been accorded Environmental Clearance and copies of clearance letters are available with the Tamil Nadu State Pollution Control Board and may also be seen on the website of the Ministry of Environment and Forests at http://www.envfor.nic.in. The advertisement should be made within 10 days from the date of receipt of the Clearance letter and a copy of the same should be forwarded to the Regional Office of this Ministry at Bangalore.

Complied. Advertised in two local news papers on 6.8.2009. the copies of the advertisements were forwarded to MoEF, RO, Bangalore vide our letter No.EPL/MS/Env/GCB/01/2008 dated 25.8.2009.

10 Environmental Clearance is subject to final order of the Hon’ble Supreme Court of India in the matter of Goa Foundation Vs. Union of India in Writ Petition (Civil) No.460 of 2004 as may be applicable to this project.

Noted.

11 Any appeal against this Environmental Clearance shall lie with the National Environment Appellate Authority, if preferred, within a period of 30 days as prescribed under Section 11 of the National Environment Appellate Act, 1997.

Noted.


12 A copy of the Clearance letter shall be sent by the proponent to concerned Panchayat, Zilla Parishad/Municipal Corporation, Urban Local Body and the Local NGO, if any, from whom suggestions/ representations, if any, were received while processing the proposal. The clearance letter shall also be put on the website of the company by the proponent.

No suggestions / representations are received while processing the proposal. The clearance letter is put on the web site.

13 The proponent shall upload the status of compliance of the stipulated EC conditions, including results of monitored data on their website and shall update the same periodically. It shall simultaneously be sent to the Regional Office of MoEF, the respective Zonal Office of CPCB and the SPCB. The criteria pollutant levels namely; SPM, RSPM, SO2, NOx (ambient levels as well as stack emissions) or critical sect oral parameters, indicated for the project shall be monitored and displayed at a convenient location near the main gate of the company in the public domain.

Will be complied. The status of the compliance of the stipulated EC conditions and the results of the monitored data are being sent to Regional office of MoEF. The criteria pollutant levels will be displaced at a convenient location near the main gate of the company. A notice board displaying the monthly environmental status is displayed at the main gate.

14 The project proponent shall also submit six monthly reports on the status of compliance of the stipulated EC conditions including results of monitored data (both in hard copies as well as by e-mail) to the respective Regional Office of MoEF, the respective Zonal Office of CPCB and the SPCB.

Being complied.

15 The environmental statement for each financial year ending 31st March in Form – V as is mandated to be submitted by the project proponent to the concerned State Pollution Control Board as prescribed under the Environment (Protection) Rules, 1986, as amended subsequently, shall also be put on the website of the company along with the status of compliance of EC conditions and shall also be sent to the respective Regional Offices of MoEF by e-mail.

Will be complied. The status of compliance of EC conditions are sent to the Regional Offices of MoEF by e-mail.

REPORT DOCUMENTATION SHEET Technical Report No: Final Date: May, 2014 Title DESK STUDIES TO ASSESS THE EFFECT OF COAL BERTH 3 AND 4 ON THE

SHORELINE AT KAMARAJAR PORT, ENNORE, TAMIL NADU

Officers Responsible for Conducting the Studies: Shri A.S. Chalawadi, Assistant Research Officer of Ports & Harbours division conducted the desk studies. Shri. H.B. Jagadeesh, Chief Research Officer was division head in-charge during the studies. Studies and preparation of Technical report was carried out under the supervision of Shri T. Nagendra, Joint Director.

Name and Address of Organisation conducting the studies: Coastal and Offshore Engineering Laboratory

Central Water and Power Research Station, Pune, India

Name And Address Of Authority Sponsoring the Studies: Chair Person, Asian Consulting Engineers (Pvt ) Ltd., No.66, Hemkunt Colony, IInd Floor, New Delhi-110048 Synopsis:

M/s Kamarajar Port Ltd., Ennore is planning to develop Coal Berths 3 & 4 to meet the additional demand for the coal traffic. In this context M/S Asian Consulting Engineers (ACE) Pvt. Ltd have been appointed as the Environmental consultants by the port authorities. The desk studies to assess the shore line changes due to the development of these berths were referred to CWPRS by M/S ACE. Accordingly desk studies were carried out by utilizing the available data from M/s Kamarajar Port Ltd. The Coal Berths 3 & 4 are proposed to be developed in an inner dock basin is planned in between the existing Coal Berth-1, 2 and CICTPL Coal berth. The proposed development involves a dredging of about 2.6 MCM. The dredged material mainly comprises of dense grey silty fine sand, grayish silty sand, grey sandy silt, very stiff grey silty clay with traces of fine sand, dense silty fine sand and top soil with vegetative cover.

The proposed development area is within the harbour basin hence the effects on the shoreline adjacent to the port by this development are minimal. However necessary care needs to be taken to dispose the dredged material suitably. In this context suggestions are made in the present report to dispose the dredged material according to the suitability. It is also suggested to use the top vegetative fertile soil for the existing plants and trees in the port area in a beneficial way. The scrap due to dismantling of buildings and road may be suitably used for filling the low laying areas proposed for reclamation by the port.

Since the identification of type of material is through borehole samplings, the chance of variation of the dredged material other than the anticipated does exist. Hence the strategies for the disposal of the dredged material for land reclamation, beach nourishment and deep sea disposal are discussed in the report. Also for this reason there is a need to closely monitor the type of material throughout the dredging process and adopt the disposal strategies according to the suitability of material is suggested. Key words: Coal Berth, Shoreline Management, breakwater, sand bund, beach nourishment, dock arm, borehole sampling, dredging, reclamation, sea disposal.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1.0 INTRODUCTION 1

2.0 SCOPE OF STUDIES 4

3.0 SITE CONDITIONS

3.1 Wave Climate 5

3.2 Tidal Levels 5

3.3 Currents and littoral drift 5

4.0 GENERAL BEHAVIOR OF COAST LINE AT ENNORE 6

4.1 Accretion and Erosion 6

4.2 Earlier studies by CWPRS 7

5.0 DREDGING REQUIREMENTS AND DREDGED MATERIAL 9

6.0 EFFECTS OF DREDGING AND DISPOSAL OF DREDGE MATERIAL 11

6.1 Important points to be observed during dredging and disposal 14

7.0 CONCLUDING REMARKS AND RECOMMENDATIONS 19

1

CWPRS Technical Report No: (Final), May 2014 1

DESK STUDIES TO ASSESS THE EFFECT OF DEVELOPMENT OF COAL BERTH 3 AND 4 ON THE SHORELINE AT

KAMARAJAR PORT, ENNORE, TAMIL NADU Technical Report No.: (Final) Month: May 2014 1. INTRODUCTION

Kamarajar Port is located on the east coast of India about 24 km north of

Chennai Port in Tamil Nadu (Fig.1). The Kamarajar Port Ltd (KPL) is the 12th Major

port and only corporate port in India. The port consists of a northern breakwater of

about 3080m length and southern breakwater of about 1070m length with entrance

from south-east direction. The approach channel of 250 m width dredged up to –16

m is aligned at 165o N bearing. Since the port is situated in the high littoral drift zone,

it has caused significant impact on the shoreline. The southern shoreline witnessed

the accretion due to south breakwater while northern coastline is experiencing

erosion.

The port was commissioned in June 2001 with two Coal Berths dedicated to

handle thermal coal for the Thermal Power Stations of Tamil Nadu Electricity

Board(TNEB) located North of Chennai( 630MW), Ennore(450MW) and Mettur

(840MW) under Phase-I development.

Under Phase-II development following facilities were planned

1. Marine Liquids of 3 MTPA capacity to handle LPG, POL,LPG, Chemicals,

Edible Oils and other liquids

2. Coal Berth to handle 8MTPA capacity for Users other than TNEB

3. Iron Ore of 12 MTPA capacity for export of iron ore

4. Container terminal of 1.5 MTEU capacities (18 MTPA)

5. A general cargo berth for export of cars and handling project cargo

Under this phase all projects except container terminal were completed at present.

TNEB has planned to work on second phase development of NCTPS with

2x600MW. Also it is setting up 3x500MW thermal power station at Vallur, near

Ennore port in coloration with NTPC. Further expansions are also being planned at

Ennore Thermal Power Station and Mettur Thermal plant. Thus there is need for

handling additional coal at Ennore port in order to maintain supply to the above

Desk Studies to Assess the Effect of Development of Coal Berth 3 and 4 on the Shoreline at Kamarajar Port, Ennore, Tamil Nadu.

2

CWPRS Technical Report No: (Final), May, 2014

proposed developments. In this context TNEB has approached Kamarajar port Ltd

(KPL) to create additional facilities to handle coal traffic. The total requirement of coal

to be handled through KPL will be about 35MTPA when all the projects are

commissioned. The existing berths under phase-I is capable of handling 16MTPA

and to meet the future demand now KPL has planned to develop two coal berths

each having capacity to handle 9 MTPA .

Figure 1. Satellite image of Kamarajar Port

(Source: Google Image)

The proposed Coal Berths - 3 & 4 are planned in an inner dock arm to be

created between the existing Coal Berth -1,2 and CICTPL Coal berth projecting land

ward side for a distance of about 361m on the southern side of the basin and about

348m on the northern face. The North to South width of the proposed inner dock

basin is 384m including the widths of the berthing structures. (Fig. 2)

INDIA


3


Figure 2. Proposed Coal Berths - 3 & 4 and Existing Coal Berth -1, 2 and CICTPL Coal berth.

The KPL authorities have appointed M/S Asian Consulting Engineers Pvt. Ltd

as the Environmental consultants the proposed development. In this context the desk

studies to assess the shore line changes due to the development of these berths was

referred to CWPRS by the consultants. Accordingly desk studies were carried by

utilizing the available data from M/s Kamarajar Port Ltd. and the earlier study

conducted for the port by CWPRS. The present report gives the details of the desk

studies conducted at CWPRS for this purpose.


4


The hydraulic physical model studies were carried out for the development of

CB-3 & CB-4 at CWPRS on the existing 3-D rigid bed physical model Scale 1:120(

G.S.) facilitated with random wave generation and multichannel wave data

acquisition facilities. These model studies were reported in a separate report to KPL.

The studies have indicated that the proposed CB-3 & CB-4 would have desired wave

tranquility and comfortable berthing conditions with no further extension or alteration

to the existing breakwater layout of the port. From this it is evident that the

construction of the proposed CB-3 and CB-4 will not have any adverse effects on the

shore line adjacent to the port.

The proposed development of the Coal Berths inside the existing harbor

basin of the Kamarajar Port at Ennore is not expected to have any direct impact on

the shoreline south and north of the breakwater structures of the port. The material

dredged from the proposed Dock Arm will have to be suitably disposed either on the

land or in the offshore as per the nature of material that is expected to be

encountered at various strata. The present report has been prepared by assuming

various options of disposal without any specific estimate of the soil quantity. A

reference to past studies of bypassing of sand from the material dredged from the

basin has been also mentioned in the report. This report does not include any model

studies either using mathematical or physical wave model existing at CWPRS.

2.0 SCOPE OF STUDIES

Following are the scope of the present study:

1) Effects of the proposed development of Coal Berths 3 & 4 on the shoreline

adjacent to the port

2) Identifying the quantity of the dredging and the type of the material by utilizing the field survey details and borehole results that are readily available from the port authority.

3) Strategy for effective utilization of the dredged material to reclaim land by utilizing the usable dredged material within the port limits at identified land for reclamation.

4) To evaluate the best possible solutions for the shoreline management by beach nourishment with the available suitable dredged material arising during the present development.


5


5) To suggest suitable disposal methods like land disposal, shore line nourishment and deep sea disposal depending on the type of material without causing adverse effects on the environment.

3.0 SITE CONDITIONS 3.1 Wave climate

The East coast of India is subjected to severe cyclonic storms during North-

East and South-West monsoons. The wave climate during the entire year indicates

that the predominant wave directions in deep water are from NNE to East and SSE to

WSW with the maximum wave heights of the order of 4.5 m. The wave period vary

from 5 to 12 seconds in the near-shore region.

3.2 Tidal Levels

The Ennore Port is located about 24 km north of Chennai Port. The tidal

levels at Chennai Port are as below:

Highest High Water Level (HHWL) - + 1.52 m Mean High Water Spring (MHWS) - + 1.10 m Mean High Water Neap (MHWN) - + 0.80 m

Mean Sea Level (MSL) - + 0.60 m Mean Low Water Neap (MLWN) - + 0.40 m Mean low Water Spring (MLWS) - + 0.10 m For the design of shoreline protection works, normally these water levels are

considered.

3.3 Currents and littoral drift

From the available records of field observations (during the months of May-

June 2008), it is noticed that the currents are generally parallel to the coastline with

the maximum magnitude of the order of 0.3m/s.

The littoral drift computed by various researchers and agencies are presented

in CWPRS technical report No.5142 of January 2014. In general the annual rate of

northward and southward transport at the Chennai coastline is of the order of 0.60

and 0.10 million cubic meters respectively. Hence the average annual northward and

southward transports transport for Ennore coastline are considered to be 0.60 and


6


0.10 million cubic meters respectively. The annual net transport is towards north of

the order of 0.50 million cubic meters and gross transport is of the order of 0.70

million cubic meters.

4.0 General behavior of the coast line at Ennore

4.1 Accretion and Erosion

Since the port is situated in the high littoral drift prone zone, the port

development has caused significant impact on the adjacent shoreline. The southern

shoreline witnessed the accretion (Figure 3 & photo 1) while northern coastline is

experiencing erosion. CWPRS has conducted various studies for the shoreline

changes due to various developments from time to time and reported to the port

authorities.

Figure 3: Satellite image showing accretion of sand on south of south B/W (Source: Google Image)


7


Photo 1: A view of accretion on south of south B/W

4.2 Earlier studies by CWPRS

Various studies were conducted earlier at CWPRS for the shoreline changes at

Kamarajar Port for different developments. The following are the brief outcome of

these studies.

Mathematical model studies for the simulation of littoral drift and shoreline changes

for the proposed phase II development at KPL was conducted and the outcome of

the studies was reported in Technical Report No. 4657 of September, 2009. This

study deals with the impact of bypassing the dredged material from the Phase II

development for nourishment on the north side of the port. It was suggested that the

bypassing of sand would help in preventing recession of the northern shoreline which

could be of the order of 200 m in length of 3000 m to 4000 m.

Desk studies for Shoreline management for the proposed phase-II development at

KPL was undertaken and reported in Technical Report: 4658 of September,

2009.Through these studies it was suggested that for effective shoreline

management, sand bypassing from the harbor basin and the accretion in the south

coastline by nourishing the northern shoreline at KPL. In order to bypass sand from


8


the southern side it was suggested for the creation of a sand trap at the port entrance

in the shelter of the North breakwater and bypass by regular dredging after the SW

monsoon and using a shore based pipeline. Bypassing of the sand accumulated at

the mouth of the Ennore creek was also suggested for keeping the inlet open. This

would enable stability of the Ennore coastline.

A recent study was also carried out to assess the impact of the development of the

L&T Port in the immediate north of Kamarajar port. Mathematical model studies for

integrated morphological changes in the coastline between Ennore creek and L&T

port including North of L&T port at Ennore was undertaken and reported in Technical

Report: 5142 of January 2014.The results of the Mathematical model studies

indicated erosion on the north side of Kamarajar port and accretion on the south side

of L&T port. The magnitude of erosion is predicted as 1.1Km alongshore and 150m in

cross-shore over a period of 10 years. For the southern portion of the south

breakwater of L&T port the along shore accretion for 0.9Km and cross-shore

accretion for about 450m over a period of 10 years were predicted. It was

recommended to construct 40m long groynes at an interval of about 100m along the

eroding coast north of Kamarajar Port.

Based on the above studies it was suggested for utilizing the suitable dredged

material during the various development works for nourishing the erosion prone

northern region of the port to manage the shoreline stability. Earlier KPL had also

plans to create some additional back up land for the port on the north of North

breakwater. Accordingly KPL authorities have utilized the dredged material during

different construction phases to nourish the northern regions of the port (Photo 2).

This has reduced the eroding nature of the coastline at the northern regions of the

port and a good beach has also been developed at this region. Various suggestions

are also made from time to time to provide suitable beach protective structures like

short groin field, geo tubes at selected locations to improve the beach retention at

these regions. Various strategies to retain the reclaimed land are also suggested in

the earlier CWPRS studies to avoid erosive nature of the Northern regions of the port

in general. In the context of development of the Coal Berths CB-3 and CB-4 which

will not have any direct impact on the shoreline, however the suitable material

dredged may be similarly utilized for bypassing to northern shoreline.


9


Photo 2: A view of nourished beach north of North Breakwater

5.0 DREDGING REQUIREMENTS AND DREDGE MATERIAL

In the present development work of coal berth 3 & 4 involves a total dredging

of about 2.6MCM from land ward region. In the proposed development area 10

borehole sampling were taken (Figure 4). The Bore Hole data for the proposed

dredging area indicates the dredging material comprises of mainly dense grey silty

fine sand, grayish silty sand, grey sandy silt, very stiff grey silty clay with traces of

fine sand, dense silty fine sand ( Ref: Table 1 ).The dense, stiff soil materials are

not suitable for beach nourishment. Also if the soil contains predominately clay or silt

it is also not suitable for the beach nourishment. Since the availability of

predominately sandy material which is suitable for beach nourishment during the

present development is anticipated to be very less in quantity, no remarkable beach

nourishment can be expected from the present development.


10


TABLE 1 - DESCRIPTION OF BORE HOLE SAMPLES

(As the depth in the proposed basin is about -16.0m, bore hole samples up to 19.0m depth are taken in to account)

NOTE: Bore Hole Locations indicated in Figure 4

Location Depth (m)

Description of material From To

Bore Hole No. 1

0.00m 13.0m Dense grey silty fine sand

13.0m 19.0m Very stiff Grey Silty Clay with traces of fine sand

Bore Hole No. 2

0.00m 13.0m Dense grey silty fine sand


Bore Hole No. 3

0.00m 11.0m Grayish silty sand


Bore Hole No. 4



Bore Hole No. 5



Bore Hole No. 6



Bore Hole No. 7



Bore Hole No. 8

0.00m 7.0m Gray sandy silt

7.0m 13.0m Dense Silty fine sand

13.0m 18.0m Very stiff Gray Silty Clay with traces of fine sand

Bore Hole No. 9




Bore Hole No. 10



13.0m 18.0m Very stiff Gray Silty Clay with traces of fine sand


11


Figure 4. Location of Bore Holes at proposed inner basin for CB - 3 & 4

6.0 EFFECTS OF DREDGING AND DISPOSAL OF DREDGE MATERIAL

The proposed development of the coal berths is within the existing harbour

basin by creating a dock arm by dredging land ward side. Thus the dredging is within

the harbour basin limits and as such there will be no direct effects on the adjacent

shoreline due to the proposed development. However the strategy needs to be made

for the disposal of the dredged material arising due to the development of the dock

arm. Three different possible disposal options may be explored for the disposal of the

dredge material.

i) Utilizing the available suitable dredged material for reclamation of the low

lying areas in the port limits. The port authorities have already certain low

lying areas for reclamation purpose (Fig. 5).

ii) Strategy for beach nourishment by trucking the available suitable sandy

material to nourish the erosion prone northern regions of the port (Fig 3)


12


iii) Deep water disposal of any material found unfit for land disposal or beach

nourishment may be disposed at the identified disposal ground as

suggested by NIOT in their studies.

Apart from these it is also suggested to utilize the top vegetative fertile soil for

development of the greenery in the vast area available within the port limits. Action

may also initiate to replant the disturbed plants and trees at suitable locations in the

available vast port area.

The scrap arising from the dismantling of road and buildings need to be

disposed on the low lying land areas for reclamation purpose and sufficient care

need to be taken not to dispose this material anywhere near the sea front since the

same will cause undesirable harms to the coastline in the region.

The type of material identified through bore holes are only sample indicators,

there are possibilities that during the actual execution of the dredging work the spoil

material may be different than the one anticipated by bore hole sampling (Table 2).

Hence there is a need to closely monitor the type of material encountered during the

entire process of dredging and to segregate the usage of the dredged material

accordingly based on the suitability.

Table-2

Approximate quantity of material in proposed CB3 & CB4 inner dock arm

Type of material Qty (m3)

1 Top soil with vegetative covers 477120

2 Dense grey silty fine sand 276900

3 Very stiff Grey Silty Clay with traces of fine sand 582200

4 Greyish silty sand 952820

5 Dense Silty fine sand 161880

6 Grey sandy silt 207320

Total 2658240


13


Figure 5: Proposed dredged material dumping area


14


7. Important points to be observed during dredging and disposal

The following points need to be considered during the process of dredging

and disposal.

The land reclamation planned by KPL needs to identify the properties of the

available dredged material, whether suitable for the suitable for land

reclamation based on the end use of the proposed reclamation land. The

properties of the dredged material may also altered by adding suitable

additive material to suit the usability of the spoil to fill the low lying lands.

The beach nourishment planning need to be made by possibly exploring

points of nourishment at different locations from the root of the north

breakwater. The experience from the nourishment made during the phase-II

development of the port need to be utilized in this direction to choose the

nourishment areas. From the field observations it was noticed that certain

localised pockets of erosion (Photo 3) were present near the root of the north

breakwater and adjacent regions. Care must be exercised to fill up the

erosive pockets with the available sandy material. This can be well

accomplished with the present development since this involves mainly the

landward dredging and as such disposal by trucking can be very effectively

planned to correct the erosive pockets in the nourishment region.

The bore hole data indicates limited availability of sandy material for beach

nourishment, as such the available suitable material is suggested to be used

for filling up the erosive pockets on the northern side of North breakwater. In

the absence of shoreline data it is suggested to identify such pockets at site

during disposal of the material by trucking. Thus the exact quantification of

the shoreline changes can’t be predicted at this stage. However the

nourishment at erosive pockets will be beneficial in shoreline management.


15


Photo 3: A view of outlet point of Sand bypassing and localised pockets of erosion

The selection of injection point during beach nourishment, at the point of

injection due to heavy discharges from the nourishment pipes the erosive

pockets were formed immediately beneath the point of discharge. Efforts

have been made to retain the sand nourished by constructing sand bunds

along with a protective sand bag layer to provide stability for the bund (Photo

4 & 5).

Photo 4: Sand bag protection for the sand bunds


16


Photo 5: A view of sand bund perpendicular to coast provided with sand bag protection

The wave energy concentration at the root of the long North breakwater

(3080m in length). The waves from the predominant south-easterly direction

while propagating towards the shore is obstructed to reach the shore to

dissipate its energy by the existing breakwater. This leads to only partial

energy dissipation along the breakwater instead of complete wave absorption

on the shoreline with proper sandy beach. Hence there will be accumulation

of wave energy along the breakwater during the process of its propagation

towards the shoreline from South East direction. The observation of the wave

pattern near these regions on the existing physical wave model at CWPRS

has also indicated this effect (Ref. Photo 6). For this reason separate spurs

may be planned from the North breakwater at suitable locations. This can be

finalised with a separate detailed study.

During the present development strategies may be made to nourish the

localized erosive pockets. This can be very conveniently done by the

present development since in the present development, dredging is to be

made from the land side, nourishment of the suitable material by landward

movement (trucking) can be very efficiently and conveniently be made.


17


Photo 6: Wave concentration at the north of north breakwater in physical model

Since the material dredging is from the land side and also the material has

been identified as non-toxic by the Bore Hole samplings, the possibility of

deep sea disposal is very remote. In case if it becomes necessary during the

course of the development work same can be made by adopting to the

dumping site identified by Mathematical model studies by National Institute for

Ocean Technology( NIOT), on the northern side of the port at a depth of

about 40m. However the dumping at this region needs to be monitored by

carrying out bathymetry survey to assess the dispersion of the disposed

material and also by sediment sampling at these regions to assess the

migration of the disposed material and its effects on the adjoining areas as

suggested by NIOT, Chennai.

The proposed development area is entirely on the landward side. (Figure. 6)

The surface area of the ground is identified as predominately sandy covered

with few plants and wild bushes, also some existing buildings; roads need to

be demolished for the proposed development. Care need to be exercised for

re-plantation of the plants and tress removed during this process. The port is

having a very vast back up area which can be utilized for this purpose. Care


18


also need to be exercised to dispose the building scrap material for filling up

of any low lying area on the land side without resorting for sea side disposal

of the same which otherwise causes unwanted hazards conditions.

PROPOSED CB -- 4

PROPOSED CB -- 3

FU

TU

RE

B

ER

TH

Figure 6: Satellite image showing area of proposed C B - 3 & 4

CWPRS has suggested for effective shoreline management by resorting to

sand bypassing at Kamarajar Port. In earlier study reports it was also

indicated to create sand trap near the entrance of the port within the protection

of the existing North breakwater. The sand accumulated in this can be

dredged by deploying dredgers; in this the required wave tranquility for the

dredgers to operate will be available from the protection of the North

breakwater for this region. The regular dredging will serve dual purpose. It

prevents the movement of the accumulated littoral drift material towards the

port entrance regions and undue shallowing of the entrance regions and the

material dredged can be suitably nourished on the northern regions to avoid

undue erosion and maintaining good absorptive beach in this region.


19


In the proposed dock arm the southern and northern faces of the dock are

proposed for the development of Coal Berth 3 & 4 respectively. The decking

for the berths are proposed on pilled structures with underneath provision for

wave run up with a rubble slope protection of 2:1 for maintaining good wave

tranquility in the dock arm and to avoid unnecessary wave reflection from

these faces of the dock arm. Where as the western face of the dock arm is

proposed to have an earth retaining structure for preventing the sliding of the

earthen bank.

In case the Future Berths along the North-South face are not contemplated

immediately, it is suggested that this region may be developed with a temporary

spending beach with the waves in the dock arm propagating towards this face. This

spending beach will be very useful in absorbing the waves in the proposed dock arm.

In order to give room for the development of spending beach suitable modifications

may be incorporated for the structures proposed in the North-South face, if

necessary.

8.0 CONCLUDING REMARKS AND RECOMMENDATIONS

1. The proposed development is entirely on the land ward side within the harbour

basin. Hence the effect of the proposed development will not have any impact

on the adjacent shoreline of the port.

2. The Borehole data indicates that the dredge material for the development mainly

comprises of dense grey silty fine sand, grayish silty sand, grey sandy silt, very

stiff grey silty clay with traces of fine sand and dense silty fine sand.

3. The dredged material depending on its properties may be used for land

reclamation, beach nourishment or deep sea disposal.

4. While adopting land reclamation from the dredged materials options may be

explored to improve the engineering properties of the soil by suitable additives.

5. Sandy material suitable for beach nourishment can be effectively used for filling

up of the existing erosive pockets in the nourishment region by trucking

method.


20


6. Even though the bore hole samplings at the proposed development area has

indicated the absence of any toxic material in the proposed dredge spoil, since

the borehole sampling are only sample indicators continuous monitoring of

dredge material is suggested

7. In case of any dredge material unsuitable for land ward disposal or beach

nourishment the same may be disposed at deep sea on the North East of port

at the site as suggested by NIOT in their studies with necessary monitoring for

the dispersion of the disposed material.

8. Due to wave energy concentration, pockets of beach erosion were noticed near

the northern region of the root of the North breakwater. To avoid erosion in this

region it is suggested to provide spur in this zone with further detailed studies.

9. It is recommended to provide a suitable sloping face on the North-South face of

Dock Arm for absorption of wave energy.

10. The top fertile vegetative cover soil may be used beneficially for the

development of the greenery at the existing port backup areas.

11. The disturbed trees and plants in the area of development may suitably replant

in the available port area.

12. The scrap from dismantling of buildings and roads in the development area may

suitably used for filling up of low lying areas for reclamation of land identified by

the port.


21


Reference:

1. Technical Report:4657(September, 2009) “Mathematical model studies for the

simulation of littoral drift and shoreline changes for the proposed phase II

development at Ennore Port, Tamil Nadu”.

2. Technical Report: 4658 (September, 2009) “Desk studies for Shoreline

management for the proposed phase-II development at Ennore Port, Tamil

Nadu”.

3. Technical Report: 5142 ( January 2014) “ Mathematical model studies for

integrated morphological changes in the coastline between Ennore creek and

L&T port including North of L&T port at Ennore, Tamil Nadu.

4. Interim report on Land Geotechnical investigation for the proposed Coal berth CB-

3 & CB-4 at Ennore port, September 2013.

ENNORE PORT LIMITED (A Govt. of India Undertaking)

Environmental Impact Assessment for Development of Two Additional Coal Berths (CB3 & CB4) at Ennore Port,

Tamil Nadu.

December 2013

ENNORE PORT LIMITED Chapter: 1 Rev.No.: 2

CRISIS MANAGEMENT PLAN Page No.: Page 1 of 3 Date: 06/12/2013

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1. INTRODUCTION

2. DEFINITIONS

3. BASIS OF PLAN

4. SCOPE OF CRISIS MANAGEMENT IN ENNORE PORT

5. PERSONNEL AND DISCIPLINE

6. BROAD GUIDELINESAT SITE FOR PORT USERS

7. CRISIS CONTROL CENTRE

8. EMERGENCIES/CRISIS

9. MUSTERING AND EVACUATION

10. NOTIFICATION / REPORTING FORMATS

11. TRAINING / DRILLS/ REVIEW

12. CONTACT NUMBERS

13. ANNEXURES

14. MAPS AND DRAWINGS



1. INTRODUCTION

1.1. This Crisis Management Plan has been designed to cover all foreseeable disasters that

might affect the Ennore port and create a Crisis.

1.2. A Crisis in any form at the Ennore Port can lead to be a major calamity in view of the

variety of chemicals and other hazardous materials envisaged for handling through the

Port.

1.3. The Crisis situation may further be compounded because of the storage farms for

P.O.L., Dangerous Chemicals as well as the pipelines that carry around these

dangerous substances from the ship to various places and vice-versa, are all situated

within the Port complex.

1.4. The objectives of the Plan should be to make the maximum use of the available

resources to:

1.1.1. Effect the rescue and treatment of casualties

1.1.2. Provide protection to all persons.

1.1.3. Minimise the damage to property and environment.

1.1.4. Initially contain and ultimately bring the incident under control.

1.1.5. Provide information to the media and for subsequent enquiries.

1.5. All the operations of Ennore Port are being carried out by outsourcing to outside

agencies / contractors. These agencies operate with their own assets, which include

equipment, men and stores. It is their responsibility to provide themselves with the

required resources and to take appropriate actions to safe guard their interests in the

event of an accident or crisis in the Port Complex. They would have to necessarily

develop their own Crisis Management Plans and keep them updated. Guidelines are

given in this Crisis Management Plan which could help them in the actions that each of

these agencies / units would be called upon to take, in the event of a Crisis.



1.6. The Management of the Ennore Port are aware of their potential for handling any

major Crisis. They are also aware of their obligation – which is mutual in nature - to

protect all persons at work in the Port including those in the neighbourhood who might

be affected by the Crisis.

1.7. Ennore Port shall, bring to the notice of all concerned as available at the earliest, any

hazard or Crisis in the Port complex, affecting the Port employees and others; issue

warning and take all steps to handle and prevent escalation by following the Crisis

Management Plan.

1.8. It will be the responsibility of the Senior most persons of the various units / agencies

present to organise and render the required support to the Port in Crisis Management,

in so far it lies within their capacity to do so. This will in no way affect their

responsibility to implement the necessary precautions and to look after and safeguard

their own men, material and equipment.

1.9. The Port will not be liable for any damage caused to any equipment belonging to the

any of the contractors / agents and for any injury or death caused to any of those

employed by them in the discharge of their duties or otherwise inside the Port Complex

due to any accident or crisis happening inside the Port Limits.

1.10. While using these plans it should be borne in mind that these plans cannot be termed as

complete with respect to all actions to be taken in emergency. Additional/different

actions may be required as detailed by the emergency.



2. DEFINITIONS

Intent: Crisis Management Plan is the central component of the comprehensive Port

Safety. The most important consideration in Crisis Management Plan is the Safety, Health and

Welfare of the Port Staff, Port Users and others working in the Port Complex.

Crisis Management Plan: Crisis Management Plan is that part of the Ennore Port

Authority’s approach to Port Safety which focuses more narrowly on a time limited, problem

focused intervention to identify, confront and resolve the Crisis, restore equilibrium, support

appropriate adaptive responses and minimise dislocation to normal port operations.



The Three Levels Of Crisis:

Level 1 – Events likely to endanger human lives, equipment and physical structures and are

within the control of round the clock duty personnel and the facilities available within the Port.

Level 2 – Events likely to endanger human lives, equipment and physical structures and

which are beyond the control of round the clock duty personnel and facilities available with the

port; requires the mobilisation of additional resources from outside the port from the State

Government and the industries / institutions nearby.

Level 3 – Events likely to endanger the human lives, equipment and physical structures

within the Port Complex and in the neighbourhood and which are not possible to control with

the resources available with the Port and the nearby Institutions / Industries. Help of

authorities at Local, State and National level would be required to control and contain the

emergency.

2.4 CRISIS CONTROL CENTRES

2.4.1 There shall be three Crisis Control Centre teams for the Ennore Port.

2.4.2 The Crisis Control Centre…1 shall be at the Signal Station and shall be under

the supervision of Harbour Master / Sr.Pilot the officer in charge of the station.,

2.4.3 The Crisis Control Centre….2 shall be at the Main Office and shall be under

the direct control of the Director Marine/ Director Operations or his authorised

Deputy.

2.4.4 The Crisis Control Centre….3 shall be the contingency team and shall be

under the direct control of the Sr.pilot assisted by Safety officer and Fire officer

2.5 Mustering Points

No 1. Root of south break water (near signal station)

No 2. General Cargo Berth



2.6 Units / Agencies / Contractors

2.6.1 The following are the Units / Agencies / Contractors engaged in the

operation of the Port.

S.No Unit Operation 1 T.N.E.B. Coal Handling System – Complete

2 M/s. Ocean sparkle Ltd Tugs and Launches

3 M/s ABS Marine services Fire Services

4 SICAL Cranes and Unloaders

5 M/s. Ocean sparkle Ltd Pilotage Services

6 ABS Marine services Pvt. Ltd Mooring Services

7 CISF Security Services

8 PRUMATECH Engineers Electrical Services

9 SICAL CB1,CB2

10 ETTPL(IMC) POL Operators

11 Chettinad International Coal Terminal Coal Handling for non TNEB

12 Ennore Automotive Ltd Car handling (export of Cars)

2.7 Objectives

2.7.1 Safeguard lives – both at site and in the neighbourhood

2.7.2 Contain the incident and bring it under control

2.7.3 Minimise damage to property and neighbouring environment

2.7.4 Rescue and treatment of Casualties

2.7.5 Evacuation of persons to safe areas

2.7.6 Preservation of information regarding the Crisis to help in the assessment and

investigation.

2.7.7 Providing information to Police, to other concerned authorities and to the media.



3. BASIS OF PLAN

3.1 General

3.1.1 Get the key personnel of the concerned disciplines who have the knowledge and

the background to assess the situation and give directions as per the objectives

of the Crisis Management Plan as early as possible.

3.1.2 Identify the Unit / Department essential / required for combating emergencies

and also identify key persons to discharge the duties of their Unit / Department.

3.2 Availability

3.2.1 This plan will be made available with the personnel directly or indirectly

connected with the execution of the Plan

3.3 Initiation of the Crisis Management Plan

3.3.1 For Level 1, the Person in charge of the concerned unit would initiate and deal

with the Crisis initially.

3.3.2 For Level 2, the Shift in charge of the Signal Station, which would be the

Control Room at site during the Crisis, would initiate action in consultation with

the CMD/Director Marine / Director Operations.

3.3.3 For Level 3, the Officer in charge of the Signal Station would initiate the action

in consultation with the CMD/Director Marine/ Director Operations.

3.4 Procedure for calling Outside assistance

3.4.1 Out side assistance should be called as per the MOU for mutual assistance with

other Institutions / Agencies as required.

3.4.2 Authorisation to get the outside assistance shall be co-ordinated by the Director

Marine/ Director Operations, the representatives of the respective Units shall be

contacted as follows: -

3.4.3 The Signal Station shall requisition assistance of Fire Services from outside

units.

3.4.4 The Signal Station shall call for Medical Assistance from outside.

3.4.5 Civil assistance should be called for through the Director Marine / Director

Operations.



3.5 Communication

3.5.1 Messages through telephones would be restricted to key persons only.

3.5.2 Passing of information to relevant key persons at minimum possible delay to be

ensured.

3.5.3 Information if deemed necessary shall be passed, as required, up and down the

levels of officers and ranks of the various agencies working in the area. The key

personnel of the concerned agencies at site would pass on the information to the

Signal Station-in-charge as soon as possible and also apprise the Head of his

Unit.

3.6 Others

3.6.1 Warn and advise persons who are likely to be affected.

3.6.2 Mobilise and gear up in-house resources.

3.6.3 Initiate and organise evacuation, if necessary.

3.6.4 Collect information on the latest status.

3.6.5 Co-ordinate between different agencies.



4. SCOPE OF CRISIS MANAGEMENT IN ENNORE PORT.

4.1 As all the services are outsourced, the liability of the Port to protect is limited to

her own interests.

4.2 All the Units, which have their own men and material in the Port, would

themselves take necessary actions to protect their own, within the overall safety

of the Port and the regulations of the Port Authority.

4.3 In case of a crisis, the action each Unit has to take depends on the resources that

these units possess or could expect from outside.

4.4 As there is likelihood that the inaction of a particular Unit might provoke

disasters to other Units, this plan shall ensure that appropriate steps are taken to

avoid them.

4.5 The Ennore Port will initiate appropriate actions when the Crisis involves the

ships calling at the Port.

4.6 The Director Marine/ Director Operations may decide on the additional actions

required to be taken on a case-to-case basis.

4.7 The Staff of Contingency team at site will act as the members of the nodal point

for action and co-ordination at site.



5. PERSONNEL AND DISCIPLINE

5.1 General

5.1.1 The senior most person of any discipline of the Port or any Unit or Agency

operating in the port who arrives on the scene shall automatically take charge of

the situation.

5.1.2 He should not leave the spot without entrusting the charge to his Deputy or his

superior on his arrival or arrival of contingency team, as the case may be.

5.1.3 He should immediately communicate with the Signal Station and inform them

of the available details of the nature of the Crisis and the situation at site.

5.1.4 The senior most officer of the Signal Station present at that time would record

the messages received from the site of the crisis and pass them on to the

Director Marine/ Director Operations or his authorised Deputy.

5.1.5 The Signal Station should initiate the implementation of the Crisis Management

Plan.

5.1.6 Once the Crisis Alarm is given, all movements of all the key personnel should

be intimated to the Signal Station.

5.2 Instructions for the maintaining of the discipline required of the people at site exposed

to the crisis : -

5.2.1 All persons to muster at mustering point and to be calm.

5.2.2 No person shall spread non-authentic information.

5.2.3 No person shall engage in Crisis control Centre communication channels like

telephones, VHF, Mobiles etc.

5.2.4 No person shall move around unnecessarily.

5.2.5 No person is allowed to approach Signal Station unnecessarily for information

or mere enquiry.

5.2.6 All persons to be attentive for further instructions.



6. BROAD GUIDELINES AT SITE FOR PORT USERS

6.1 These guidelines would apply to all the Units in operation in the Port and all those

working in the Port area as Agents, Contractors, Stevedores, Port Users and

Outsourced Port Operators in general and the Units affected by the Incidence in

particular.

6.2 Each Unit would be under the control of the senior-most officer or the shift-in-

charge of the Unit present at the site.

6.2.1 He should rush to the site of the incidence with 2 or 3 of his colleagues to assess

and take immediate action to control and contain the situation.

6.2.2 He shall communicate or cause to communicate to the Signal Station about the

incidence and its gravity.

6.2.3 He shall take action for taking a head-count of his unit and for providing first

aid.

6.2.4 He shall coordinate with other Units working in the area.

6.2.5 He shall coordinate with the contingency team to contain the effects of the

crisis.

6.2.6 He shall provide advice / information and all necessary help as required to the

contingency team.

6.2.7 He shall take action to safe guard people and property and guide the people to

assemble at the muster stations, if required.

6.2.8 He shall take action to arrange for their evacuation, if necessary.

6.2.9 He shall preserve all possible evidence that would facilitate any subsequent

inquiry into the cause and circumstance of the Crisis.

6.2.10 He shall report continuously of all the significant developments to the Signal

Station till contingency team arrives at site.



7. CRISIS CONTROL CENTRE

7.1 Organisation

CRISIS CONTROL CENTRE Fire services Medical assistance Evacuation team

Port Main control centre Director (Marine Services) / General Manager (Marine Services) Director (Operations) / General Manager (Operations)

Signal Station

General Manager (MS) /Chief Manager (MS) Radio officer Signal station officer 2

Contingency team DGM (C) / DGM (P) Chief Manager Dy Manager (Envt.) Safety officer Fire officer



7.2 The Crisis Control Centres and their contact numbers are as follows.

Crisis Control Centre 1 ……. Signal Station:

Designation Telephone No.

General Manager(MS) / Chief Manager Pilot

044-27950018 8754493122 24 Hrs 9840050709 9677022243 24 Hrs 044-27950014

I/C Signal station

Crisis Control Centre 2 ……. Main Office:


General Manager(MS) Director (Operations)

044-27950018 8754493122 24 Hrs 9840944498

Crisis Control Centre 3 ……. Contingency team:


Sr.Pilot VHF Ch. 74 9840923126 9840898264 / 9962318356 044-27950024/50

Safety officer Fire officer



8. EMERGENCIES/CRISIS

.1 Fire from handling coal cargo

.2 Fire on vessel alongside

.3 Fire in Administrative office

.4 Oil spill in port/anchorage

.5 Sinking/ Aground of ship’s in channel or at the entrance or at the berth.

.6 Gas leakage at Jetty

.7 Cyclone Preparedness.

.8 Security Bomb Threat.

.9 War



8.1 Fire from handling Coal Cargo

1. INTRODUCTION

Coal is a highly carbonaceous matter composed of Carbon, Hydrogen, Nitrogen and

Oxygen besides non-combustible organic matter.

At Ennore, the coal is being unloaded and taken direct to the Ennore Thermal Plant

through conveyor belts.

Fire points are located along the conveyor belt system for dousing any fire on the

conveyor belt.

2. FIRE AND EXPLOSIVE DATA

The volatile matter in coal is less than 50%. The coal ignites with difficulty. However,

there is a possibility of spontaneous combustion during the storage of coal. Coal that is

being handled in the TTPS system is not a chemically harmful substance. However, it

is a flammable substance and will catch fire when it is subjected to high temperature or

comes indirect contact with flame.

3. HAZARDS

Coal by itself may not cause a hazard but a fire in the coal may start as a minor

fire and turn out to be a major one, if left unchecked.

The coal dump may catch fire accidentally or spontaneously due to the heat

evolved during surface oxidation.

Coal is moved at a height from the ground. Accidental spillage of coal from

height could cause injuries to persons beneath.

4. WARNING PROPERTIES

The volatile matter in the coal ignites and burns without smoke and gives

intense local heat.

When stored in the open, it must be done with great care. It should not be

stacked against walls and proper empty spaces should be made available

between the dumps.



The height of the coal dump also to be restricted, particularly, if it were to be

stored for a longer duration.

Temperature of the stacks should be monitored and if it goes beyond 90deg C.

immediate preventive action should be initiated.

5. EMERGENCY LEVELS

Level II

o Fire that requires assistance from other fire units.

o Sabotage to equipment, which could result in long-term stoppage of

work.

Level III

o Sabotage of a major nature causing huge damage.

6. CRISIS MANAGEMENT

Raising Alarm

On detection of the fire, inform Signal Station immediately.

Should shout “fire”, “fire”, “fire” or “help”, “help”, “help.

Signal station

Inform the concerned officials of the NCTPS

Make an announcement on VHF Ch 16/74 about the situation

Inform Director marine/Director operations

Inform other port users/vessels in port in vicinity

Inform harbour crafts to be ready

Inform contingency team

Update main office all the reports received from contingency team

As per instructions from main office center inform all other parties.

Initial crisis notification sheet to be filled up and faxed to main office

Maintain record of events and communication log.

Make an announcement on VHF Ch 16/74 about the latest situation

Contingency team NCTPS operator concerned to take required precautionary

measures such as the stopping of the conveyor system immediately.

Assess the fire/situation and inform signal station.



With fire services control and extinguish the fire.

Co ordinate with other port users for their respective staffs are accounted for

near the scene of fire.

Request for medical assistance

Request for evacuation team if required

Update the situation to Port Main control center.

All persons on jetty should vacate and muster at mustering point (1). Only

required persons for combating fire/medical will be allowed on jetty.

Port Main Control centre

Authorize for activating level III

Monitor the control of the situation.

Bring to the notice of CMD of the problems and with actions taken or required

to solve them.

Authorize to shift the vessel to anchorage in or out side port depending on the

situation

Arrange to mobilize additional help to control the situation.

Authorize to send notification to Government / statutory bodies police, press as

required.



8.2 Fire on vessel alongside 8.1 THE CRISIS THAT COULD ARISE ARE:

Fire on board/accom / E.Room.

Fire on board tanker/LPG/LNG

Fire result of an explosion on board

8.2 CRISIS MANAGEMENT

Raising Alarm

Fire of any nature shall be notified to the port through signal station. The

responsibility of raising the alarm shall be with the master of the Ship While the

vessel in port.

In addition the alarm should be supplemented by the whistle signals.

Preliminary report shall be given to the signal station.

Signal station

On receiving and recording the alarm will communicate the same to the Director

Marine.

Make an announcement on VHF Ch 16/74 about the situation.

Inform contingency team.

Inform the Agents of the vessel

Inform harbour crafts to be ready and should report to contingency team for

further instructions.

If adjacent berth occupied inform the vessel to keep engines ready to vacate

berth at short notice






Contingency team

First hand information to be passed on to Main control Centre.

Prepare fire services, fire curtain to protect jetty.



Isolate the power to all electrical fittings except necessary lighting for the

operation.

Start fire fighting / rescue operations along with the fire services crew

Priority shall be given for rescuing the persons trapped and ensure the quick

transportation of casualties to Hospital or safe areas.

Coordinate with master and obtain vessel/crew status.




Request for evacuation team if required


All persons on jetty should vacate and muster at mustering point (1). Only

required persons for combating fire/medical will be allowed on jetty.

Port Main Control Centre


The Director Marine / Director operations would give instructions according to this

Plan and based on the actual conditions prevailing at site.

Shall co-ordinate with Owners of the vessel / agents to resolve the crisis.

Bring to the notice of CMD of the problems and with actions taken or required to solve

them


Authorize to shift the vessel to anchorage in or out side port depending on the situation

Authorize to send notification to Government / statutory bodies police, press as required



8.3 Fire in Administrative office

.1 THE CRISIS THAT COULD ARISE ARE:

Electrical Fire due to short circuit.

Fire in pantry

.2 CRISIS MANAGEMENT

Raising Alarm

On detection of the fire, inform Signal Station immediately.

Should shout “fire”, “fire”, “fire” or “help”, “help”, “help.

Signal station


Marine.


Contingency team


Start fire fighting / rescue operations along with the fire services crew Isolate

the power to all electrical fittings except necessary lighting for the operation.

Priority shall be given for rescuing the persons trapped and ensure the quick

transportation of casualties to Hospital or safe areas.

All persons in office should vacate and muster at mustering point will be

notified, normally windward and far away from office. Only required persons

for combating fire/medical will be allowed to be near the site.




Request for evacuation team if required.

Recover the important documents and/or the back up copies of computer

documents if not kept in fire protective safe.




Establish Control Centre at implementation office.





them


Authorize to send notification to Government / statutory bodies police, press as required

8.4 Oil spill in port/anchorage

.1 THE CRISIS THAT COULD ARISE ARE:

Accidental deck spills during loading/discharging/bunkering operations.

Tanker Hull leakage

Overboard/sea suction valve leaks.

Fire result of an explosion on board

.2 CRISIS MANAGEMENT

Raising Alarm

Spill of any nature shall be notified to the port through signal station. The

responsibility of raising the alarm shall be with the master of the Ship While the

vessel in port limits.

Preliminary Oil spill Notification report shall be given to the signal station.

Signal station


Marine.



Inform harbour crafts to be ready and should report to contingency team for

further instructions.






Initial crisis notification/ Oil spill notification sheet to be filled up and faxed to

main office



Contingency team


Team will board vessel and collect information from master of vessel.

Shall notify master that the vessel/master shall be held fully responsible for the

pollution. Vessel shall be liable for all clean up costs and penalty for the

pollution determined by authorities.

Oil spill recovery persons will contain the oil in water with the help of oil

booms.

Shall collect the samples of all oils on board and bilges from the vessel and to be

sealed in the presence of ships officers and obtain their signatures.

Shall collect samples of polluted water around the vessel and to be sealed.

Photographs to be taken if safe.

Height of tide, direction of wind and weather condition will be informed to

signal station.

Request for additional equipment such as oil booms and Skimmers shall be

informed to Port Main Control Centre.





Shall co-ordinate with Owners of the vessel / agents to resolve the crisis.


them

Shall inform the coast guard.

The Coast Guard will invoke and put into operation the National Oil Spill Disaster

Contingency Plan.



Shall inform The CMD, State Board for Prevention and Control of Water Pollution,

Govt. of Tamil Nadu, Madras.

Shall inform MMD Chennai.

Shall contact the District Authorities and inform them about the nature and extent of the

emergency.

Shall contact the experts and get their advice, if found necessary, in combating the spill


Authorize to shift the vessel to anchorage in or out side port depending on the situation

In addition, through the CMD, inform the following officials:

o The Secretary to the Ministry of Surface Transport

o The Secretary, Department of Environment

o The Secretary, Ministry of Petroleum and Chemicals

Authorize to send notification to Government / statutory bodies , press as required

POST CLEANING OPERATIONS

The Director Marine / Director Operations will send the collected oil samples to

the Laboratory for analysis.

The Laboratory report will be submitted to the CMD.

The waste materials will be brought ashore and disposed of in the proper

manner.

All expenditure towards the use of hired tugs and launches, skimmer, oil

dispersant chemicals, hiring of transport vehicles, stores etc shall be

consolidated into a bill by the Director Marine / Director Operations.

The consolidated bill including overheads of labour, overheads of material at the

prescribed rates etc shall be prepared. In addition, a surcharge as applicable

shall be added to the total cost for the Administrative charges for the jobs

carried out through outside agencies.

The bill shall be adjusted in the deposit already made by the Master of the

vessel.

8.5 Sinking/ Aground of ship’s in channel or at the entrance or at the berth.

1. THE CRISIS THAT COULD ARISE ARE:



Sinking / Collision / Grounding near the entrance to the Port.

Sinking / Collision / attrition at the berths.

Sinking / Collision at the Roadstead or the Channel

Ship at anchorage drifting and likely to run aground.

Ship in distress approaching for Port of refuge.

Damage to the ships due to any of the above causing a spillage of oil or

hazardous substances.

2.CRISIS MANAGEMENT

Raising Alarm

The responsibility of raising the alarm shall be with the master of the

Ship; even the Pilot is on board the vessel.

The Master / Pilot would communicate the situation in detail to the

Signal Station.

Signal station

On receiving and recording the alarm will communicate the same to the

Director Marine.



Inform harbour crafts to be ready and should report to contingency team

for further instructions.







Contingency team

Exact location and situation of vessel will be notified.

Height of tide/wind and weather will be informed to signal station.

Coordinate with master and obtain vessel safety status, any Hazardous

cargo on board and vessel afloat or not.



Hull leak or pollution hazard will be assessed and pollution control team

will be called if any anticipated.




The Director Marine / Director operations would give instructions

according to this Plan and based on the actual conditions prevailing at

site.

Inspection of the vessel by competent person shall be arranged to obtain

the report on the condition of the vessel.

Shall co-ordinate with Owners of the vessel / agents / charterers / class /

P&I club to resolve the crisis.

Bring to the notice of CMD of the problems and with actions taken or

required to solve them


Authorize to send notification to Government / statutory bodies police,

press as required.

NOTE: When a message is received from a ship approaching the Port informing the

damage to the vessel which might lead to leakage /flooding, the vessel will be

instructed to anchor in the designated area for inspection.

8.6 Gas leakage at Jetty


Leak in gas discharging line.

Vessel gas line rupture/leaky flange/valve.

Uncontrolled venting system.

2.CRISIS MANAGEMENT



Raising Alarm

Any accidental gas leak or uncontrolled gas leak shall be notified to the

port through signal station The responsibility of raising the alarm shall

be with the master of the Ship.

Vessel should stop all cargo operations.

Preliminary report shall be given to signal station

Signal station

On receiving and recording the alarm will communicate the same to the

Director Marine.


Inform port users working near the incident



Inform harbour crafts to be ready and should report to contingency team

for further instructions.






Contingency team

All team members are required to wear PPE / Gas masks for the type of

gas before proceeding to the site

Exact crisis situation of vessel shall be notified to main control center.

Coordinate with master to restrict leakage and isolate system if possible.

Keep fire fighting / rescue operations ready.

All persons in the area to be evacuated.

No person shall be allowed to operate non-intrinsically safe apparatus

such as cell phones/pagers/cameras if gas is of explosive nature.

All motor vehicles shall not be permitted to switch on/ignition on.






The Director Marine / Director operations would give instructions

according to this Plan and based on the actual conditions prevailing at

site.

Bring to the notice of CMD of the problems and with actions taken or

required to solve them.

External help such as technical advice for control of the situation shall be

requested.


Authorize to send notification to Government / statutory bodies police,

press as required.



8.7 Cyclone Preparedness.

1. INTRODUCTION

The data on Cyclones occurring at the Bay of Bengal covering the coastal area

of Chennai and Ennore Ports are given in Annexure - 1.

The two monsoons, which dominate the climate of Bay of Bengal, are the

Southwest and Northeast monsoons and they occur during the monsoon seasons,

April to September and October to March respectively.

Tropical depressions and storms are likely to be encountered at all seasons of

the year. According to the India Meteorological Department, depressions in

which the winds do not exceed 60 km/h. are referred to as 'Tropical

Depressions". Those around 88 km/h are called 'Tropical Storms' and 'Severe

Storm' refers to winds reaching beyond 105 km/h.


Ship at anchorage dragging anchor

Channel buoys shifting

Vacating of vessels from the Harbour, if the berths become untenable.

3.CRISIS MANAGEMENT

Signal station

When the local Warning Storm Signal No. 4 is hoisted in the port, the Crisis

commences in the Port.

Shall inform all port users and all concerned.

Shall keep in touch with the India Met. Department for the latest cyclone

warning messages at telephone 28271951 at their Nungambakkam office and at

telephone 25360187 at the Chennai Port Trust Office.

One Pilot will be on duty day and night at the Signal Station till the crisis is over

shall monitor the movement of disturbance/cyclone.

The Signal Station will broadcast storm messages soon on receipt from the

Meteorological Department and at regular intervals at 0600 / 1200 / 1800 / 2400

hours.

The Signal Station shall keep in touch with the ships at anchorage and if any

vessel is found dragging, bring it to the notice of the Master of the Ship.



The communication with the ship shall be through VHF channel 16/74.

Signal Station shall keep a watch on the channel buoys and get reports from the

ships at anchorage if any buoy was found drifting in the heavy seas. The ships

at anchorage will be asked to check and report periodically on the positions of

the buoys.

Contingency team

Tugs and mooring crew to be ready at short notice.

The crew of the tugs shall remain on board their crafts.

One Tug Engineer shall be on duty round the clock.

Action is to be taken to move all moveable equipments on the breakwaters to

clear of the breakwater and others that could not be moved are to be secured and

fastened down.

All small floating crafts, if any inside the Port Basin, must be taken out of water

and hauled up above the high water mark.

Units maintaining and operating all cranes and other gear will firmly secure

them in their safest mode.

Shall be ready to meet any emergency like breakdown of communications,

electricity and vehicles.

All loading and unloading will cease on instructions from Director marine/

Director Operations. Operations shall not be resumed without the specific

approval of the Director Marine/ Director Operations.

Shall make frequent rounds to jetty / port areas to monitor vessels along side and

port equipment and appraise Director Marine/ Director Operations.


If the Director Marine/ Director operations considers necessary, he shall order

for the shifting of the ships from the harbour to the anchorage.

Additional instructions to masters will be issued with instructions through

Signal Station regarding extra precautions to be taken by the ships during the

bad weather.

Bring to the notice of CMD regarding cyclone situation and with actions taken

or required to solve them.



Action by ships

All crew to be on board.

Keep watch on VHF Channel 16 for weather messages from the Signal Station.

Mooring should be doubled.

All the fenders of the ship to be put out.

Pilot Ladders are to be rigged on both sides.

The vessel shall be ready to proceed to sea at short notice.

At any time during which the Port is experiencing rough sea and swell

conditions, which may affect the tranquility conditions at the basin adversely,

the Master of the ship may in his own interest request the Port to move his ship

out of the harbour. He should also bear in mind that wind and weather

conditions may deteriorate all of a sudden and pilotage may not then be

considered safe and feasible. Hence all actions to vacate the harbour must be

taken in good time.

The ships at anchorage will keep proper anchor watches and to inform Signal

Station if the vessel was found dragging.

In case any vessel, whether inside or outside the port, is in receipt of a Fax

Weather Report which is found to be the latest, it should be passed on to the

Port forthwith for dissemination to the benefit of all.



4. Break down of communications during a cyclone

1 Internal Fire Service Special Fire alarm and normal communication

system – VHF- Telephone – EPABX – MOBILE

2 Fire Fighting and Rescue Crafts VHF Radio telephones via Director Marine/General

Manager(MS) and the Main Office

3 Ships at Berth / anchorage VHF Radio telephone links

4 Officers in charge of the

various units at work in the

Port

VHF Radio telephone link /Mobile phones

5 Civil Authorities Direct Telephone link with failure alarm, SATCOM

6 Pilots, tugs and crafts VHF Radio Telephone /Mobile phone

7 District Collector / Chief

Secretary

Telephone-Hotline for emergency, SATCOM

8 Joint Secretary – MOST Telephone-hotline, SATCOM

The restoration of the normal Communication Systems such as Telephones etc shall be

undertaken by outsourcing

5. Post Cyclone Inspection and Temporary restoration Procedure

Basin and the Channel

o the positions of all the channel buoys should be checked.

o Conduct large scale hydrographic surveys of the Port Basin and the Channel

o Prepare estimates and drawings for Dredging as found necessary

o Approval by the CMD of the Estimates

o Carryout Dredging through contractors

Roads

o Inspection at site by Director Marine and the Consultant, Civil Engineering.

o Preparation of estimates and approval by CMD

o Temporary restoration of the Roads by Contractors.



Buildings.

o Inspection at site by the Director Marine, /Director(Op) and the Consultant,

Civil Engineering and identification of the buildings that could be restored

as a temporary measure.

o Preparation of estimates and approval by CMD

o Temporary restoration of the Buildings by Contractors

Water Supply and Sanitation

o Inspection at site by Director Marine/Director(Op) and the Consultant, Civil

Engineering and assessment of the extent of damages.

o Assessment of the essential requirements Water and Sewage disposal

o Temporary restoration of the Water Supply by Contractors, through lorries,

if necessary.

Breakwaters and Marine Structures

o No temporary restoration possible.

8.8 Security Bomb Threat


Bomb on vessel or in port complex.

2.CRISIS MANAGEMENT

Raising Alarm

Any person finds bomb on vessel or in port complex shall notify signal station

immediately. Should not touch that bomb.

If threat received by phone or writing inform signal station with details of Bomb

location, Bomb is armed or under timer, time of detonation, whom they

represent/ motive of placing bomb.

Signal station

On receiving and recording the alarm shall communicate the same to the

Director Marine/Director operations.


Inform contingency team.

Inform all Port users.



Contingency team


Evacuate all persons. Eliminate panic and build up confidence.

Prepare for fire fighting & casualty handling.

Announce that no one shall touch or open any unknown/delivered packages till

further instructions that the crisis is under control.

Await bomb squad arrival and help them with layout of the port / building and

location of bomb.

Search other possible areas for bombs with help of bomb squad and sniffer dogs.

Shall prepare for safe handling and disposal of bomb






Shall co-ordinate with local police and bomb squad.


them


Authorize to send notification to Government / statutory bodies police, press as

required.



8.9 War


On declaration of war.

2.CRISIS MANAGEMENT

Port Main Control Centre Director Marine/ Director operations shall issue instructions for implementing black

out in port and night patrols. Shall develop air raid shelters. Shall inform CMD with actions taken. Shall issue instructions to inbound vessels for anchoring and inspection. Master of

Indian flag vessels to report to Naval base. Shall not permit cargo operations between sunset to sunrise. All workers to move out of port area during night.

Signal station

Shall observe black out procedures. Shall maintain radio silence on instructions from Navy. All inbound vessels shall be informed not to make and nighttime entry and keep 10

miles away from the port. Shall monitor that all vessels at anchor to observe blackout procedures. Shall instruct all vessels to keep engines cool and with minimum generators

working to avoid heat seeking missile attacks. Ambulance and first aid staff shall be in readiness at all times. Damage control staff on standby / shift duty.

3. Preparedness for Air raid attack. All port users/staff shall be designated air raid shelters. During attack/ siren warning all should proceed to their air raid shelter areas. During air raid they should lie prostrate under tables away from windows. For missile attacks move to special shelters.



9. Mustering and Evacuation

9.1 Mustering

Mustering stations:

For the South Break Water and the Berths, the mustering station will be the building at

the root of the Break Water.

For the Office, the mustering station would be reception lobby.

Procedure:

As soon as the alarm is sounded, the Port staff and others working or available in the

various areas will assemble at their respective muster points.

The senior most officers of the respective Units present at the spot will check those

present at these points with reference to the list of those working in the area.

These officers would check their respective Units and staff of other Units / firms.

The officers would pass on the details of the muster checking to the Control Room

immediately.

They would also give the names of those missing during the count to the Control Room

and arrange to find out their whereabouts and pass on the results to the Control Room

If they find casualties or someone needing medical assistance, they will immediately

inform the Control Room with as much details as available. If it could be done, they

may arrange for giving first aid to these persons and await medical aid.

Discipline:

All those gathered at the mustering stations will be under the charge and care of the

Senior Most officer present who will be functioning under instructions from the Control

Room.

The Officer in charge of the mustering station should see that the persons under his care

do not panic.

He should not allow any one to leave or stray away from the station till further

instructions.



He should ensure that there was no smoking in the area and no one lights up a light. As

a precaution, he may collect all the match boxes/lighters from those who have them.

9.2 Evacuation

Evacuation is to be done in three stages:

o Minor accidents - evacuation around the area to safer places inside the port

complex.

o Evacuation of people around the accident spot and part of the port area affected

by the accident to safer places inside the unaffected parts of the Port Complex

and where necessary, partly to outside the port complex.

o Evacuation of the entire port complex.

Procedure:

The places of refuge are to be announced depending upon the situation.

The Control Room shall give warning with wide publicity through the Jeep and Loud

Hailer.

For announcement - One Jeep fitted with PA system

For Control and Co-ordination - One Jeep

For evacuation - All the vehicles of the Port and vehicles hired from outside the

numbers to be decided on the spot.

Discipline:

The staff and others evacuated are to keep utmost composure and discipline.

Those evacuated will be allotted the vehicles as per the list checked at the muster

stations.

No vehicle will be allowed by the security to leave without taking the evacuees.



10. NOTIFICATION / REPORTING FORMATS

1. First information on Emergency/Crisis

2. Oil spill notification from Vessel

3. Crisis notification sheet

4. Initial Notification to Police

5. Initial Notification to State Fire Station

6. Notification to Government / Statutory Bodies.

7. Notification to Hospitals

8. Notification to Press



10.1 First information on Emergency/Crisis

ENNORE PORT LIMITED

FIRST INFORMATION

Date Place

Time Unit

No Item Details

1 Name of informer

2 Location and description of

site of incidence

3 Brief Description

4 Description of the Substance

involved with quantity

5 Wind Direction and force

6 Level of the Crisis



10.2 Oil spill notification from Vessel

ENNORE PORT LIMITED

FIRST INFORMATION

Date Place

Time

No Item Details

1 Name of Vessel

2 Name of Master

3 Call sign/Flag

4 Date and Time of Incident UTC

5 Position

6 True course and speed

7 Description of the incident

Substance involved and the

quantity

8 Name of owners and contact

details

9 Name of agents

10 P&I club details

11 Cause of spill

12 Immediate action taken by

vessel

13 Wind Direction and force

14 Level of the Crisis



10.3 Crisis Notification sheet

CRISIS NOTIFICATION SHEET

No Item Details

1 Nature of the Incidence

2 Location of the Incidence

3 Firm / agency whose Unit is

involved.

4 Date and time of receipt of call

5 Particulars of the caller

6 Time of occurrence of incident

7 Type of incident

8 Level of the Incident anticipated

9 Whether release of Toxic gases is

involved; if so the nature, quantity

and manner of release

10 Weather conditions and Wind

speed and direction

11 Casualties, if any.

12 Approximate Damages

13 A brief write up of the accident.

14 Nature and extent of Assistance

Required.

Name,Signature with Date and Time



10.4 Initial Notification to Police

To:

Fm: Ennore Port Ltd.

1 Location

2 Type and nature of the incident

3 Number of Casualties

4 Estimated Damage

5 Present Situation

6 Security arrangements / Help

needed

7 Authorisation for notification

received from

8 Name, Signature, designation

with date and time



10.5 Notification to state Fire Station

To:


1 Location

2 Type and nature of the incident


4 Estimated Damage

5 Present Situation

6 Security arrangements / Help

needed

7 Authorisation for notification

received from

8 Name,Signature, designation

with date and time



10.6Notification to Government / Statutory bodies.

To:


Initial Notification

Update report

1 Location

2 Type and nature of the

incident


4 Estimated Damage

5 Present Situation

6 Type of Help needed

7 Authorisation for Notification

received from

8 Name , Signature, designation

with date and time



10.7 Notification to Hospitals

To:


1 Location

2 Type and nature of incident

3 Number of casualties with details

4 Type of treatment required

-Burns

-Chemical Spill Burns (Type)

-Gas Poisoning (Type)

5 Other information, if any


received from

7 Name , Signature, designation with

date and time



10.8Notification to press

To:


1 Location

2 Type and nature of crisis

3 Estimated Damages

4 Number of casualties

5 Other information, if any


received from

7 Name, Signature, designation

with date and time



11. TRAINING / DRILLS / REVIEW

1. Training

A well-coordinated programme of training exercises includes activities of varying degrees of

interaction and complexity. Four types of exercises are identified varying from about one hour

to 14 hours

o Notification exercises - Test communication systems- their frequencies &

extent; Public notification tests

o Tabletop exercises

o Equipment deployment exercises- Alarm systems-tests to be frequent and

documented-Frequent tests of fire fighting and other response equipment

o Incident management exercises- Simulated emergencies-fire-gas leakage-oil

spillage-cyclone -Evacuation practice

2.Training Programme

BATCH PERSONNEL TYPE DETAILS CMD, Directors 1Hour

Seminar Two session per annum

Other Officers from every dept 1 Day Seminar

2 sessions-improvements

Officers from every Unit at Site 1 day seminar

Interact with other ports/industries

Officers from every Unit at Site ½ day seminar

Crisis management

Security, Fire & Safety 2 x 1day Seminar/exercise

With the operational staff of the Units at site



3. CHECKLIST for Training

o Have the training needs for the regional/local area been identified? o Are centralised response-training facilities available? o Is specialized training available covering topics such as

o Organisational structures for response actions (i.e. authorities & co-ordination) o -Response actions o -Equipment selection, use and maintenance o -Safety and first aid

o Does the organisation structure provide training and cross training for or between

organisations in the response mechanisms?

o Does an organised training programme for all involved response personnel exist?

o Has any one group been designated to co-ordinate this training?

o Have training standards or criteria been established for a given level of response

capability? Is any certification provided on completion of this training?

o Has the level of training available been matched to the responsibilities or capabilities of

the personal being trained?

o Does a system exist for evaluating the effectiveness of training

o Does the training programme provide for refresher courses or some other method to

ensure that personnel remain up to date in their level of expertise, through outside

agencies, if necessary?

o Have resources and organisations available to provide training been identified?

o Have standardised curricula been established to facilitate consistent training?



4. The Exercise planning process

o Public Affairs;- In many incidents, handling the media and managing the crisis

consumes much time. Exercise planners should take care to choose public affairs

objectives that create realistic situations and provide public affairs personnel with

practice of managing oil spill issues. It is best to have in house employees. The co-

operation of the local community is essential. Relationship with the community

should be established at an early stage.

o Conducting the exercise-The conduct of an exercise consists of briefing

participants, initiating play, maintaining the exercise, evaluating activities and

finally terminating play. All participants require an exercise briefing. In the case of

a notification exercise, when one of the objectives is to test team members'

DEVELOP 2 Establish coordination initiate steering group -Develop scenarios -finalize plans -set public affairs objectives

DESIGN 1 -Appoint co-ordinator -Set objectives -Determine scope -Establish plan -Set the date -Obtain approval

CONDUCT 3 -Brief participants -Initiate play -Maintain exercise -Evaluate activities -Terminate play

REVIEW

-Collect data -Analyse events -Report findings -Make recommendations -Effect improvements

Exercise programme Crisis Management Plan



availability and response times, any briefing may be given a couple of weeks in

advance but the exact day and time should not be pre-warned. It is worthwhile to

check that all lines of communication are established.

o Review Phase:-An exercise co-ordinator should be made responsible for

implementing and communicating changes. Evaluation is critical to improving

emergency and crisis response capabilities. The collection and analysing data and

reports documenting the findings and recommendations for improvement should be

completed within four weeks. A schedule should be set to discuss opinions, findings

and recommendations.



12. CONTACT DETAILS

1. ENNORE PORT LIMITED

2. PORT USERS (CONTRACTORS/AGENCIES/UNITS)

3. OTHER FIRE SERVICES

4. HOSPITALS

5. LOCAL AUTHORITIES

6. CENTRE AND STATE GOVT DEPTS.

7. LIST OF EXPERTS/OTHERS

8. LIST OF AGENTS

ENNORE PORT LIMITED Chapter: 12 Page No.: Rev.No.: 2 CRISIS MANAGEMENT PLAN Page 2 of 11 Date: 06/12/2013

12.1 ENNORE PORT LIMITED

Port Office: NCTPS POST, Vallur, Chennai-120

EPABX: 044-27950031-40

Fax: 044-27950002

Officers Name Port Office Mobile No Tel Int

Chairman cum Managing Director

Shri M.A. Bhaskarachar 27950001 301

ES to CMD Shri S. Kumar 27950001 302 9840943016 Director(O) Shri Sanjay Kumar 27950006 337 9840944488 General Manager (Marine Services)

Capt Arun Kumar Gupta 27950018 351 9840265613

General Manager (Operations)

Shri R.Senthil Kumar 27950044 9003070767

General Manager(Finance)

Shri M. Gunasekharan 27950004 9840943015

DGM(P) Shri V. Krishnaswamy 27950028 344 9789099139 DGM (C) Shri P.Radhakrishnan 27950029 373 979090446 Chief Mgr(Marine) Shri G .M.Balan 27950011 346 9840050709 Mgr (PR) Shri J. Achtayanathan 27950009 9840904767 Sr.Mgr((P) Shri V. Nagarajan 27950030 9940045590 Mgr(P) Shri A. Karuppiah 27950025 9940045591 Mgr(C) Shri Gunasekhar

Porselvan 27950049 359 9940045592

Mgr(S&D) Shri K. Sellappan 27950012 334 9940045593 DM(Env) Dr V.G. Sravan Kumar 370 9940045595 DM(Marine) Shri. Nitin Chanda 383 9597088329 AM (Elect.) Shri .S. Sundara Moorthy 336 9600162167

AM(Safety) Shri.M. Vijayan 323 9840923126 Sr.Pilot Shri. Shailendra Kumar Fire Officer Shri M.Rajendran 9840898264 Signal Station 27950014 CISF 27950015 9443254601 Fire Station 27950024 Pass Section 27950021 319 Ambulance 27950050 Occupational Health Centre

27950043


LIST OF EMERGENCY CONTACT NUMBERS

KPL/ STATUTORY AUTHORITIES KPLOffice 27950030-39 27950002 CISF Control room 9840952492 27950015 Dist Collector - Thiruvallur 9840966663 04119-27661600 Police SP - Thiruvallur 044119-27664344 Police DSP - Ponnerai 04119-27974013

FIRE SERVICES / HOSPITALS KPL Fire Service 27950024 KPLSignal Station 9444376630 27950014 Fire office -Attipattu 04114-250080 Rathnam Hospital 27934370 Raju Nursing Home 27932314

ETTPL OFFICE N.M.J. Duari Raj 9600046416 43488686 NAMBIAR PR 9840883889 ETTPL Head Office 25219697

ETTPL TERMINAL V. Sivavara Prasad 8754478972 27995691 Moohd. Khusnood 9600133664


KAMARAJAR PORT LIMITED PORT USERS Company Name & Desig.

Office Mobile No

NCTPS Chief Engineer 27950051 (Direct)

Superintending Engineer (M-II) Coal berth JE

27950053 27950061-7165

SICAL Shri. Bavesh Patalia Dy General Manager

27950008

8056022474

SICL Shri SV Ramaswamy,CGM 28295124 9841016000 Shri V. Lakshamanan,CEO 28295124 9841211000 Shri S. Thenappan,GM 28293104 9841045385 Shri Govindan,DGM 27950132 9840019367

ETTPL Shri. N M J Durairaj Dr P R Nambiar

Ph: 25219697 Fax: 25219696

9600046416

ETTPL-KAMARAJAR Port Terminal

Shri. Siva Vara Prasad Ph:27995691/27991468

8754478972

ABS MARINE SERVICES

Capt. Narayanan 26424035

9820131896 9840036555

Shri Venkatesh 26424099 9444026058 Shri Anbukumaran 43528045 9840036555

SEALION SPARKLE

Shri Siva Kumar, AGM 27950122/23 9840060160

ENNORE PORT LIMITED Chapter: 12 Page No.: Rev.No.: 2 CRISIS MANAGEMENT PLAN Page 2 of 11 Date: 06/12/2013 PORT USERS (CONTRACTORS/AGENCIES/UNITS)

S.No

Description Name Key Person I Key Person 2 On Duty

1 Manning & operation of crafts

Sealion Sparkle Limited

T. Sivakumar Mob: 98400 60160

2 Ship un loaders

SICAL Shri. R. Devarajan 9600006698

3 Manning of Signal Station

Kamarajar Port

Shri. G M Balan 9840050709

Shri. Nitin Chanda 9597088329

4 Mooring Operations

ABS Marine Capt. Narayanan Off: 26424035 Res: 25325622 Mob: 98201-31896

Umashankar Off: 26424099 Res:25582926 Mob:98400 -25920

Anbu kumar: Res:25965690 Mob: 98400-36555

5 Manning & maintenance of Electrical installations

M/s. Prumatech, Chennai

Shri. Sanjeevi Off: 044-27950134 Mob: 9551649382

Shri. Arun Mob: 7401219183 Off: 044-27950134

6 Maintenance of Nav. Aids

Ocean Sparkle

T. Sivakumar Mob: 98400 60160

OTHER FIRE SERVICES SLNO NAME TELEPHONE

1 NCTPS fire station 27995000 2 TN State Fire Service,

Ponneri 101/102

3 CPCL 25944000 4 Athippattu Fire Station

(Asst Div Fire Officer) 044-27950080

5 North Chennai Thermal Power Station

044-27950061 (office) Extn.7300/13

ENNORE PORT LIMITED Chapter: 12 Page No.: Rev.No.: 2 CRISIS MANAGEMENT PLAN Page 2 of 11 Date: 06/12/2013 LOCAL AUTHORITIES

Office Mobile Number Fax

Collectorate

Collectorate 27661600 27661200

Collector 27661600, 27661200

Addl. Collector / PO (Development) 27663731 27663808

District Revenue Officer 27662222

District Informatics Officer 27660904

Electricity Board

EE, Minjur 27934231/74

E.E., Tiruvallur 27660218

E.E., Ponneri 27974117

Environment (Pollution Control Board)

Dist. Environmental Engineer, Ambattur

26248130 26246522 8056042189

Ex-Servicemen

Dy. Director 27663163

Forest

District Forest Officer 27660487, 27662526

Fisheries

A.D. Fisheries, Ponneri 27972457

Fire

District Fire Officer 27660299

Health

J.D. (HS) Tiruvallur 27660242

D.D. (HS) Tiruvallur 27664021

Highways

ADE (Tiruvallur) 27660517

ENNORE PORT LIMITED Chapter: 12 Page No.: Rev.No.: 2 CRISIS MANAGEMENT PLAN Page 2 of 11 Date: 06/12/2013 ADE (Tiruttani) 27885368

Police

S.P. Tiruvallur 27645001

S.P. (East) 22341931, 22314488

Base Control, Tiruvallur 27645384

Deputy Superintendent of Police

Ponneri 27974013

Kamarajar 25733121

Police Stations

Police Station, Minjur 27934268

Ponneri 27972253

Kamarajar 25733237

Revenue Divisional Officers

Tiruvallur 27660248 9445000412

Ponneri 27974073 9445000410

Tahsildars, Zonal Deputy Tahsildars and Revenue Inspectors

Ponneri Taluk

Tahsildar 27972252 9445000490

Ponneri Zonal DT 9445031009

Minjur Zonal DT 9445031010

Cholavaram Revenue Inspector 9445031399

Ponneri Revenue Inspector 9445031400

Arani Revenue Inspector 9445031401

Gnayeri Revenue Inspector 9445031402

Kolur Revenue Inspector 9445031403

Minjur Revenue Inspector 9445031404

Kattur Revenue Inspector 9445031405

Thirupalaivanam Revenue Inspector 9445031406

GOVT OFFICES SLNO Ministry NAME TELEPHONE MOBILE

1. Coast Guard(Ops) Officer-in-charge 044-25391718 / 044-24460450


2. Navy Naval Officer in Charge, Chennai

044-25395031/32 PA- 044-25396488

3. DGFASLI, Mumbai Shri. S K Saxena 022-24074358 4. Director (Safety)

Chennai Shri G P Nijalingappa

044-25220888 044-25362687 (R)

5. MMD, Principal Officer Shri. B R Sekhar 044-25255555 6. Pollution Control

Board Shri. S Rajan

044-26880130

7. DG Shipping Shri. Gautam Chatterjee

022-25752040 /41/42/43/44/45

LIST OF EXPERTS

1. Diving

Sl No Name Ph No

1 Kumaran Underwater Services 25954886, 26384391, 25379421

2 Mr. Velu 26384391 3 Aqua Space Diving, Cochin 0484-2369981,98470 31255 4 Bhavani Diving,, Vizag 0891 2565616/2508644 5 Diving Consortium, Mr.Bosco, Tuticorin 98421 35216, 2352166

2. Transport

Sl No Name Ph No

1 Muthu Travels 28527641, 28544770 2 Noushad Travels 27933979, 27934845

3. Hydrographic

Sl No Name Ph No

1 National Institute of Ocean Technology, Chennai

044-66783300 Fax: 044-22460275

2 Hydrographic Survey Dept, Chennai Port Trust 25362201 Extn – 2387/2309 3 Indomer Coastal Hydraulics Pvt. Ltd. 044-24862482 4 Survey of India 0135-2657134

Fax:0135-2654528 5 National Hydrographic Office, Dehradun 0135-2747365

Fax:0135-2748373 4. Dredging

Sl No Name Ph No

1 Dredging Corporation of India, Chennai 044 –28345892/93 2 Van Oord ACZ 022-26104868 3 Jaisu Shipping Co 02836 – 270428


4 Jan De Nul 044-24456323 5 Dharti Dredging Pvt. Ltd. 040-23417506

Fax:040-23417507 6 International Seaport Dredging Pvt. Ltd. 044-43129900-05

Fax: 044-43129901 5. Media

S.No Name of the Press/ Media

Contact Person Contact No. Email ID Fax No.

01. Caption TV Arun 9094345041 02. CNBC IBN TV Meenakshi 9884158586 03. Doordarshan Mariappan,

Director (News) 9444089004 Pothigainews

[email protected]

25383302

04. E TV Chennai Srinivas Correspondent 9382190268

- [email protected]

28275542

05. G TV Ms. Nisha 8754578078 Nishagtv.gmail.com

06. Imayam TV Muneeshkannan, Reporter

9952075754

07. Jaya TV Ramani, Reporter 9840183522 [email protected]

43960145

08. Kalaignar TV Kannan, Editor 9884900812 [email protected]

24307777 (P) 24335053 (F)

09. Makkal TV Murugesan, Reporter 9940178103 [email protected]

28250006

10. Mega TV Alagesapandian, Editor

9962001811 [email protected] [email protected]

24405858 24421222

11. Moon TV Asif Ahamed Kuraishi

Head creative & Programe

J.M.Prakash Chief reporter

8754502551 9551143786 45666677 9840040035

[email protected] [email protected]

45666655

12. NDTV Hindu Karuppusami 9176999276 13. NDTV TV Sam Danial 9840961066 14. NDTV Madhu bharathi

Reporter 9003172736 subhran@ndt

v.com 42907729

15. Puthiya thalaimurai Peer Mohamed 9445515340 puthiyathalai 45969546

mailto:[email protected]





















LIST OF AGENTS Sl No Name Key person Ph No

1 ISS Shipping Mr.K.Kumar 98410-19338 2 ATLANTIC SHIPPING PVT LTD Mr. Ramesh 9840091786

3 Canopus shipping & Trading Co.

Ltd Mr. Gowri Shankar 9840950701

4 Infinity shipping Mr. Suresh 9566052544

43517154 5 Esskay Shipping Pvt. Ltd. Mr. Prabakar 9791031211

42160015/25352839 6 GAC Shipping Pvt. Ltd Mr. Solaiappan 9840731519

25222423 7 Interocean Shipping (India) Pvt.

Ltd Mr. Jeyakaran Mr. Pradeep

9841046632 9840328004 25232623

8 J M Baxi & Co Mr. Jayakumar Mr. Satish

9940030291 9840030247 25223717

Spl. correspondent 45969500 [email protected]

16. Polimer TV Raja suresh, Reporter

9500187111

17. PTI Muneer Ahamed

9444380630

18. Raj TV Loganathan K. Mugesh Reporters

9840799218 9791021505 9094571513

[email protected] [email protected] [email protected]

24336332

19. Sun TV Thangaraj, Editor (News) Kumaran, Reporter

9894615159 9445296609

[email protected] [email protected]

40676161

20. Tamilan TV Ravindran, Reporter Sagaraj

9382845866 9840889879

[email protected]

24794802

21. Times Now TV Ramanathan 9940429486 22. UTI TV C.V. Rajaendran 9444037323 23. Vasanth TV Shankar, Reporter

Selvaraj 9444406147 9444990145

[email protected]

24323777

24. Win TV Mohandoss, Editor 9841458195 [email protected]

28584780

25. Zee TV S. Ramamoorthy, Reporter

9176617151

26. Bloomberg UTV Rajesh, Reporter 9841207032




















9 Merchant Shipping Services (P) Ltd

Mr. Ananadan Mr. Saravanan

9940108474 9940108471 28363120

10 PSTS Logistics Pvt. Ltd Mr.Jayakumar 9842448027 25220224(Fax)

11 Seaport Shipping Pvt. Ltd Mr. V B Sivaraman 9840292227 42358989

12 Seaworld Shipping and Logistics Pvt. Ltd

Mr. Jayaraman Mr. Chittibabu

9940073887 9940069536

13 MOL Mr .Mathews 9940614233 14 K Liner Mr. Karthikeyan

Mr. Varma 9840118230 9840118231

15 NYK Mr. Deva 9940496520 044-32981005



13. ANNEXURES

1. Tropical Cyclones over the East Coast of India during the past five decades.

2. Storm signal chart.

3. Bibliography.

4. Certain Websites for Cyclone watch.



13.2 Tropical cyclones over East Coast of India during the past five decades.

1. INTRODUCTION

1.1. Tropical cyclones are the most devastating phenomena among all natural disasters

having taken more than half a million lives in the last five decades all over the world.

These are occasionally very severe over the Bay of Bengal region including the

Chennai and Ennore Ports. The North Bay of Bengal is known for its potential to

generate abnormally high storm tides. Out of the ten-recorded cases of very heavy

loss of life in the world (40,000 to 200,000) 8 were in the Bay of Bengal, 5 in

Bangladesh and 3 in India. However there are no recorded cases of such severity in the

Chennai – Ennore region.

1.2. Although only about 7% of the global tropical cyclones occur in the North Indian

Ocean, they are the most deadly. A sizeable storm surge from a storm of even

moderate intensity is always formed, thanks to the shallow waters of the Bay of

Bengal, the low flat coastal terrain and the funnel shape of the coastline. The world’s

highest recorded storm tide of 41 feet occurred in this region. Cyclones of 1876, 1970

and 1991 that occurred in Bangladesh claimed more than 2 lakhs lives each. Cyclones

at Paradip (1997), Machilipatnam (1990) and Chirala (1977) extracted a heavy toll of

lives.

2. CLASSIFICATION OF TROPICAL DISTURBANCES OVER THE INDIAN SEAS.

2.1. Tropical cyclones pass through different stages like low-pressure area, depression,

deep depression, cyclone, severe cyclone, and very severe cyclone to eventually

become a super cyclone. The India Meteorological Department classify the tropical

disturbances on the basis of maximum sustained winds. Though systems are found to

rapidly intensify, they never change their intensity by more than two stages at any

point of time. The scheme is shown in the Table below.

System Classification Maximum Sustained Winds



In knots In kmph

Low Pressure Area Less than 17 Less than 31

Depression 17 – 27 31 – 49

Deep Depression 28 – 33 50 – 61

Cyclonic Storm 34 –47 62 – 88

Severe cyclonic Storm 48 – 63 89 – 118

Very severe Cyclonic Storm 64 – 119 119 – 221

Super Cyclone 120 and above 222 and above

3. FEATURES OF TROPICAL CYCLONES.

3.1. On an average, about five to six disturbances of cyclone intensity occur in the region

comprising the Bay of Bengal and the Arabian Sea. The actual frequency in individual

years varies from one to ten. The ratio of occurrence of a tropical cyclones in the Bay

of Bengal and in the Arabian Sea is 4 : 1.. No systematic trend has been noticed

though large decadal variability in frequency has been reported.

3.2. For Chennai and Ennore area, the primary peak of cyclone is during November and the

secondary one is in May. The North East monsoon season during October to

December could be termed as the major cyclone period. The occurrence of cyclone

during January to March is rare. The development from a Tropical Depression into a

Tropical Cyclone usually occurs in about 12 to 24 hours although about 15% take 48

hours to develop while a few do so within 12 hours.

3.3. The number of cyclones reaching the east coast of Tamil Nadu where the Chennai and

Ennore ports are situated is the highest in the North East monsoon season whereas for

Orissa and West Bengal coasts it is highest in the South West monsoon season of June

to September. Similarly for the west coast the figures are the highest during the North

East monsoons.

4. DATA USED

4.1. storm Track Atlas published by the India Meteorological Department (IMD) for the

period upto 1990 has been used for this analysis. In addition, the Annual Cyclone

Reports of the Regional Specialised Meteorological Centre, New Delhi were consulted

for details of cyclones from 1991 to 2000. Additional details on individual cyclones

have been obtained by the author from relevant issues of the house research journal of



the India Meteorological Department. For this analysis covers only the Tropical

Disturbances that occurred in the Bay of Bengal and the Arabian Sea have been

considered. Land depressions that usually develop during south west monsoon season

are not considered.

5. FEATURES OF TROPICAL DISTURBANCES OVER THE INDIAN SEAS DURING

THE PAST FIVE DECADES.

5.1. Seasonal Variation:

5.1.1. During the period from 1951 – 2000, there were in all 582 Tropical

Disturbances over the North Indian Ocean of which 242 intensified into Tropical

Cyclones – about 42%. The Annual overall average is 11.6 with a standard

deviation of 3.5. Over the Bay of Bengal alone, there were 472 Tropical

Disturbances of which 192 reached Tropical Cyclone Intensity – about 41%. The

annual average comes to 9.4 with a standard deviation of 2.9. The figures for the

annual average and standard deviation for the Arabian sea are 2.2 and 1.6

respectively.

Tropical disturbances and Tropical Cyclones

Over the Indian Coasts / Seas (1951-2000)

Details North Indian Bay of Bengal Arabian Sea

Total Tropical Disturbances 582 472 110

Annual Average 11.6 9.4 2.2

Standard Deviation 3.5 2.9 1.6

C.V.% 30 31 71

Total Tropical Cyclones 242 192 50

Average 4.8 3.8 1.2

Standard Deviation 1.8 1.5 1.2

C.V.% 38 30 104



5.1.2. The total number of Tropical Disturbances in individual years during the past

five decades over the North Indian Ocean varied from a minimum of 5 in 1993 to

a maximum of 18 in 1966 and 1975. The figures for those that developed into

Tropical Cyclones are a minimum of 1 in 1986 and 10 in 1976. Considering the

Bay of Bengal alone, a maximum of 16 tropical disturbances formed in 1966 and a

minimum of 3 disturbances in 1993. Over the bay, 7 Tropical Cyclones developed

in 1966, 1968 and 1976 and only one Tropical Cyclone in 1986 and 1993. Over

the Arabian Sea a maximum of 5 Tropical Disturbances formed in 1975, 1977 and

1982. 8 years out of the 50 considered had none. Maximum number of Tropical

Cyclone was 4 in 1973 and 21 years had none.

5.1.3. The seasonal variation of the frequencies is given below:

Distribution of Tropical Disturbances over North Indian Ocean (1951-2000)

Details Jan-Feb Mar-May Jun-Sep Oct-Dec Annual Total Number of Tropical Disturbances 10 68 258 246 512 Percentage Frequency 2 12 44 42 100 Total number of Tropical Cyclones formed 3 51 49 139 242 Percentage frequency 1 21 20 58 100 % of Disturbances intensifying to Cyclones 30 75 19 57 42

Distribution of Tropical Disturbances over the Bay of Bengal (1951-2000)

Details Jan-Feb Mar-May Jun-Sep Oct-Dec Annual Total Number of Tropical Disturbances 10 51 218 193 472 Percentage Frequency 2 11 46 41 100 Total number of Tropical Cyclones formed 3 39 35 115 192 Percentage frequency 2 20 18 60 100 % of Disturbances intensifying to Cyclones 30 76 16 60 41

5.1.4. Over the North Indian Ocean taken as a whole 246 Tropical Disturbances

formed during the North East monsoon season forming 42% of the annual. Of

these 139 developed into Tropical Cyclones – about 57%. South West monsoon

season accounted for 258 Tropical Disturbances – 44% of the Annual – of which

only 49 intensified into Tropical Cyclones – about 19%. Of the 68 Tropical



Disturbances formed in the pre-monsoon season of March-May, (12% of the

Annual), 51 became Tropical Cyclones – a relatively high percentage of 75%. The

winter months of Jan-Feb had 10 Tropical Disturbances at 2% of the Annual of

which 3 intensified into Tropical Cyclones – about 30%. Hence the chances of

winter disturbances intensifying into Tropical Cyclones is more compared to the

South West monsoon season.

5.1.5. The seasonal distribution for the Tropical Disturbances in the Bay of Bengal is

almost the same as ahove. Over the Arabian Sea, 53 Tropical Disturbances

formed during the North East monsoon season (48%) and 40 in the South West

monsoon (36%). The remaining were during the pre-monsoon period. No

Tropical Disturbances formed during eh winter months.



5.2. Cyclone Landfall

5.2.1. Details of the Tropical Disturbances and Tropical Cyclones crossing different

coasts during the past five decades are as follows:

Number of Tropical Disturbances crossing different coasts (1951-2000)

Coast Tropical Disturbances

Sri Lanka 11

Tamil Nadu 43

Andhra Pradesh 69

Orissa 140

West Bengal 66

Bangla Desh 66

Myanmar 16

Dissipated 70

Number of Tropical Cyclones crossing different coasts (1951-2000)

Coast Tropical Cyclones

Sri Lanka 7

Tamil Nadu 26

Andhra Pradesh 39

Orissa 16

West Bengal 15

Bangla Desh 42

Myanmar 11

Dissipated 26

5.2.2. A maximum of 140 Tropical Disturbances had crossed Orissa Coast. Of these

30 were Tropical Cyclones (21%). Bangla Desh, West Bengal and Andhra coasts

had their share of cyclone landfall of Tropical Disturbances ranging from66 to 69.

The frequency of Tropical Cyclones crossing Bangaldesh and Andhra were 43

and39 respectively. 15 Tropical Cyclones crossed West Bengal Coast. Out of the

43 Tropical Disturbances that crossed over the Tamil Nadu coast, 26 were



Tropical Cyclones. The number of Tropical Disturbances that weakened out at sea

was 70 (15%). Of these 28 were cyclones. 9 systems had multiple landfalls. One

system (Nov 1992) had three landfalls over Sri Lanka, Tamil Nadu and Karnataka

Coasts.

5.3. DECADAL VARIATION

5.3.1. Decadal variation of the frequencies of Tropical Disturbances over the Indian

Seas is given below:

Decadal variation of Tropical Disturbances

Decade Systems in N.I.O Bay of Bengal

Systems

Arabian Sea

Systems

T.D T.C. T.D T.C T.D T.C

1951-1960 126 41 106 33 20 8

1961-1970 142 59 122 48 20 11

1971-1980 137 61 100 46 37 15

1981-1990 96 38 79 35 17 3

1991-2000 81 43 65 30 16 13

5.3.2. The decade 1961=1970 was the most active period of Tropical Disturbances

over North Indian Ocean. In all 142 Tropical Disturbances out of 582 (24%)

formed during this period of which Tropical Cyclones numbered 59 (25%). This

was closely followed by the decade from 1971-1980 with 137 Tropical

Disturbances (24%) and 61 Tropical Cyclones (25%). The last two decades have

witnessed subdued cyclonic activity.

5.3.3. Over the Bay of Bengal the decade from 1961-1970 had maximim cyclonic

activity with 122 Tropical Disturbances and 48 Tropical Cyclones. For the

Arabian Sea, peak cyclonic activity was noticed in the decade 1971-1980 with 37

Tropical Disturbances and 15 Tropical Cyclones. Though the decade 1991-2000

showed less activity in terms of Tropical Disturbances, there were 23 Tropical

Cyclones during this decade.

5.3.4. Seasonal distribution of decadal variations is given below:



Decadal frequencies of Tropical Disturbances over North Indian Ocean

Decade Jan-Feb Mar-May Jun-Sep Oct-Nov Annual

1951-1960 2 15 64 45 126

1961-1970 4 19 66 53 144

1971-1980 1 15 63 58 136

1981-1990 2 6 40 48 97

1991-2000 1 13 25 42 82 Decadal frequencies of Tropical Cyclones over North Indian Ocean


1951-1960 0 10 12 19 41

1961-1970 1 15 9 34 59

1971-1980 0 12 17 32 61

1981-1990 1 6 5 26 38

1991-2000 1 8 6 28 43 Decadal frequencies of Tropical Disturbances over Bay of Bengal


1951-1960 2 10 57 37 106

1961-1970 4 15 59 44 122

1971-1980 1 9 48 42 100

1981-1990 2 5 33 39 79

1991-2000 1 12 21 31 65 Decadal frequencies of Tropical Cyclones over Bay of Bengal


1951-1960 0 7 11 15 33

1961-1970 1 12 6 29 48

1971-1980 0 8 11 27 46

1981-1990 1 5 5 24 35

1991-2000 1 7 2 20 30

5.3.5. Considering the decadal variation in different seasons over North Indian Ocean

it is interesting to note that there is significant reduction in the frequency of

Tropical Disturbances in the last two decades during the South West monsoon

season. Pre-monsoon period showed the lowest frequency of 6 for the decade



1981-1990 whereas in the next decade it rose to 13. The North East monsoon

season frequency is not suggestive of any significant reduction or increase through

these decades. Decadal frequency of Tropical Cyclones also indicated a marked

reduction from 1981 for pre-monsoon as well a South West monsoon season

whereas the activity during North East monsoon has not significantly changed.

5.3.6. Similar features are noticed in respect of the Bay systems. Arabian Sea

displayed peak activity for Tropical Disturbances in the decade 1971-1980 for all

the seasons. The frequency was the lowest in the decade 1981-1990 for North

East monsoon season and in the decade 1991-2000 for South West monsoon

season. Tropical Cyclones frequency was highest during the decade 1971-1980

for pre-monsoon and South West monsoon season and during the decade 1991-

2000 for North East monsoon season. Tropical Cyclones activity was lowest for

all the seasons in the decade 1981-1990.

6. NOTEWORTY FEATURES OF SOME OF THE TROPICAL CYCLONES

6.1. The past five decades witnessed a few very intense tropical cyclones, which have

caused significant damage to life and property. A list of these intense systems is given

below. A few of the Tropical Cyclones exhibited uniqueness in certain features and

some of these are also discussed below.

List of very intense Tropical Cyclones (1970-2000)

Year Name Max sustained winds

1970 Bangla Desh (Chittagong) 224

1977 Andhra Pradesh (Chirala – Divi) 260

1978 Tamilnadu (Ramanathapuram) 204

1984 Andhra Pradesh (SHAR) 213

1988 Bangla Desh 213

1989 Andhra Pradesh (Kavali) 235

1990 Andhra Pradesh (Machilipatnam) 235

1991 Bangladesh 235

1994 Myanmar (Teknaf) 200

1997 Myanmar (Teknaf) 230



1999 Orissa (Paradeep) 260

6.2. Clustering of Tropical Cyclones.

6.2.1. Tropical cyclones tend to cluster in time and space (Frank 1987). Sometimes, 5-

15 cyclones are observed over the globe within 1-2 weeks separated by 1-3 weeks

of very little cyclone activity. Clustering is observed in both the hemispheres.

Abnormal cyclone activity over Bay of Bengal was seen during November 1966

when a record number of four severe cyclones crossed the East Coast of India,

three of them crossing the Tamil Nadu coast.

6.3. Nagapattinam and Chrirala severe cyclones during November 1977.

6.3.1. During November 1977 a unique situation occurred when two Tropical

Cyclones of severe intensity were simultaneously present, one over the Bay of

Bengal and the other over the Arabian Sea. The Severe Cycone, which crossed

Tamilnadu coast near Nagapattinam on 12th morning, emerged into the Arabian

Sea on the 13th morning as a deep depression. Moving west northwestwards, it

again intensified into a cyclone on 14th and then into a very severe cyclone on the

15th. Over the Bay of Bengal a deep depression formed over the southeast bay on

the 14th. It rapidly intensified into a Cyclone on the 15th morning and became very

severe on the 16th. From this stage onwards, the two very severe cyclones showed

signs of mutual interaction and the Bay system started moving in a more northerly

direction and the Arabian Sea system changed its course abruptly from a

practically westerly direction to a southerly course. The two cyclones were

engaged in mutual rotation in anticlockwise sense around each other with their

centres located within 1500 km. The Bay system moved northwestwards and the

Arabian Sea system moved southeastwards up to 19th. These systems finally

crossed Andhra coast near Chirala and the Karnataka coast between Manglaore

and Honavar respectively.

6.4. Kavali Cyclone of November 1989 (A very severe cyclone of narrow core)

6.4.1. A very severe cyclone moved from the Gulf of Thailand to the Andaman Sea

across Thailand maintaining its intensity. Moving in a west to west-north-westerly

direction, it crossed south Andhra coast near Kavali around midnight of the 8th. It



was the only cyclone of such severe intensity that moved westwards towards India

covering a distance of more than 2500 km over the sea. The aerial extent of the

gale force winds (exceeding 65 kmph) never extended beyond 100 km from the

centre throughout its history. The system reached its peak intensity on the 8th

afternoon. Form the destruction that the system caused within a radius of 10 km

around Kavali, the wind speed could be estimated to be of the order of 100-120 kt

(185-222 kmph). The fury of the cyclone was felt within a radius of 17 km around

Kavali, 69 persons lost their lives. Though the cyclone crossed coast during low-

tide time, 3-4 metre high tidal waves lashed a stretch of 40 km of the coast.

6.5. Mahabalipuram Cyclone of November – December 1996.

6.5.1. This system in the Bay of Bengal created a unique history in its movement.

There is no parallel I the past of Tropical Cyclones executing double loops in its

movement. This system made its first loop over the Central Bay around Longitude

87 deg East on 30th night and later had a second loop close to Andhra coast on 4th

night before finally crossing Tamilnadu coast near Mahabalipuram on the 6th

December.

6.6. Tuticorin Cyclone of November 1992 – a system with three landfalls.

6.6.1. The cyclone formed as deep depression over Southeast Bay and rapidly

intensified into a Cyclone on the same day. It moved westwards and crossed

Srilanka coast, emerged into Gulf of Mannar on the 13th morning. It further

intensified into a severe cyclone and crossed south Tamilnadu coast near Tuticorin

on13th evening. Moving in a North-westerly direction, it emerged into the

Arabian Sea as a depression on the 14th morning and intensified as a deep

depression the next day. Moving in a Northerly direction it crossed Karnataka

coast near Honavar completing its third landfall. About 170 people lost their lives

due to heavy rain, landslides and floods in Tamilnadu and Kerala.

6.7. Machilipatnam Cyclone of May 1990

6.7.1. It originated as a depression over Southwest Bay on the 5th morning and

intensified into a cyclone on the same day. It further intensified into a very severe

cyclone on the 6th morning East of Nagapattinam within 300 km from the

Tamilnadu coast to cross the South Andhra near Krishna river mouth on the 9th

evening. On the basis of satellite imagery, the system reached a peak intensity of

T6.5 giving an estimate of Maximum sustained winds as 235 kmph. Radar



stations at Karaikal, Chennai, Machilipatnam and Visakhapatnam tracked the

system. Peak surge was of the order of 5 meters affecting the coastal strip of about

100 km. Loss of lives was given as 928, which is quite small compared to the

losses from a storm of similar intensity in the earlier years. The average diameter

of the system was about 1000 km during the later part of its history.

6.8. Orissa Super Cyclone of October 1999.

6.8.1. This was the most intense Tropical Cyclones in Orissa’s history since the False

Point Cyclone of September 1885, which set an example for an intense small core

cyclone with a lowest barometer reading of 27.135 inches (918.9 hPa) on the 22nd

and estimated maximum winds of 136 knots (252 kmph). The Super Cyclone of

October 1999 made a landfall near Paradeep on the 29th, barely within two weeks

of landfall of a very severe cyclonic storm that lashed Ganjam district with

estimated winds of 182 kmph. The maximum winds for the Super Cyclone was

140 knots (260 kmph). Nearly 10,000 people lost their lives, 80% of them in the

Erasma Block of Jagatsingpur district. Storm surge of about 6m was reported.

Exceptionally heavy rains that lasted for two days led to catastrophic floods which

cut off Bhubaneshwar and neighbouring areas from the rest of the country.



7. BRIEF REVIEW OF CYCLONES THAT CROSSED TAMILNADU COAST

7.1. During the last 50 years, 24 cyclones crossed Tamilnadu coast affecting weather over

the state. A few of these disturbances reached the intensity of very severe cyclone and

caused severe damage to life and property. Of these 24 cyclones, 11 were Very Severe

Cyclones and 7 were Severe Cyclones. Monthly frequencies confirm peak cyclone

activity in November (14 out of 24 cyclones) as is the normal feature.

7.2. District wise analysis of cyclone landfalls over the state show that 7 cyclones each had

crossed the coastal area comprising of Kancheepuram, Tiruvallur and Chennai and the

coastal strip consisting of Nagapattinam, Tiruvarur, Thanjavur and Pudukkottai

districts. The coastal region of Cuddalore and Villupuram districts and Pondicherry

put together had 5 cyclone landfalls. Ramanathapuram district experienced 3 cyclone

landfalls. The coastal strip comprising of Tirunelvely and Tuticorin districts had 2

landfalls. No cyclones crossed Kanyakumari district.

7.3. Decadal frequencies of Tropical Cyclones crossing Tamilnadu coast are given below.

Decadal frequencies of Tropical Cyclones crossing Tamilnadu Coast

Decade Very Severe Cyclones Severe Cyclones Cyclones Total

1951-1960 2 0 1 3

1961-1970 4 3 3 10

1971-1980 2 1 0 3

1981-1990 0 1 0 1

1991-2000 3 2 2 7

On an average in a decade about five Tropical Cyclones cross Tamilnadu coast out of which

about three Cyclones reach severe intensity. The frequencies of Tropical Cyclones affecting

Tamilnadu coast for individual decades show that a maximum of ten cyclones for the decade

1961-1979. There was only on cyclone in the decade 1981-1990. During the past decade

(1991-2000), 7 Cyclones crossed Tamilnadu Coast well above the decadal average.



13.3 Storm Signals

Signal

No

Symbol

Day

Symbol

Night

Type of Warning Description

I

Cautionary

There is region of squally weather in which a

storm may be forming

II

Warning

A Storm has formed

III

Cautionary

Port is threatened by squally weather

IV

Warning

The Port is threatened by storm, but does not

appear that the danger is yet sufficiently great

justifying extreme measures of precautions.

V

Danger

The port will experience severe weather from

a storm of slight or moderate intensity that is

expected to cross the coast to the south of the

port

VI

Danger



expected to cross the coast to the North of the

port

Danger



expected to cross over or near the port



Signal

No

Symbol

Day

Symbol

Night

Type of Warning Description

VIII

Great Danger


a storm of great intensity that is expected to

cross the coast to the south of the port

IX

Great Danger



cross the coast to the North of the port

X

Great Danger



cross over or near the port

XI

Failure of

Communication

Communication with Meteorological Head

quarters has broken down and the local officer

considers that there is danger or bad weather.

White light

Red Light



13.4 Bibliography

1. DAE Symposium on Disaster Preparedness for Cyclones

2. Crisis Management Plan of Chennai Port

3. Crisis Management Plan of Tuticorin Port

4. Crisis Management and Disaster Preparedness Plan Manual for Major Ports of

India – NIPM 2001



13.5 Certain Websites for Cyclone watch.

http://www.imd.gov.in

http://www.nrlmry.navy.mil

www.fnoc.navy.mil/PUBLIC/

http://www.ecmwf.int

www.cimss.ssec.wisc.edu/tropic/

www.education.vsnl.com/imdchennai

Regional Meteorological Centre _chennai

Deputy Director General of Meteorology

50 (new 6), College Road, Nungambakka

Chennai 600 006

For weather related enquiries contact:

Area Cyclone warning Centre (24 hours)

Telephone: 044-28271951

Fax: 044-28271581

Email: [email protected]

http://www.imd.gov.in/

http://www.fnoc.navy.mil/PUBLIC/

http://www.ecmwf.int/

http://www.cimss.ssec.wisc.edu/tropic/

http://www.education.vsnl.com/imdchennai



CRISIS MANAGEMENT PLAN Page No.: Page 1 of 2

Date: 06/12/2013

14. MAPS

1. MUSTERING POINTS


CRISIS MANAGEMENT PLAN Page No.: Page 2 of 2

Date: 06/12/2013

14.1 MUSTERING POINTS

PLAN SHOWING THE MUSTER

POINTS

ennore port limited (epl) · 2014-10-15 · ennore port limited (epl) environmental impact...

Documents